Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutSP-17-82 - Supplemental - 0422 0432 0442 Quarry Hill RoadKREBS & LANSING Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone (802) 878-0375, Fax 878-9618 email@krebsandlansing.com December 8, 2017 Ray Belair City of South Burlington 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 Re: Quarry Hill Subdivision Lot #3 (QH3) File: 13234 Dear Ray, On behalf of our client, Cupola Golf Course, Inc., we are applying for Site Plan approval for a development in the FBC T-4 Zone on Quarry Hill Road in South Burlington. The Quarry Hill Subdivision was a residential subdivision of six lots began in 2001 and located on 25.67 acres accessed from Spear Street. Its location is bordered by Staples Plaza on the north, Interstate 89 on the east, Horizon Heights to the south and East Terrace to the west. Quarry Hill Road begins at Spear Street and serves the Horizon Heights development, a number of single-family homes and the Quarry Hill Tennis Club. Lot #3 of the original subdivision, QH3, is within the T-4 Zone and subject to different requirements than the other developments within the same subdivision. Buildings are placed close to the property lines and recreation path, with areas of interest to pedestrians at intervals along the municipal recreation path. The effort to include the passers-by and the inclusion of a commercial/cafe space enhances the appeal of this urban feeling design. Parking will all be hidden below or behind the buildings. QH3 will consist of three buildings, (2) four story apartment buildings and (1) one story commercial building. Each building will be connected with a 61 space, partially below grade, parking garage. These parking spaces are for the use of the residential tenants only. The apartment buildings will have a total of 88 Residential Units. 48 Units in B Building and 40 units in A Building. The requirements for the affordable housing restrictive convenience has been negotiated and met. There are (7) units in Building B and in (6) units in Building A that are affordable. All first floor residential units will have direct access off the road with their own front "walk up "entrance and covered porch. There is an elevator in buildings A & B to make all the units accessible and adaptable. These buildings are similar to the "Brownstones" with the front "walk-up" entrances. Each section in the elevation will be done in different colors and materials similar to the concept of "Brownstones" except Page 1 of 3 ray From: Craig Lambert Sent: Monday, December 18, 2017 1:35 PM To: ray Subject: RE: FW: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road That should suffice Craig Lambert South Burlington City Arborist 104 Landfill Rd South Burlington, VT 05403 Ph: 802-658-7961 Fax: 802-658-7976 email: clambert(@sburl.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify its immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. From: ray Sent: Monday, December 18, 2017 10:20 AM To: Craig Lambert <clambert@sburl.com> Subject: FW: FW: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Craig, Are you OK with this? Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburl.com www.sbpathtosustainability.com Notice - Under Vernionts Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments rrs well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City gfficial or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify its immediatefi by return email. Thank you_for your cooperation. From: Skip McClellan [mailto:skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com] Sent: Monday, December 18, 2017 10:09 AM To: ray <ray@sburl.com>; Craig Lambert <clambert@sburl.com>; Ralph DesLauriers, Jr. <quarrvhillclub@aol.com>; Jeff Hodgson <ihodgson@wagnerhodgson.com> Subject: Re: FW: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Good Morning Ray, In our continuing effort to address Staff comments, and in response to Craig's concrens • We decided in an earlier email exchange to leave the tree "clump" as shown • K&L Sht. CD-4 addresses tree protection in note #12 of the Construction Notes. We do not have a specific detail but have revised that note to describe a ring of silt fence at the drip edge of the existing trees. Please find attached a PDF of the revised drawing. Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip.mcclellangkrebsandlansing com On Wed, Dec 13, 2017 at 1:34 PM, ray <ray(cr�sburl.com> wrote: Skip, See comments below. Will you be revising the plans in response to these comments? Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 75 Dorset Street So. Burlington VT 05403 802-846-4106 www -,hurl r.nm www.sbpathtosustainability.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. ple5 m7w- Evi Z4� G�� �r S�` MAIM, ray From: Terry Francis Sent: Wednesday, December 20, 2017 1:17 PM To: ray; Marla Keene Subject: RE: Quarry Hill Road New Development Ray thanks for showing me the plans. So as there is restricted access to Bldg A — West side for aerial and engine access, we will need to ensure that there is access from the east. So the WB-40 turning templates getting through the parking on the east side is critical. If access to the West can be improved that would help considerably. I understand that the property abutting the west elevation is another entities property so this could be challenging. SBFD has no issues at this time regarding Bldgs B & C. From: ray Sent: Wednesday, December 13, 2017 11:44 AM To: Terry Francis <tfrancis@sburl.com> Subject: Quarry Hill Road New Development Terry, Would you please review this new project proposed for Quarry Hill Road, the link to the plans is below. Thanks. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburl.com www.sbpathtosustainabilitv.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify its immediately by return email. Thank you.for your cooperation. From: Marla Keene Sent: Tuesday, December 12, 2017 11:04 AM To: ray <ray@sburl.com> Subject: QH3 folder \city-adserver\apes\USERS\Planning & Zoning\Development Review Board\Applications\2017\SP-17-82 422 432 442 Quarry Hill Rd Cupola Golf Course Inc FBC Marla Keene, PE Development Review Planner City of South Burlington 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 (802) 846-4106 www.southburlingtonvt.gov Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return emaiL Thank you for your cooperation. ray From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Attachments: Good Morning Ray, Attached is the parking layout Innovative Design Inc. Michelle Dufresne, Architect 8 Carmichael Street, Suite104 Essex Jct., Vt. 05452 Phone: 802.872.8430 Fax: 802.878.3310 Michelle Dufresne <rmdufres@sover.net> Thursday, December 14, 2017 8:33 AM ray 'Skip McClellan'; Ralph E. DesLauriers Parking Layout Prel parking layout.pdf ray From: Craig Lambert Sent: Wednesday, December 13, 2017 1:13 PM To: ray Subject: RE: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Ray, The plans look pretty good overall. There are some existing trees that are near the project that are being retained so a tree protection plan/detail should be included. There is also a clump of 3 Honeylocusts near the corner of building B that are located really close to the building and will probably result in a conflict as they mature. Craig Lambert South Burlington City Arborist 104 Landfill Rd South Burlington, VT 05403 Ph: 802-658-7961 Fax: 802-658-7976 email: clambert(d.)sburl.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. From: ray Sent: Tuesday, December 12, 2017 9:02 AM To: Craig Lambert <clambert@sburl.com> Subject: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Craig, Would you please review the attached landscaping plans for a new project and let me know your concerns. Thanks. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburl.com www.sbpathtosustainabilitV.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. Ray Belair December 8, 2017 with a modern flair. These sections creating one building will make the building seem smaller while creating more interest as you walk, bike or drive by. The commercial building is one story approximately 7,200 s.f. We are proposing a "vanilla box" at this time until tenants are found. The elevator in Building B will be used as the ADA public access to Building C from the rear parking lot. This project will be built in 3 phases. Phase 1 will be Building B. Phase 2 will be Building A and phase 3 will be Building C. The project will have 61 underground parking spaces and 66 surface parking spaces. The open space and landscape plans offer a variety of outdoor areas for residents to enjoy at both the street level and the parking lot level. Careful consideration was given to offering a variety of micro - climate spaces based upon wind and solar orientation. Along the streetscape there are 2 niche spaces between buildings that offer some bike parking and seating. Planting in these spaces offers a buffer between public space and the private apartment building windows. At the parking level a large entry plaza provides seating and planting near the entrance to building B. The majority of the 17 bike parking spaces are located at this level as well. With the construction of Building C a street level connection will be established between Building B & C providing more outdoor space. The places where the parking is visible to the Interstate 89 traffic with be screened and vegetated. Plant materials selected are drought tolerant and chosen for their suitability to urban conditions. Municipal sewer and water facilities, Vermont Gas, Green Mountain Power and other private utilities, will serve the project. All services will be buried. Both the stormwater detention and treatment facilities, and State stormwater permit is shared with the Quarry Hill Club subdivision. A majority of the Quarry Hill Club subdivision has already been constructed and is covered under the State Discharge permit 3602-INDS.ARA. This phase (QH3) is also covered by the permit for 1.34 acres of impervious. We have attached a portion of the State application that Tom Dipietro also signed to cover the City's impervious in Quarry Hill Road. Unusable fill, misc. materials, surplus material from previous work and excess cut may be relocated between this site and other properties in the vicinity owned by Cupola Golf Course. In support of our application for Site Plan approval in the FBC, T-4 zone, we offer the following application package: Cover Letter Application Form Application Checklist T-4 Evaluation USGS Locus Abutting Property Owners List T-4 Zone Frontage Calculations SK-1 Parking Lot Landscape Requirements SK-8 Blasting Plan Easement Plan EP-1 Wetlands Opinion SB Municipal Water and Wastewater Allocation Approvals VT State and South Burlington Stormwater Permit Application 3602-INDS.ARA Traffic Analysis Report Preconstruction Grade Calculations Trash Enclosure Elevations D2.0 Envelope Compliance Certificate Page 2 of 3 Ray Belair December 8, 2017 Lighting Specifications Landscape Values Civil Site and Utilities Plans/Details Overall Site Plan SP-1 Existing Features Plan EX-1 Site Plan - Full Build SP-2 Site Plan — Phase 1 SP-3 Site Plan — Phase 2 SP-4 Site Plan — Phase 3 SP-5 Site Plan and Profile SP-6 Erosion Protection and Sediment Control Plan SP-7 Civil Details CD-1 through CD-6 Subdivision Plat (1 of 2) Subdivision Plat (2 of 2) Site Lighting Plan SL-2 Architectural Plans/Elevations Building "A" A2.0 Building "B" B2.1 Building "B" B2.2 Building "C" C1.0 Building "C" C2.0 Planting and Landscape Plans/Specifications Overall Site Plan and Images Enlargement Plans Landscape Plan L100 Details and Specifications L200 Specifications L201 Specifications L201 Thank you for all your, and the City Staff's, help and cooperation in the planning and design of this project. We are very excited to see this development constructed. Feel free to call/write if you have any questions or require additional information. Sincerely, ebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. Skip McClellan End \13234\SB Permit App\QH3 Cover Letter.doc Page 3 of 3 (a 0, I Rd rr 10 ,-,L32, A A' 4 4 thburlington INNING & ZONING Application Number SP-�--F-- �office use only) PLAN REVIEW (City Center FBC District) ust be completed in full. Failure to provide the requested information either result in your application being rejected and a delay in the review. 1. Street Address of Project: Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington, VT 2. Brief project description (explain what you want approval for): QH3 will consist of three buildings. (2) four story apartment buildings and (1) one story commercial building. Each building will be connected with a parking garage. The apartment buildings will have a total of 88 Residential Units. 48 Units in B Building and 40 units in A Building. There are (7) units in Building B and in (6) units in Building A that are affordable. This protect will be built in 3 phases. Phase 1 will be Building B. Phase 2 will be Building A and phase 3 will be Building C. The oroiect will have 61 underground parking spaces and 66 surface parking spaces. The open space and landscape plans offer a variety of outdoor areas for residents to eniov at both the street level and the parking lot level. Along the streetscape there are 2 niche spaces between buildings that offer some bike parking and seating. At the parking level a large entry plaza provides seating and planting near the entrance to building B. The majority of the 17 bike parking spaces are located at this level as well. Plant materials selected are drought tolerant and chosen for their suitability to urban conditions. A mixture of evergreen, deciduous, ornamental grasses and perennials are provided. Municipal sewer and water facilities, Vermont Gas, Green Mountain Power and other private utilities, will serve the project. All services will be buried. Both the stormwater detention and treatment facilities, and State stormwater permit is shared with the Quarry Hill Club subdivision. Applicant Name Cupola Golf Course, Inc. Emailguarryhillclub@aol.com Address 270 Quarry Hill Road, South Telephone 802-862-5200 Burlington, VT 05403 3. Primary Contact (person who will receive all correspondence from Staff) Name Skip McClellan, Krebs and Lansing Email skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com Address 164 Main Street, Suite 201, Telephone 802-878-0375 Colchester, VT 05446 4. Owner(s) of Record (Name(s) as shown on deed, mailing address, phone and fax #): 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 tel 802.846.4106 fax 802.846.4101 www.sburl.com ISame as Applicant 5. Project Summary a. Existing Uses on Property (including description and size of each separate use): Unused, vacant lot b. Proposed Uses on property (include description and size of each new use and existing uses to remain): 88 units, 5000 s.f. Commercial and 34 seat Restaurant in three buildings with XX space parking garage below. c. Building size (GFA) Existing 0 Proposed 7,200 s.f. d. Residential Units Existing 0 Proposed 88 units e. Does this project require meeting Section 18.01, Inclusionary Zoning? ❑ Yes ❑ No If yes to above, please indicate below the number of dwelling units that will be reserved in perpetuity for households in each income category. Please see 18.01(C) for the proportion that must be devoted to each income category and how to calculate fractional dwelling units. Affordable Units #s 80% of Median N/A 100% of Median N/A 120% of Median N/A f. Qualifying open space (SF) Existing 0 Proposed 5700 6. Project Details. a. Completed Submission checklist ❑ b. Completed BES checklist & self -evaluation ❑ c. Supporting documents and narrative for certain circumstances (including but not limited to): i. Section 8.06, Special Standards; Section 8.07 Materials; Section 8.08 Open Space Standards; Section 8.09 Nonconformities ii. Article 10, Overlay Districts iii. Article 12, Surface Water Protection Standards iv. Article 13, Supplemental Requirements 7. Total area to be disturbed during construction (sq. ft.) 116335 sf * * Projects disturbing more than one-half acre of land must follow the City's specifications for erosion control in Article 16 and Stormwater Management in Article 12 of the Land Development Regulations. Projects disturbing more than one acre require a permit from the Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation. 8. Cost Estimates. a. Building (including interior renovations). 7499900 b. Landscaping: $82,499 c. Other site improvements (please list with cost): 2 12. Site Plan and Fee. A site plan shall be submitted which shows the information required by the City's Land Development Regulations. Three (3) regular size copies, one reduced copy (11" x 17"), and one digital (PDF- format) copy of the site plan must be submitted. A site plan application fee shall be paid to the City at the time of submitting the site plan application in accordance with the city's fee schedule. G l 13. List of Project Sheets. Include a list of each project sheet submitted by number. 14. Notification of Adjoining Property Owners, Neighborhood Meeting. Notification of adjoining property owners is the responsibility of the applicant. After determining that all submission requirements have been met, the Administrative Officer will provide the applicant with a project description and sample certificate of service. The sworn certificate of service shall be returned to the City along with demonstration of having met all of the requirements of Section 14.05 of the Land Development Regulations. a. Proposed location of neighborhood meeting (if applicable): I hereby certify that all the information requested as part of this application has been submitted and is accurate ' to the best of my knowledge. 1 i I ant's gig6atur ` Cape hy Owner's Date of Submission: Applic is Printed Name Date >Lm t ,% tar• t2 it f }- Property Owner's Prirood Name Date Do not write below this line Review Authority: Development Review Board Administrative Officer Action: I have reviewed this site plan application and find it to be: Complete Incomplete Administrative Officer Date The applicant or permittee retains the obligation to identify, apply for, and obtain relevant state permits for this project. Call (802) 879-5676 to speak with the regional Permit Specialist. City Center Form Based Code District Site Plan Application Submission Checklist Note: These items are required for every application. In some circumstances additional items may also be required. Completed application form; three (3) full-sized, one (1) reduced [11" x 17"], and one (1) digital copy of plans; and a list of the owners or record of abutting property owners Name and address of the owner of record, applicant, and owners of record of abutting properties; and name and address of engineer(s), architect(s), landscape architect(s) preparing plans, plan preparation date, and date and description of all revisions shown on all plan sheets Date, true north arrow and scale (numerical and graphic). The preferred scale shall be not more than one hundred (100) feet to inch, or not more than sixty (60) feet to the inch where lots have less than one hundred (100) feet of frontage. Narrative accompanying the application to include the following: (a) description of the project; (b) demonstration of compliance with applicable review standards; (c) list of submission elements; and (d) list of any changes made to plans from previous submittals under the same application Estimated project construction schedule, phasing, and date of completion, and estimated cost of all site improvements. (note: For FBC subdivisions, only public infrastructure information required) Any other information or data that the Administrative Officer or Development Review Board shall require for a full assessment the project pursuant to the Land Development Regulations SITE INFORMATION Location map, showing relation of subject property to adjacent properties and surrounding area. Boundaries and area of existing subject property(ies), proposed property lines, continues properties, boundaries of all zoning districts, transects, and overlay districts, and all designations on the City's Official Map, and lots within the proposed subdivision numbered. Location of existing restrictions on land, such as easements and covenants. ✓ Location of planned restrictions on land, such as easements and covenants. N/A In the case of a subdivision or development served by a privately owned and/or maintained street: A completed contract between the landowner and the City regarding the number of lots or dwelling units to be served by the proposed right-of-way 1 or private street and the responsibility for the roadway maintenance and a copy of all proposed deeds, agreements, or other documents which convey or relate to the use of a privately owned street or right -of- way, and a certificate of the City Attorney that these documents are satisfactory. ✓ A complete survey of the subdivision, prepared by a licensed land surveyor, showing the location, bearing and length of every street line, lot line and boundary line, and existing and proposed restrictions on the land, including but not limited to access ways and utility easements. Where applicable, this information shall be tied to reference points previously established by the City. ✓ Lot area in square feet and acres, and lot coverage calculations including building, overall, and front yard coverage and the location and layout of any off-street parking or loading areas, traffic circulation areas, pedestrian walkways, and fire lanes. ✓ Point -by -point lighting plan and cut sheets for all proposed outdoor lighting within the site ✓ Preliminary grading, drainage, landscaping and buffering plan in accordance with Article 13, Supplemental Regulations. 1 ✓ The extent and amount of cut and fill for all disturbed areas, including before -and -after profiles and cross sections of typical development areas, parking lots and roads, and including an erosion and sedimentation control plan, and proposed locations of sediment sink/setting pond and interceptor swales. ✓ The location of any outdoor storage for equipment and materials if any, and the location, type and design of all solid waste - related facilities, including dumpsters and recycling bins. ✓ Estimate of all earthwork, including the quantity of any material to be imported to or removed from the site or a statement that no material is to be removed or imported. ✓ Location of existing structures on the site, and showing all site conditions to remain. LANDSCAPE FEATURES - ✓ [areas, water courses & buffers, wetlands & buffers, base flood elevations if located in an area of special flood hazard, wooded ledge outcrops, and other natural features. South Burlington Land Development Regulations Effective April 11, 2016 Existing and proposed open space N/A By proper designation on such plat, all public space for which offers of cession are made by the applicant and those spaces title to which is reserved by him. The location of all open space to be dedicated to the City as well as all open space to be retained by the applicant or to be held in common private ownership. Existing and proposed contours at a maximum vertical interval of two (2) feet. Detailed specifications and locations of planting, landscaping, screening, and/or buffering materials. A list of existing vegetation, with the location, type, and size of existing trees of six inches or greater in caliper. N/A A written plan to preserve and protect significant existing vegetation during and after construction. Such plan will be of sufficient detail that the City of South Burlington will be able to inspect the site during construction to ensure that existing vegetation is protected as per the plan. ✓ Detailed landscaping plan, specification of materials, costs, and phasing plan, including vegetation to remain, types of new plant materials, identified by common name and botanical name, sizes of all new plant materials by height and/or diameter at time of planting and at maturity, quantities of each of the planting materials, and treatment of the ground surface (paving, seeding, or groundcover) for all plantings, screening, buffering, and stormwater infiltration. Detailed erosion control plan demonstrating compliance with these regulations BUILDINGS Existing and proposed structures One set of preliminary plans, elevations, floor plans, and sections of proposed structures showing the proposed location, use, design and height of all structures, roads, parking areas, access points, sidewalks and other walkways, loading docks, outdoor storage areas, sewage disposal areas, landscaping, screening, site grading, and recreation areas if required. Plans shall also show any proposed division of buildings into units of separate occupancy and location of drives and access thereto. Detailed elevations to demonstrate compliance with Building Envelope Standards and material requirements (Solar ready roof analysis report STREETS AND UTILITIES ✓ Location, type, and width of existing and proposed streets and block layout (including roadways, sidewalk, recreation path) Plans and profiles showing location of existing and proposed street pavements, proposed elevations along center lines of all streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, manholes, catch basins, and culverts Plans showing the location, size and invert elevations of existing and planned sanitary sewers, storm water drains, and fire hydrants and location and size of water, gas, electricity and any other utilities or structures. _ N/A Location of existing septic systems and wells. Existing and proposed water and wastewater usage ✓ Location and design of all utility distribution facilities The location and details of all the improvements and utilities, including the location of all utility poles, utility cabinets, sewage disposal systems, water supply systems, and all details and locations of the stormwater management system. Construction drawings of all required improvements. The length of all straight lines, the deflection angles, radii, length of curves and central angles of all curves tangent distance and tangent bearings for each street. All means of vehicular access and egress to and from the site onto public streets, and all provisions for pedestrian access and Analysis of traffic impacts, if required by the traffic overlay district and/or the DRB. Proposed stormwater management system, including (as applicable) location, supporting design data and copies of computations used as a basis for the design capacities and performance of stormwater management facilities. Detailed plans, designs and finished grades of retaining walls, steps, ramps, paving, site improvements, fences, bridges, culverts, and drainage structures. South Burlington Land Development Regulations Effective April 11, 2016 T-4 Building Envelope Standards Checklist and Self -Evaluation - Bldg A Applicant T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Fafade Information # Requirements Requirements (B) Lot Standards (1) Lot Dimensions (a) Lot size None (b) Lot Width None (2) Lot Occupation (a) Percentage of Lot Coverage None (b) Units per acre None (C) Building Standards (1) Building Types (a) All Types Permitted (2) Building Stories _ (a) Principal 2 Min., 4 Max. (b) Accessory 1 Max. (3) Floor -to -Floor Height (a) First story 24' Max. (b) Upper Stories 14' Max (4) Build -to -Zone (a) Primary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 12' Max. 0' Min., 18' Max. (b) Secondary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 24' Max. 0'. Min., 36' Max. (5) Frontage - (a) Frontage Buildout ,_Primary Streets o 70% Min. -70% Min. (Note 1) _ (b) Frontage Buildout , Secondary Streets - 70% Min. within 80' of 70% Min. within 80' Primary Street, 50% of Primary Street, Min. elsewhere 50% Min. elsewhere (Note 1) (b) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the 75% Min. 100% Max. Primary Build -to -Zone T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (c ) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the 0% Min., 25% Max. 100% Max. Secondary Build -to -Zone (6) Entrances (a) Average frequency of Public Entrances, non- 36' Max. 54' Max. residential first story use N/A (b) Maximum distance between Public 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, non-residential first story use _ N/A 36' Max. 54' Max. (c ) Average Frequency of Operable Entrances, residential first story use 133/6=22 A2.0 (d) Maximum distance between Operable 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, residential first story use 23' A2.0 56.6/133 = A2.0 (7) Glazing Min. 40% of the Min. 20% of the (a) First Story Width of the Building, lWidth of the 42.5% and Min. 7.5' in Building, and Min Height 7.5' in Height 75% Min. 75% Min. _ (b) First Story, percent of glazing required to be transparent SATISFIED See Note 2 442/4257 = 34% (c ) Upper Stories (d) Upper Stories, percent of glazing required to See Note 2 be transparent SATISFIED (8) Building Breaks (a) Building Horizontal Facade Mina 3 every 80' Min. 3 every 80' SATISFIED A2.0 (b) Single Span of Horizontal Facade Without a Break 48' Max. 48' Max. 41' (9) Supplemental Building Standards OVERED PORCHEI A2.0 (a) Awnings, Stoops, Vestibules Encouraged (D) Block and Street Standards (1) Blocks (a) Perimeter 2,800' Max. (b) Length 300' Min., 700' Max. (2) Street & Connection Types (a) Neighborhood Street Narrow Permitted, Qualifies as a Street T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Regulations, 8.13) Primary Building Facade Requirements Secondary Building Facade Requirements Project Applicant Sheet Notes Information # (b) Neighborhood Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (c) Private commercial way Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (d) Support Street _ Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (e) Commercial Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (f) Avenue Permitted, Qualifies as a Street - (g) Commercial Boulevard Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (h) Destination Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (i) Market Street and Garden Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street 0) Path Permitted Connection, Not a Street (k) Mew Permitted Connection, Not a Street (1) Alley Permitted Connection, Not a Street (m) All other street types Prohibited (4) Curb Cuts (not including street intersections) (a) On Market Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) On Garden Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) All other streets 100' Min. distance between curb cuts (E) Parking Standards (1) Parking Amount Requirements (a) Per Residential Unit 2 spaces Max. (b) Per 1,000 gross s.f. Non -Residential 2 spaces Min. (2) Location & Screening (a) New construction resulting in additional non-residential gross floor area or residential units shall meet T-4 Parking Standards (b) New surface parking shall be set back from the primary street a minimum of 25' (c) Parking spaces may be leased from the city or a private landowner (d) New parking spaces shall be screened from all streets and the public realm, a minimum of four (4) feet in height (e) Parking under structures is encouraged (f) Parking shall only be permitted in compliance with applicable BES standards for building frontage (g) No parking spaces required for ground floor tenants/ uses less than 5,000 sq. ft. (3) Off -Site Parking (a) Off -site parking within 600' may be used to meet F (b) Off -site parking within 1200' may be used to meet uirements for Residential uses. for non- T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Regulations, 8.13) Primary Building Facade Requirements Secondary Building Facade Requirements Project Information Applicant Sheet Notes # (c) Shared parking may be used to meet parking requirements (See Article 13). (F) Supplemental District Standards (1) Where a T-4 Lot abuts the R4 or R7 Zoning District, the following standards shall apply: (a) A buffer strip shall be required (b) The third story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twelve feet (12') from the rear building line; and, (c) The fourth story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twenty-four feet (24') from the rear building line. (d) Along Secondary Streets, parking structures within the build -to -zone that do not meet entrance and/or glazing standards are permitted and shall count towards Frontage Building requirements, provided that a minimum of 0.5% of the construction cost is used for original artwork installed on or in front of the building facade facing said street. (e ) Along Secondary Streets, a Streetfront Open Space, as defined within these Regulations, shall count towards Frontage Buildout requirements. (2) Large Single Story Principal Buildings. New large single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall building shall have a frontage greater than 100' and a footprint greater than 10,000 square feet; (b) No new single-sotry building shall be permitted within one thousand (1,000) linear feet in any direction from any existing single -story building approved under this subsection; (c) Such building shall be a minimum of 24' in height and shall have the appearance of two or more stories; (d) Such building shall have entries at a frequency of every 50' or less and shall have a maximum distance between entries of 60'; and, (e) Such building shall comply with all other provisions of these Regulations. (3) Small Single Story Principal Buildings. New small single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall have a maximum footprint of 3,500 square feet; and, (b) Such building shall comply with all other provisions of these Regulations. (G) Streetscape Standards (1) General Standards (a) All streetscape features must be consistent within a project. T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Requirements Requirements (b) Non-hardscape, pervious areas within the front yard shall be predominantly planted with groundcover or flowering vegetation. (c ) All features proposed within an existing, proposed, or planned public ROW shall comply with requirements of the Department of Public Works. (d) Proposed development shall comply with all requirement of Article 11 (2) Streetscape requirements l (a) Benches 2 Min. per 100' frontage (b) Bicycle Racks for at least 5 bikes 1 Min. per 100' frontage (c ) Street Tree Spacing, on center 50' Max. average Project Applicant Sheet Notes Information # Notes -- - (1) If a corner lot is 100 or ess in -width along the street containing the primary ui ing facade and greater than two (2) times that width in depth, the required frontage buildout on the BES shall be reduced by 50% on the street containing the secondary building facade. (2) Upper Story Glazing Shall comply with the following standards: (a) Upper story glazing shall be a minimum of 30 percent of the facade on the primary building facade and 20% on secondary building facades. (b) 80% of glazing on upper stories shall be taller than wide (c) The required percentage shall be achieved by multiple openings. Windows may be ganged horizontally if each grouping (maximum five per group) is separated by a mullion, column, pier or wall section that is at least 7 inches wide. (d) Glazing on upper stories shall not be flush with building surface material and shall be recessed a minimum of 3 inches, except for bay windows and storefronts. (e) Upper story windows/glazing (not doors) shall be no closer than 30 inches to building corners (excluding bay windows and storefronts). TA Building Envelope Standards Checklist and Self -Evaluation - Bldg B and Site Applicant Self -Evaluation T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Regulations, 8.13) FaVade Requirements Secondary Building Fafade Requirements Project Information Applicant Sheet Notes # (B) Lot Standards (1) Lot Dimensions (a) Lot size _ None (b) Lot Width None (2) Lot Occupation (a) Percentage of Lot Coverage None SP-1 SP-1 2.87 aci es 50.20% (b) Units per acre (C) Building Standards None 30.7 (1) Building Types (a) All Types Permitted (2) Building Stories (a) Principal 2 Min., 4 Max. 4-Jan (b) Accessory 1 Max. N/A (3) Floor -to -Floor Height (a) First story 24' Max. (b) Upper Stories 14' Max (4) Build -to -Zone (a) Primary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 12' Max. 0' Min., 18' Max. SP-2 (b) Secondary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 24' Max. 0'. Min., 36' Max. SP-2 (5) Frontage 70% Min. 70% Min. (Note 1) 70% Min. within 80' of 70% Min. within 80' Primary Street, 50% of Primary Street, Min. elsewhere 50% Min. elsewhere (Note 1) 78% SK-1 87% SK-1 98% SK-1 (a) Frontage Buildout, Primary Streets (b) Frontage Buildout , Secondary Streets (b) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the Primary Build -to -Zone 75% Min. 100% Max. T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (c) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the 0% Min., 25% Max. 100% Max. Secondary Build -to -Zone 100% SK-1 (6) Entrances (a) Average frequency of Public Entrances, non- 36' Max. 54' Max. residential first story use N/A (b) Maximum distance between Public 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, non-residential first story use N/A (c) Average Frequency of Operable Entrances, 36' Max. 54' Max. residential first story use 167/6=28 A2.0 (d) Maximum distance between Operable 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, residential first story use 34 A2.0 (7) Glazing (a) First Story Min. 40% of the Min. 20% of the 68/167 = 40% 19/69 = 27% Width of the Building, Width of the 20/50 = 40% and Min. 7.5' in Building, and Min A2.0 Height 7.5' in Height _ (b) First Story, percent of glazing required to be 75% Min. 75% Min. transparent SATISFIED (c ) Upper Stories See Note 2 511/5010 = 30% (d) Upper Stories, percent of glazing required to See Note 2 be transparent Min. 3 every 80' Min. 3 every 80' SATISFIED SATISFIED A2.0 (8) Building Breaks (a) Building Horizontal Facade (b) Single Span of Horizontal Facade Without a �48'Max. Break 48' Max. 41' (9) Supplemental Building Standards OVERED PORCHE A2.0 (a) Awnings, Stoops, Vestibules Encouraged (D) Block and Street Standards (1) Blocks 2,800' Max. (a) Perimeter _ N/A (b) Length _ 300' Min., 700' Max. N/A (2) Street & Connection Types (a) Neighborhood Street Narrow Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Regulations, 8.13) Primary Building Secondary Building Facade Facade Requirements Requirements Project Applicant Sheet Notes Information # (b ) Neighborhood Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (c) Private commercial way Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (d) Support Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street Stub Street SP-1 N/A N/A (e) Commercial Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A (f) Avenue Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A (g) Commercial Boulevard Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A (h) Destination Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A (i) Market Street and Garden Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street N/A 0) Path Permitted Connection, Not a Street N/A (k) Mew Permitted Connection, Not a Street N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (1) Alley Permitted Connection, Not a Street (m) All other street types Prohibited (4) Curb Cuts (not including street intersections) (a) On Market Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) On Garden Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) All other streets 100' Min. distance between curb cuts (E ) Parking Standards (1) Parking Amount Requirements (a) Per Residential Unit 2 spaces Max. 1.2 sp/unit (b) Per 1,000 gross s.f. Non -Residential 2 spaces Min. 2.4 sp/3000 sf (2) Location & Screening (a) New construction resulting in additional non-residential gross floor area or rest entia units shall meet T-4 Parking Standards SATISFIED (b) New surface parking shall be set back from the primary street a minimum of 25' SATISFIED (c) Parking spaces may be leased from the city or a private landowner N/A (d) New parking spaces shall be screened from all streets and the public realm, a minimum of four (4) feet in height (e) Parking under structures is encouraged (f) Parking shall only be permitted in compliance with applicable BES standards for building frontage SATISFIED SATISFIED (g) No parking spaces required for ground floor tenants/ uses less than 5,000 sq. ft. SATISFIED (3) Off -Site Parking (a) Off -site parking within 600' may be used to meet parking requirements for Residential uses. N/A (b) Off -site parking within 12W may be used to meet parking requirements for non- N/A T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) FaVade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (c) Shared parking may be used to meet parking requirements (See Article 13). N/A (F) Supplemental District Standards _ (1) Where a T-4 Lot abuts the R4 or R7 Zoning District, the following standards shall apply: (a) A buffer strip shall be required (b) The third story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twelve feet (12') from the rear building line; and, (c) The fourth story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twenty-four feet (24') from the rear building line. (d) Along Secondary Streets, parking structures within the build -to -zone that do not meet entrance and/or glazing standards are permitted and shall count towards Frontage Building requirements, provided that a minimum of 0.5% of the construction cost is used for original artwork installed on or in front of the building fagade facing said street. (e ) Along Secondary Streets, a Streetfront Open Space, as defined within these Regulations, shall count towards Frontage Buildout requirements. _ (2) Large Single Story Principal Buildings. New large single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall building shall have a frontage greater than 100' and a footprint greater than 10,000 square feet; (b) No new single-sotry building shall be permitted within one thousand (1,000) linear feet in any direction from any existing single -story building approved under this subsection; (c) Such building shall be a minimum of 24' in height and shall have the appearance of two or more stories; (d) Such building shall have entries at a frequency of every 50' or less and shall have a maximum distance between entries of 60'; and, (e) Such building shall comply with all other provisions of these Regulations. (3) Small Single Story Principal Buildings. New small single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall have a maximum footprint of 3,500 square feet; and, (b) Such building shall comply with all other provisions of these Regulations. (G) Streetscape Standards (1) General Standards (a) All Streetscape features must be consistent within a project. T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (b) Non-hardscape, pervious areas within the front yard shall be predominantly planted with groundcover or flowering vegetation. (c) All features proposed within an existing, proposed, or planned public ROW shall comply with requirements of the Department of Public Works. (d) Proposed development shall comply with all requirement of Article 11 (2) Streetscape requirements (a) Benches 2 Min. per 100' frontage (b) Bicycle Racks for at least 5 bikes 1 Min. per 100' frontage (c ) Street Tree Spacing, on center 50' Max. average Notes (1) If a corner lot is 100 or less in width along the street containing the primary building facade and greater than two (2) times that width in depth, the required frontage buildout on the BES shall be reduced by 50% on the street containing the secondary building. faca-_de. N/A (2) Upper Story Glazing Shall comply with the following standards: (a) Upper story glazing shall be a minimum of 30 percent of the facade on the primary building facade and 20% on secondary building facades. (b) 80% of glazing on upper stories shall be taller than wide (c) The required percentage shall be achieved by multiple openings. Windows may be ganged horizontally if each grouping (maximum five per group) is separated by a mullion, column, pier or wall section that is at least 7 inches wide. (d) Glazing on upper stories shall not be flush with building surface material and shall be recessed a minimum of 3 inches, except for bay windows and storefronts. (e) Upper story windows/glazing (not doors) shall be no closer than 30 inches to building corners (excluding bay windows and storefronts). TA Building Envelope Standards Checklist and Self -Evaluation - Bldg C Applicant Self -Evaluation T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Regulations, 8.13) Primary Building Facade Requirements Secondary Building Facade Requirements Project Applicant Sheet Notes Information # (B) Lot Standards (1) Lot Dimensions (a) Lot size (b) Lot Width (2) Lot Occupation (a) Percentage of Lot Coverage None None None (b) Units per acre (C) Building Standards (1) Building Types - — - (a) All Types None - Permitted (2) Building Stories (a) Principal 2 Min., 4 Max. (b) Accessory 1 Max. (3) Floor -to -Floor Height (a) First story 24' Max. (b) Upper Stories 14' Max (4) Build -to -Zone (a) Primary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 12' Max. 0' Min., 18' Max. (b) Secondary Build -to -Zone 0' Min., 24' Max. 10'. Min., 36' Max. (5) Frontage (a) Frontage Buildout, Primary Streets 70% Min. 70% Min. (Note 1) (b) Frontage Buildout, Secondary Streets 70% Min. within 80' of Primary Street, 50% Min. elsewhere 70% Min. within 80' of Primary Street, 50% Min. elsewhere (Note 1) (b) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the Primary Build -to -Zone 75% Min. 100% Max. T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (c ) Percentage of Frontage Buildout within the 0% Min., 25% Max. 100% Max. Secondary Build -to -Zone — - - - - - (6) Entrances (a) Average frequency of Public Entrances, non- 36' Max. 54' Max. residential first story use 36' C1.0/C2.0 (b) Maximum distance between Public 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, non-residential first story use N/A C1.0/C2.0 (c ) Average Frequency of Operable Entrances, 36' Max. 54' Max. residential first story use N/A (d) Maximum distance between Operable 46' Max. 72' Max. Entrances, residential first story use N/A (7) Glazing (a) First Story Min. 40% of the Min. 20% of the 55/115'= 47.8% C2.0 Width of the Building, Width of the and Min. 7.5' in Building, and Min Height 7.5' in Height (b) First Story, percent of glazing required to be 75%Min. 75%Min. transparent I Satisfied (c) Upper Stories See Note 2 N/A (d) Upper Stories, percent of glazing required to See Note 2 be transparent N/A (8) Building Breaks (a) Building Horizontal Facade Min. 3 every 80' Min. 3 every 80' SATISFIED C2.0 (b) Single Span of Horizontal Facade Without a Break 48' Max. 48' Max. 36' (9) Supplemental Building Standards OVERED PORCHE C2.0 (a) Awnings, Stoops, Vestibules Encouraged (D) Block and Street Standards (1) Blocks (a) Perimeter 2,800' Max. (b) Length 300' Min., 700' Max. (2) Street & Connection Types (a) Neighborhood Street Narrow Permitted, Qualifies as a Street _ T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Regulations, 8.13) Primary Building Facade Requirements Secondary Building Facade Requirements Project Information Applicant Sheet Notes # (b) Neighborhood Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (c) Private commercial way Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (d) Support Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (e) Commercial Street (f) Avenue Permitted, Qualifies as a Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street _ (g) Commercial Boulevard (h) Destination Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street (i) Market Street and Garden Street Permitted, Qualifies as a Street 0) Path Permitted Connection, Not a Street (k) Mew Permitted Connection, Not a Street _ (I) Alley Permitted Connection, Not a Street (m) All other street types Prohibited (4) Curb Cuts (not including street intersections) (a) On Market Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) On Garden Street 400' Min. distance between curb cuts (b) All other streets 100' Min. distance between curb cuts (E ) Parking Standards (1) Parking Amount Requirements (a) Per Residential Unit 2 spaces Max. (b) Per 1,000 gross s.f. Non -Residential 2 spaces Min. (2) Location & Screening (a) New construction resulting in additions non-residential gross floor area or residential- units shall meet T-4 Parking Standards (b) New surface parking shall be set back from the primary street a minimum of 25' (c ) Parking spaces may be leased from the city or a private landowner (d) New parking spaces shall be screened from all streets and the public realm, a minimum of four (4) feet in height (e) Parking under structures is encouraged (f) Parking shall only be permitted in compliance with applicable BES standards for building frontage (g) No parking spaces required for ground floor tenants/ uses less than 5,000 sq. ft. (3) Off -Site Parking (a) Off -site parking within 600' may be used to meet parking requirements for Residential uses. (b) Off -site parking within 1200' may be used to meet parking requirements for non- T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (c) Shared parking may be used to meet parking requirements (See Article 13). I (F) Supplemental District Standards (1) Where a T-4 Lot abuts the R4 or R7 Zoning District, the following standards shall apply: (a) A buffer strip shall be required (b) The third story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twelve feet (12') from the rear building line; and, (c ) The fourth story of any building shall be set back a minimum of twenty-four feet (24') from the rear building line. (d) Along Secondary Streets, parking structures within the build -to -zone that do not meet entrance and/or glazing standards are permitted and shall count towards Frontage Building requirements, provided that a minimum of 0.5% of the construction cost is used for original artwork installed on or in front of the building fagade facing said street. i (e ) Along Secondary Streets, a Streetfront Open Space, as defined within these Regulations, shall count towards Frontage Buildout requirements. (2) Large Single Story Principal Buildings. New large single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall building shall have a frontage greater than 100' and a footprint greater than 10,000 square feet; (b) No new single-sotry building shall be permitted within one thousand (1,000) linear feet in any direction from any existing single -story building approved under this subsection; (c) Such building shall be a minimum of 24' in height and shall have the appearance of two or more stories; (d) Such building shall have entries at a frequency of every 50' or less and shall have a maximum distance between entries of 60'; and, (e) Such building shall comply with all other provisions of these Regulations. (3) Small Single Story Principal Buildings. New small single -story principal buildings shall be permitted subject to the following requirements: (a) Such building shall have a maximum footprint of 3,500 square feet; and, (G) Streetscape Standards (1) General Standards (a) All Streetscape features must be consistent within a project. T-4 BES (South Burlington Land Development Primary Building Secondary Building Project Applicant Sheet Notes Regulations, 8.13) Facade Facade Information # Requirements Requirements (b) Non-hardscape, pervious areas within the front yard shall be predominantly planted with groundcover or flowering vegetation. (c) All features proposed within an existing, proposed, or planned public ROW shall comply with requirements of the Department of Public Works. (d) Proposed development shall comply with all requirement of Article 11 (2) Streetscape requirements (a) Benches 2 Min. per100'frontage _ (b) Bicycle Racks for at least 5 bikes 1 Min. per 100' frontage (c) Street Tree Spacing, on center 50' Max. average Notes (1) If a corner lot is 100 or less in width along the street containing the primary building facade and greater than two (2) times that width in depth, the required frontage buildout on the BES shall be reduced by 50% on the street containing the secondary _ building facade. (2) Upper Story Glazing Shall comply with the following standards: (a) Upper story glazing shall be a minimum of 30 percent of the facade on the primary building facade and 20% on secondary building facades. (b) 80% of glazing on upper stories shall be taller than wide (c) The required percentage shall be achieved by multiple openings. Windows may be ganged horizontally if each grouping (maximum five per group) is separated by a mullion, column, pier or wall section that is at least 7 inches wide. (d) Glazing on upper stories shall not be flush with building surface material and shall be recessed a minimum of 3 inches, except for bay windows and storefronts. (e) Upper story windows/glazing (not doors) shall be no closer than 30 inches to building corners (excluding bay windows and storefronts). Quarry Hill Abutters List December 7, 2017 Northeast Quarry LLC South Burlington Opco LLC Northeast Quarry LLC 410 Shelburne Road 3 Edgewater Drive Suite 101 410 Shelburne Road South Burlington, VT 05403 South Burlington, VT 05403 South Burlington, VT 05403 326 Unit 376 Quarry Hill Road 465 Quarry Hill Road 0 END Quarry Hill Road 89-2 Realty Co LLC Vermont Agency of Transportation c/o Ellen Greene One National Live Drive 19 Farmstead Lane Montpelier, VT 05633-5001 Brookville, NY 11545 Road 825 Williston Road 13234: Abutters List No Text Rev. Date Comment 1 1ZW17 Revise leyoo ISSUED' .111117 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlington T-4 Parking Lot Landscape Requirements A►�'� josepn Uem G m OMls SJti Green��)i �1�� --' o , - ount (i Ce m a Trini-E EARL ST Coll@9@� The ©( ,` n l Cat/ins rm o nt 1 mplain College��� JL__ J C 0 CLIFF ST � f =DGE RD i o Het Soc v 2 i 400 i SITE �- BUR Fairholt Airport 0 R D,;P_ v; 7,9 1 Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. ,/ Main Street, Suite 201 Col /�,� Colchester, VT 05446 / L T: (802) 878-0375 F: (802) 878-9618 email@krebsandlansing.com USGS LOCATION MAP Quarry Hill Lot 3 South Burlington, Vermont - 1� 1' ' cn a cn z p R1 T l � a� SCALE: V = 1000' DATE: 9/14/2017 16242/usgs. 0.9 No Text N/F Larkin Existing property line New 20' wide easement centered on as -built location of relocated pipe to the City of South Burlington for municipal water main. Proposed location as required by South Burlington Public Works New 14' wide x 300' long easement to Cupola Goo Course, Inc. for stormwater runoff diversion 01 /w ------------------------ --------------------- /w w 1 N/F 13&2elry Company, LLC. Approximate location of existing municipal I I. 303, p. 122 wafer main within 20' wide easement Assumed location of existing sanitary sewer main within / 20' wide easement (unaffected by this request) / New temporary 60 wide x / .If 300' long access and construction easement to Cupola Golf Course, Inc. / ............. . __.._... --........-.. ... / i ., E,deting property line s' / Connect and relocate existing Dry water mein. Existing water main location is epprodmete, connection point i location different than , ,* C I may occur a shown. City eaaemerd will l be centered on es -built location of new titer main. a t D I Existing municipal water mein stub for new connection f / / II Potion of existing easement and municipal water mein to be abandoned or removed. e, / I Remove or abandon in place. existing water mein elver new connection NIF CHC Lot #3 Cupole Golf Course. Inc. v. �, p- 3% 61 N/F State of Vermont 0-89 Ramp) / acres / % t 1 iodating 2lY wide municipal water main easement / 10 be extinguished after new water main is in use. / .f Existing 29 wide recreation path easement to the City of Sarah Burlington (unaffected by this request) / Assumed location of existing sanity thin sanitary sewer man within 20' Wde easement (unaffected by this request) / Legend Existing Property Line ------------------ Existing Setback — Existing Utilities Easement --------------- s'-------'W - Existing Water une/HydranlNelve/Shutoff New utilities Easement + New Water Line/HydrantNal e/ShutoH Bar Scale 1• = 40 Location Map Notes: 1.Property line information from Rat entitied'Guarry Hill Subdivision, Cupola Goff Course, Inc.' by Bull Professional land Surveyors, last revised 12-19-2011. 2. Elev b— are based of the NAVD as vertical datum. 3. Project HonEontal Coordinates derived from GPS observation using reference Name NAD83 (2011) 2010.00 epoch. Project vertical datum based on NAVD 88 (Geoid 12A). 4. This plan is intended to accompany documents entitled 'Easement Deed and Agreement' and'Essemant Deed' between 89-2 Realty Company, LLC and Cupola Golf Course. Al volume/page and recardirg references taken Non that document. This is not a boundary survey. Dare rwieeE Dea v- ChecFetl I Dme Design S`M/-" EASEMENT PLAN Drawn SUM Checked wNa Proposed City Water Main, Drainage and Construction Easement to Benefit the Scala=a DESLAURIERS PROPERTY Date —Me QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION - LOT #3 120' Pro ,sza^ Du Hill Road South Budin ton Vermont .fXLBS & L4iVSlN0 ConsrslNng Engineers, Inc. !B4 .fain Ststeef Colchester, 4ermont 0544E 44° 29 lr N 44' 28' 1" N Soil Map—Chittenden County, Vermont 644100 644150 6442M 644250 644300 a� �1 N. 44i IF $* Aw- h Sai li t 643950 644MO 644050 644100 644150 644200 644250 6443M 644350 3 Map Scale: 1:2,400 if prirded on A larxiscape (11" x 8.5") sheet Mebers N N 0 35 70 140 210 � Feet A 0 100 200 400 600 Map projection: Web Mer aW Carley coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 18N WGS84 USDA Natural Resources Web Soil Survey Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey M3 n 644400 644450 44o 28' 1r N 2 6444T i I "� 44' 291" N 644450 3 9/18/2017 Page 1 of 3 Gm III Re[14]: Quarry Hill Subdivision I message Krebs and Lansing <email@krebsandlansing.com> Dori Barton <dod@arrowwoodvt.com> Reply -To: Dori Barton <dori@arrowwoodvt.com> To: Ralph Deslaurie <quarryhillclub@aol.com>, skip.mcclellan@krebsandiansing.com Hi Ralph. On 10/11/17, 1 visited the Quarry Hill project site to conduct a wetland assessment. I walked the project area and determined that there are no wetlands present. There is an existin( jurisdictional wetland. Please do not hesitate to contact me with any questions, and I hope you have a wonderful Thanksgiving. Dori Dori Barton EcolaglatlProject Manager ARROWWOOD ENVIRONMENTAL 950 Bert WNW R-d W,ntmglon. V!" 05462 ino_ i434-7z78 x. —anowwoodA.- ---- Original Message ----- From: "Ralph Deslaurie" <quarryhilicktb@aoi.com> To: "Dori Barton" <dori@arrowwoodvt.com>; skip.mcclellan@krebsandians!ng.com Sent: 11 /22/2017 11:47:50 AM Subject: Re: Re[12]: Quarry Hill Subdivision Hi Dori Hope all is well. Could you please do me a favor resend your last email sent after your inspection w your opinion Thank you Ralph Quarry Hill Sent from my iPhone On Oct 11, 2017, at 7:27 AM, Dori Barton <dori@arrowwoodvt.com> wrote: Stuck in traffic few minutes late Dori Barton Arrowwood Environmental dori@arrowwoodvt.com On Oct 10, 2017, at 7:24 PM, Ralph Deslaurie <quarryhillciub@aol.com> wrote: Hi Dori. Ignore my last email I will see you in the morning at 8:30 AM Wednesday I was able to change my Dr appointment Thank Ralph Sent from my iPhone On Oct 9, 2017, at 8:31 AM, Dori Barton <dori@arrowwoodvt.com> wrote: See you then. Dori Barton EcologlsWrolect Manager ARROWWOOD ENVIRONMENTAL 950 Bert wnite Rcad Huntington, VT 05462 (602}134-7276 0 www.ano--dvtm -- Original Message ------ From: "Ralph Deslaurie" <quarryhillclub@aol.com> To: "Dori Barton" <dori@arrowwoodvt.com> Sent: 10/9/2017 8:29:16 AM Subject: Re: Re[10]: Quarry Hill Subdivision Okay 8:30 Wednesday sounds good Sent from my iPhone On Oct 9, 2017, at 7:54 AM, Dori Barton <dori@arrowwoodvt.com> wrote: Hi Ralph. Does 8:30am work? Dori ed SOUTH BURLi `WATER DEPARTMENT 403 Queen City Park Road South Burlington, VT 05403 Phone: (802) 864-4361 Fax: (802) 864-0435 www.sburl,aoin Via Email December 06, 2017 Mr. Skip McClellan Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main St., Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Dear Mr. McClellan, In response to your email request of December 05, 2017 for information regarding the capability of City of South Burlington water distribution system to supply water to the above referenced project we submit the following Preliminary Allocation Determination, 1. The water supply requirement of 18,841 gpd for Quarry Hill, Lot 3 can be furnished by the City of South Burlington without restricting or encumbering its present users on the South Burlington distribution system. 2. Water is supplied to the referenced area through 12" South Burlington water distribution mains. 3. Existing water storage is located at the 2.1 MG South Burlington East Tank off Dorset Street in the City of South Burlington. 4. Based upon your final allocation request, water service connection and allocation fees shall be applied to this project according to the City Water Ordinance Rate and Fee Schedule. It must be recognized by all developers that the Rate and Fee Schedule established by the South Burlington City Council may be modified at any time by resolution at an open meeting of the City Council, 5. You are also required to contact the Champlain Water District (CWD) in order that they verify supply, treatment, and transmission capability as the wholesale water supplier for the South Burlington Water Department. 6. Any significant increase in current demand or any change in use will require water allocation re -approval from the South Burlington Water Department. 7. This Preliminary Allocation Determination shall not constitute a binding commitment of capacity to the applicant and may be revoked by the Superintendent before a final allocation of capacity is granted if uncommitted reserve capacity ceases to be available. A preliminary determination may be used by the applicant that a proposed development has sufficient water capacity available to proceed through the development process. Please don't hesitate to contact me with any questions. Sincerely, South Burlington Water Department f John J. Tymecki CWD Retail Superintendent cc: Jim Fay, CWD Joe Duncan, CWD Justin Rabidoux, City of South Burlington Ray Belair, City of South Burlington Dennis Lutz, CWD Board of Commissioners South Burlington Rep I APPLICATION FOR WATER ALLOCATION .. . ..... ...... Items marked with an asterisk must be filled in by ALL applicants Applicant: Cupola Golf Course Contact Person: Skip McClellan Mailing Address. 164 Main Street, Colchester, VT 05446 ...... ...... Telephone & Fax for Contact- 8 0 2-878-0 3 75 Property Owner Name (if not applicant): .... .... ......... Property Owner Mailing Address: 270 Quarry Hill Road Physical location of project: Quarry Hill Road Lot #3 SlAkure of ApNicant a If the project is a single-family home, please check one: New Existing (For existing homes, no Application is required if revised demand is less than 1,000 gpd.) If not single-family home, project name.- Quarry Hill Subdivision QH3 Application or Permit Numbers, (from Department of Planning & Zoning) Engineer's Information for flows over 1,000 gpd Name of Engineer: William H. Nedde, P.E. Firrn: Krebs and lansing Consulting Engineers Mailing Address: 164 Main Street, Colchester, VT 05446 Phone & Fax: 802-878-0375 v, 802-878-9618 f PE License #: 5703 Flow Calculations (YOU Inay Substitute an engineers catclitation or letter containir)g the infommtidn requested below) For additional bedrooms in single-family homes: Number of existing bedrooms: Number of additional bedrooms requested: APPLICATION FOR WATER ALLOCATION For other residential nroiects. list nijmhpr of hPrirnnm.-, ;4nri i initq rpm - '-- ---T-- ror commercial ana inaustriaii projects, list existing and proposed tenants, uses and flows: Tenant/ Number of Qther Business Jyptof use seats, SF, etc. x Flow per unit Ad ustments Total flow _ SEE CALCULATIONS ATTACHED TOTAL Total development water flow requested: 18841 gallons per day Please do not write below this line - - - - ------ ----------- = D e partment e 9 rinteiid-entof Water 0p, Date Preliminary Allocation approved: 42k Date Final Allocation approved: Date Final Allocation Expires: with permit (Date) For Extensions of Final Allocation Only EXTENSION GRANTED to (Date) (Date of Expiration) G:Word:SBForms_WaterallocationForm Page 2 Quarry Hill Subdivision QH3 lZ'5'27 Water Usage Calculations: Existing Water Use: None. Vacant Lot. Proposed Water Use: � Assume: 8Ounits with 128 bedrooms Oseats —Deli/Bakery 34seats ' three meal Restaurant | 5,000s.f Commercial with 7Employees 128 bedrooms @ 1500aOons/day/bed � Oseats Deli/Bakery @1OOgp6 " 34seats Restaurant @4SBp6/seat 7employees @15Qpd/emp|oyee � Water Saving Reduction (1DY6) � Proposed Water Qne (by rule) Existing Water Use (by rule) Municipal Allocation Requested: = 1\20O8pd = l000pd = 1,S3Ugpd = 1US8pd = -2,0y94 gpd| = 18,841gpd FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY WWA Permit # *.APPUCANT INFORMATION Applicant: Cupola Golf Course, Inc. Contact person.. Skip McClellan Mailing Address: 164 Main, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone & Fax for Contact Person: 802-862-5201A Property Owner Name (if not applicant): same Property Owner Mailing Address: 270 Quarry Hill Roa4 South Burlington, VT 05403 *Project laormat'on If the project is a single-family home, please check one: NewEDaisting If not a single-family home, project name: Quarry Hill Subdivision QH3 Firm: Rrebs and Lansing Consultina_j����..... Mailing Address: 164 Main Street, Suite 201, Colchester, VT 05446 Phone& Fax: 802-878-0375 (v), 802-878-9618 (f) PE License #: 5703 *Flow Calculations (You may substitute an engineer's calculation or letter for the information requested below) For residential nroiects. list number of bedrooms and unit,-, requested: Number of Bedrooms Number of Units X Gallons per day unit Total Flows _per ....... . . ...... ............... 140 . .......... . . . ........ ......... 2 or more 210 TOTAL Notes: For commercial and industrial projects, list existing and proposed tenants, uses and flows: Tenant/ Type of use Number of Flows per Other Total Business seats, SF etc X unit Adjustments Flow SEE FLOW CALCULATIONS ATTACHED TOTAL I *Total development wastewater flow requested: JWB -"allons per day Flow characteristics (for commercial and industrial projects) Volume: Flow rate: Strength: Please do not write below this line Application & Recording Fee received: Name Date Receiving Plant: irport Pkwy ��Bartlett Bay City Center District: Yes Approved by Water Pollution Control Department (Commercial and Industrial Projects) Director of Water Pollution Control Date IPreliminary allocation issued; (payment offee is not required) 1 ti 0- 0 17 e Director of arming and Zoning Date Final allocation issued: (payment of fee is required, either in full or pro -rated for projects with multiple zoning permits involved) E Director of Planning and Zoning Final allocation expires (Date) Date with permit Zoning permit issued with permit# - - (Date) Associated WW connection permit (if applicable) For extensions of Final Allocation Only EXTENSION GRANTED (Date) to (Date of Expiration) 50% EXTENSION FEE PAID $ (Date) (Amount) Quarry Hill Subdivision QH3 12-5-17 Wastewater Usage Calculations: Existing Wastewater Use: None. Vacant lot. Proposed Wastewater Use: Assume: 88 units with 128 bedrooms 0 seats — Deli/Bakery 34 seats - three meal Restaurant 5,000 sJ Commercial with 7 Employees 88 units @ 210 gallons/day/unit 0 seats Deli/Bakery @ 100 gpd 34 seats Restaurant @ 45 gpd/seat 7 employees @ 15 gpd/employee Municipal Connection Reduction (20%) Proposed Wastewater Use (by rule) Existing Wastewater Use (by rule) Municipal Allocation Requested: 13234. QH3 Wastewater Allocation Calcs 18,480 gpd = 100 gpd 1,530 gpd 105 gpd -347 gpd 19,868 gpd Dud 19,868 gpd (increased flow) KREBS & LANSING Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone (802 ) 878-0375. Fax 878-9618 etnail(o krrhsandlansing.com June 29, 2017 Winn Wilson Dept. of Environmental Conservation Watershed Management Division One National Life Drive, Main 2 Montpelier, VT 05620-3522 RE: Quarry Hill Subdivision — Lot#3 — 3602-INDS.ARA Amendment Application South Burlington, Vermont Dear Winn, Please find the attached application, fee, calculations, plans, narrative, and supporting material for an Individual Stormwater Discharge Permit Amendment at the Quarry Hill Subdivision in South Burlington. This amendment application includes development of the 2.9 acre lot "QHC3", to include a multi -unit residential and commercial building with parking, sidewalks, and associated infrastructure. Permit 3602-INDS.ARA, and other previously issued permits, identified Lot QHC3 as a future development that was allocated to include 1.34 acres of impervious area. Treatment of this impervious, including the sediment offset, is accounted for in the design of the existing stormwater treatment practices. The project, as identified on the site plans for this application, includes the entire 1.34 acres of expanded impervious area. The following material is included in the application: • A completed Notice of Intent to Discharge Stormwater • Application fee • Attachment #1 - Project narrative, location map, and soils map. • Attachment #2 - Schedule A form and other required worksheets. • Attachment #3 - Hydrologic modeling calculations to demonstrate compliance with the applicable stormwater treatment standards for each stormwater treatment practice. • Attachment #4 - Project plans including topographic maps with site discharge points, receiving waters, and contours, "pre" and "post" development watershed maps, site plan and stormwater infrastructure details. Please review the NOI and attachments and contact us at your earliest convenience with any questions, or comments you may have. Thank you for your assistance with this project. Sincerely, Derick M. Read Enclosure CC: Ralph Deslauriers 13234%SIormwrterX:aksLStonn App Cover Itr 629-17.doe Page 1 of 1 02 VERMONT DEPARTMENT OF ENV1RONhUMAL(X)NSERVA17ON WATERSHED MANAGIF. AEW DIVISION S7'ORMWA'1'ER PROGRAM Application for Individual Stormwater Permit (INDS) Submission of this application constitutes notice that the applicant(s) requests authorization to discharge stormwater for their project listed below pursuant to the Chapter 18 or 22 Stormwater Management Rule. To obtain authorization, the applicant must submit a complete and accurate application, as well as all required supporting materials. Submission of an application does not confer coveraize under an Individual Permit. Please carefully read all guidance information In the Narrative Template and Application Reouirements Docurn t before signing. A. Applicant Information 1. Applicant A. Cupola Golf Course, Inc. (c/o Ralph Deslauriers) 2a. Address: 360 Spear Street 2b. Town: South Burlington 2c. State: VT 2d. zip: 05403 3. Phone: 4. Email: 5. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): 6. Applicant 8: Northeast Quarry, LLC 7a. Address:410 Shelburne Road 7b. Town: South Burlington 7c. State: VT 7d. Zip: 05403 8. Phone:864-7444 9. Email: 10. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): Joe Larkin / JoeLarkin@larkinrealty.com 11. Please select either Applicant A or Applicant 8: ABCD Applicant is the current land owner A Applicant will be billed for the annual operating fee and be the primary contact for correspondence with the Stormwater Program. The applicant(s) shall be the owner and operator. If the applicant is a business, the business must be registered with the Vermont Secretary of State. If the application is made in connection with a new housing or commercial development, the developer and an owners' association accepting responsibility for the Stormwater management system shall apply as co-permittees [y18-308 (b)(4)). For projects that require listing more than two applicants, please attach an additional page. B. Application Preparer/Consultant Information (If applicable) 1. Application preparer name: Derick Read 2. Application preparer company: Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 3a. Application preparer address:164 Main Street 3b. Town: Colchester 3c. State: VT 3d. ZIP: 05446 4. Phone:802-878-0375 5. Email: derick.read @krebsandlansing.corn b. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): C. Project Information 1. is this application being submitted in connection with a subdivision (includes, but is not limited to re ' ntial and commercial subdivisions, universities, industrial parks, and ski areas)? Yes No 2. Existing Stormwater Permit/Authorization Number related to this project (if any): 3602-INDS.ARA 3a. Is this an amendment to an existing Stormwater Permit/Authorization? r% Yes No 3b. If yes, I have contacted the district analyst to determine application review fees. Yes No Revised September 2016 Page 1 of 5 02 VERMONT DEPARTMENT OF ENV[RONMEWALOUNSERVA710N WATERSHED MANAGF.MFMr DiVIS[ON fi )RM WATER PROGRAM Application for Individual Stormwater Permit (INDS) Submission of this application constitutes notice that the applicant(s) requests authorization to discharge stormwater for their project listed below pursuant to the Chapter 18 or 22 Stormwater Management Rule. To obtain authorization, the applicant must submit a complete and accurate application, as well as all required supporting materials. Submission of an application does not confer coverage under an Individual Permit. Please carefully read all guidance information In the Ndrrat v(. Tent lla a and Apjjh: atlljll Rvy .-emt-nt.1).mw ow before signing. A. Applicant Information 1. Applicant C: South Burlington OPCO, LLC 2a. Address:3 Edgewater Drive, Suite 101 2b. Town: Norwood 2c. State: MA 2d, Zip, 02062 3. Phone: (781) 619-9320 4. Email: eSanClemente@lcbseniorliving.com 5. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): 6. Applicant D: City of South Burlington 7a. Address: 575 Dorset Street 7b. Town: South Burlington 7c. State: VT 7d. Zip: 05403 8. Phone:846-4106 9. Email: tdipietro@sburl.com 10. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): 11. Please select either Applicant A or Applicant B: ABCD Applicant is the current land owner A Applicant will be billed for the annual operating fee and be the primary contact for correspondence with the Stormwater Program. The applicant(s) shall be the owner and operator. If the applicant is a business, the business must be registered with the Vermont Secretary of State. if the application Is made In connection with a new housing or commerdal development, the developer and an owners' association accepting responsibility for the stormwater management system shall apply as co-permittees (418-308 (bl(4)). For projects that require listing more than two applicants, please attach an additional page. 0. Application Preparer/Consultant Information (if applicable) 1. Application preparer name: Derick Read 2. Application preparer company: Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 3a. Application preparer address:164 Main Street 3b. Town: Colchester 3c. State: VT 3d. ZIP: 05446 4. Phone:802-878-0375 5. Email: derick.read@krebsandlansing.com 6. Additional Contact Name/Email (if applicable): C. Project Information 1. Is this application being submitted in connection with a subdivision (includes, but is mited to residential and commercial subdivisions, universities, industrial parks, and ski areas)? ✓ Yes 1:1No 2. Existing Stormwater Permit/Authorization Number related to this project (if any): 3602-INDS.ARA 3a. Is this an amendment to an existing Stormwater Permit/Authorization? Yes No 3b. If yes, I have contacted the district analyst to determine application review fees. Yes ✓ No Revised September 2016 Page 1 of S 4. Have you or will you be submitting a Notice of Intent (N01) for coverage under a Storrp ✓ Discharge ter ConstrMo Permit? Yes Yes ✓ No S. Does the project involve activities that are classified as stormwater hotspots7 6. Why is coverage under the INDS permit required? (Check all that apply) MProject discharges to a stormwater impaired watershed Project located within Lake Champlain Basin. Net zero phosphorus required. The Site Balancing Procedure is used. ❑ The Linear Transportation Procedure was used. Alternate Treatment Practice was used. 11 Other. Please describe 7. if discharging to a stormwater impaired water, how will the offset be provided? Offset will be: Purchased from an existing INDO Provided onsite (Ex. By treating existing untreated impervious surface or removal of existing impervious surface) Created offsite within the same watershed Not required as project meets Net -Zero 71 Other: Please Describe An existing sediment offset project included the new impervious from this project. 8. Project Name: Quarry Hill Subdivision 9a. Physical Address: Quarry Hill Road 9b. Town: South Burlington 9c. County: Chittenden 10. Receiving Water(s): Tributary of Potash Brook 11. Number of Discharge Points: 1 12. SPAN: Enter the 11-digit number that is printed on the property tax bill for the applicable parcel(s). Projects that involve more than 1 parcel shall list all applicable SPANS. 6 0 0- 1 8 8- 1 7 8 0 4 - - - Project Coordinates (project center in Decimal Degrees with 5 digits to the right of the decimal): 13a. Latitude 44.46840 13b. Longitude: 73,16687 14. Project Description: Briefly describe the project. (If an amendment, please describe the previously permitted project and the proposed change to the previously permitted project.): The Quarry Hill Club is a phased 6 lot subdivision on Quarry Hill Road in South Burlington. The majority of the project is constructed and is covered under stormwater discharge permit 3602-INDS.ARA. This amendment application includes the development of the 2.9 acre lot QHC3, to include a multi -unit residential building, parking, sidewalks, and associated infrastructure. Permit 3602-INDS.ARA, and other previously issued permits, identified Lot QHC3 as a future development that was allocated to include 1.34 acres of impervious area. Treatment of this impervious, including the sediment offset, is accounted for in the design of the existing stormwater treatment practices. The project, as identified on the site plans for this application, includes the entire 1.34 acres of expanded impervious area. Revised September 2016 Page 2 of 5 D. Manner of Discharge 1. A manner of discharge is required for each discharge point of the project. The manner of discharge shall specify the type of impervious surfaces, the conveyance, and type of treatment proposed to meet applicable treatment standards, and shall describe the stormwater outfall to the specified receiving water. S/N 001: Stormwater runoff from / list impervious surfaces) via [describe conveyance] to /treatment practices) discharging to IReceivina water]. S/N 001: Stormwater runoff from warehouse building rooftop on Lot 2 and a portion of access rood, via sheet flow to grass channel #1, all routed to a wet pond with pre-treatment forebay, discharging by controlled outlet structure and stabilized outfall to Trout Brook. Additional runoff from building rooftop on Lot 3, is disconnected in accordance with Disconnection of Rooftop Runoff Credit, discharging overland to Trout Brook Use the format and example above to provide a written manner of discharge for each discharge point. If more space is needed, provide an additional sheet. S/N 001: Stormwater runoff from roofs, roads, sidewalk, and parking areas via closed system to infiltration trenches and to a wet extended detention pond with pretreatment sediment forebay. The infiltration trenches discharge to groundwater. The wet extended detention pond discharges via a controlled outlet structure and stabilized outfall to a swale discharging to an unnamed tributary of Potash Brook. E. Plan Set Reference _ 1. Provide a complete list of all plans applicable to the stormwater management design that have been included with this application, Specify who the plans have been prepared by (e.g. Fairweather Stormwater Design, Inc.) and list the plans using the following format: Sheet ## , "[Sheet Title)," dated /mm/dd/vvvvl, last revised imm/dd/vvyyl: (e.g. Sheet 1, "Existing Condition Plan", dated 01/15/2014, last revised 02/06/2014). Revised September 2016 Page 3 of 5 Dated plans are required. Using the above format enter the plan set reference for the project in the space below. If more space is required, provide an attachment. Design firm: Krebs 8 Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. Sheet SP-1, "Site Plan, Deslauriers Property, Quarry Hill Subdivision - Lot #3," dated 06/29/2017 Sheet 1 of 1, "Quarry Hill Subdivision, Pre -Development Stormwater Plan" dated 03/14/2008 Sheet 1 of 1, "Quarry Hill Subdivision, Post Development Stormwater Plan" dated 03/14/2008 Sheet 1 B, "Quarry Hill Subdivision, Typical Details - D" dated 06/19/2003, last revised 03/14/2007 F. Impervious Area Summary Complete the following table with the appropriate impervious acreage as applicable. Round all areas to the nearest 0.01 acres. For definitions of new impervious surface, expanded impervious surface, redevelopment and existing impervious surface, see Chapter tormwater Management Rule Impervious Surfaces Proposed for Coverage 1. New/Expanded Impervious Area: 1.34 Acres 2. Redeveloped Impervious Area: Acres 3. If this is an amendment, Previously Permitted Impervious Area: 5.83 Acres 4. If site balancing is used, enter the amount of existing impervious that will be treated Acres S. Total impervious area to be permitted for this project: 7.17 Acres 6. Total Area for application fee calculation: (For new projects add lines 1+2+4, 1.34 Acres for amendments see below. Carry this value over to following page.) If the current application is an amendment, contact the Disl!IL Ljyjys_I who covers the Project Town prior to submitting this application to determine if a full review fee is required. IMPORTANT: DO NOT include impervious area in the fee calculation unless the stormwater runoff from the surface will meet the applicable treatment standards set forth in the Vermont Stormwater Management Manual. This impervious surface breakdown as completed above MUST match the total impervious surfaces presented in the Schedule A's completed for the discharge points in your application. If these totals do not match, your application will be returned to you as administratively incomplete. G. Permit Application Fees (Per 3 V.S.A. Sec. 2822) Administrative $240.00 Processing Fee Application Review 1.34 total impervious acres X $860 per impervious acre (Class B waters) $ 1,152.40 Fee total impervious acres X $1400 per impervious acre (Class A waters) $0.00 Enclosed check # Paid by: Total Permit Include a check payable to State of Vermont for the appropriate permit fees. $ 1.392.40 Application Fees Do not send a copy of the check. Round impervious acreage to nearest 0.01 acres H. Applicant Certification An authorized representative of each applicant as listed in Section A of this NOI shall complete the section below. If additional space is needed, the applicant may attach additional copies of this page to the N01. I hereby certify that I have read Cciierdi Pei wit 39015 and agree to abide by its terms. I understand that there will be Revised September 2016 Page 4 of 5 annual reporting requirements and annual operating fees based on the amount of impervious permitted herein. Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative Type Name Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative Type Name Date Title Date Title Please sign the document electronically. If you cannot sign electronically, please submit only the signatures page in paper form, do not scan entire application. If the applicant is a business, the signature must be provided by one of the following: i) the person listed as the registered agent with the Secretary of State; ii) an executive figure such as the president, chairperson or superintendent, or; iii) an individual whose status as an authorized representative �s verified in writing by the registered agent or executive figure. If the applicant is an Individual, but the application is being signed by an authorized representative, a letter from the applicant stating that that person Is the authorized representative must accompany this application. I. Certification of Complete Application and Designer Certification Please carefully read all guidance Information In the Narrative Template and Application Requirements Document before signing. A complete application shall contain the following items saved as separate PDFs: W] A complete NOI form aAttachment 1: Narrative. Narrative, Location Map, and Solis Map (see Narrative Guidance). aAttachment 2: Worksheets. Schedule A's, waivers, and BMP worksheets. These shall be grouped by discharge point (see Application Requirements Document) . FAttachment 3: Modeling. Hydrologic modeling for the existing and proposed conditions including the pertinent storm events; WQv, 1-year, 10-year, and 100-year storm (see Application Requirements Document, Modeling Section). aAttachment 4: Plans. Pertinent plan sheets with legend, scale bar, and north arrow for the existing condition and proposed condition, as well as a detail plan sheet (see Application Requirements Document, Plan Sheet Section). Designer Certification: I hereby certify that I have reviewed the Application Requirements Document and have included the required Information with this N01. I hereby certify that the design -related information submitted with the N01 for coverage under General Permit 3-9015 was prepared under my direction or supervision and that the information is, in the exercise of my reasonable professional judgment, true, accurate, and complete. I also hereby certify thal the stormwater collection, treatment, and control system design submitted with this application complies with DEC's Stormwater Management Rule and the Vermont Stormwater Management Manual, Derick M. Read Signature of Stormwater Designer Derick Read, Designer Designer Name and Title Please sign the document electronically. Of you cannot Date Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. Company Name (if applicable) submit the signatures page in paper form, do not scan entire Not. Revised September 2016 Page 5 of 5 annual reporting requirements an annual operating fees based on the amount of impervious permitted herein. Signature of Owne(o Authorized Representative Date RJr-r7 1 vh Type Name I i Title Signature Owner or Authorized Re en five l Date Type Name Title Please sign the document electronically. If you cannot sign electronically, please submit only the signatures page in paper form, do not scan entire application. If the applicant is a business, the signature must be provided by one of the following: i) the person listed as the registered agent with the Secretary of State; ill an executive figure such as the president, chairperson or superintendent, or; ifi) an individual whose status as an authorized representative is verified in writing by the registered agent or executive figure. If the applicant is an Individual, but the application Is being signed by an authorized representative, a letter from the applicant stating that that person is the authorized representative must accompany this application. I. Certification of Complete Application and Designer Certification Please carefully read all guidance information in the Natr ative i en plate and Application Requirements Docurent before signing. A complete application shall contain the following items saved as separate PDFs: aA complete N01 form aAttachment 1: Narrative. Narrative, Location Map, and Soils Map (see Narrative Guidance). aAttachment 2: Worksheets. schedule A's, waivers, and BMP worksheets. These shall be grouped by discharge point (see Application Requirements Document) . aAttachment 3: Modeling. Hydrologic modeling for the existing and proposed conditions including the pertinent storm events; WQv, 1-year, 10-year, and 100-year storm (see Application Requirements Document, Modeling Section). aAttachment 4: Plans. Pertinent plan sheets with legend, scale bar, and north arrow for the existing condition and proposed condition, as well as a detail plan sheet (see Application Requirements Document, Plan Sheet Section). Designer Certification: I hereby certify that I have reviewed the Application Requirements Document and have included the required information with this NOI. I hereby certify that the design -related Information submitted with the NOI for coverage under General Permit 3-9015 was prepared under my direction or supervision and that the information is, in the exercise of my reasonable professional judgment, true, accurate, and complete. I also hereby certify that the stormwater collection, treatment, and control system design submitted with this application complies with DEC's Stormwater Management Rule and the Vermont Stormwater Management Manual. Signature of Stormwater Designer Designer Name and Title Please sign the document Date Company Name (if applicable) If you cannot sign electronically, please only submit the signatures page In paper form, do not scan entire NOI. Revised September 2016 Page 5 of 5 annual reporting requirerr ,., ry Signature of Owner or Authorized Re pal o e atirfg fees based on the amount of impervious permitted herein. _-�Vr1E Zo�7 ative Date Type Name Thomas DiPietro Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative Thcmas J. lliPietro it. Type Name Title June 30, 2016 Date Deputy lei rector of Public Works Title_. — Please sign the document electronically. If you cannot sign electronically, please submit only the signatures page in paper form, do not scan entire application. If the applicant is a business, the signature must be provided by one of the following i) the person listed as the registered agent with the secretary of State; li) an executive figure such as the president, chairperson or superintendent, or; Ili) ar individual whose status as an authorized representative is verified In writing by the registered agent or executive figure. If the applicant is an individual, but the application is being signed by an authorized representative, a letter from the applicant stating that that person is the authorized representative must accompany this application. 1. Certification of Complete Application and (Designer Certification Please carefully read all guidance information in the N_rr<, ,:, r of and Ap2kation Reounr-men s lui unu-nl before signing A complete application shall contain the following items saved as separate PDFs: aA complete N01 form oAttachment 1: Narrative, Narrative, Location Map, and Soils Map (see Narrative Guidance) aAttachment 2: Worksheets. Schedule A's, waivers, and BMP worksheets. These shall be grouped by discharge point (see Application Requirements Document) . Attachment 3: Modeling. Hydrologic modeling for the existing and proposed conditions including the pertinent storm events; WQv, 1-year, 10-year, and 100-year storm (see Application Requirements Document, Modeling Section). Attachment 4: Plans. Pertinent plan sheets with legend, scale bar, and north arrow for the existing condition and proposed condition, as well as a detail plan sheet (see Application Requirements Document, Plan Sheet Section). Designer Certification: I hereby certify that I have reviewed the Application Requirements Document and have included the required information with th s NOI. I hereby certify that the design -related information submitted with the NOI for coverage under General Permit 3-9015 was prepared under my direction or supervision and that the information is, in the exercise of my reasonable professional judgment, true, accurate, and complete. I also hereby certify that the Stormwater collection, treatment, and control system design submitted with this application compiles with DEC's Stormwater Management Rule and the Vermont Stormwater Management Manual. Signature of Stormwater Designer Designer Name and Title the document Date Company Name (if applicable) If you cannot sign electronically, please only submit the Revised September 2016 Page 5 of 5 in paper Corm, do not scan entire N01 Attachment # 1 - Narrative Quarry Hill Club Lot QHC3 Stormwater Calculations June 11, 2017 Stormwater Discharge Permit Narrative Quarry Hill Subdivision - Stormwater Amendment Lot QHC3 Development June 28, 2017 Proiect Description The Quarry Hill Club is a phased 6 lot subdivision on Quarry Hill Road in South Burlington. The majority of the project is constructed and is covered under stormwater discharge permit 3602-INDS.ARA. This amendment application includes development of the 2.9 acre lot "QHC3", to include a multi -unit residential and commercial building with parking, sidewalks, and associated infrastructure. Permit 3602-1NDS.ARA, and other previously issued permits, identified Lot QHC3 as a future development that was allocated to include 1.34 acres of impervious area. Treatment of this impervious, including the sediment offset, is accounted for in the design of the existing stormwater treatment practices. The project, as identified on the site plans for this application, includes the entire 1.34 acres of expanded impervious area. The project is located within the impaired Potash Brook watershed and is therefore seeking coverage under Chapter 22 of the Environmental Protection Rules for an Individual Operational Stormwater Discharge Permit Amendment. Existing Conditions The Quarry Hill Club subdivision is located on Quarry Hill Road in South Burlington. Lot QHC3 is located at the extreme north end of the development. It is bordered by Quarry Hill Road to the south, Interstate 89 to the east, the Staples Plaza shopping center to the north, and the Burlington Tennis Club property to the west. The parcel is an open field that has recently been used as a storage area for past construction activities. The lot slopes west to east to the existing stormwater treatment facility located in the southeast corner. The land includes two gently sloping terraces at the south end of the site. The grades on the east side of both terraces drops off relatively steeply. The land on the north side of the parcel is a more consistently grade that is moderate to steeply sloping. The majority of the site includes soils mapped as Farmington -Stockbridge rocky loam (HSG C). There is a small area of Duane and Deerfield soils (HSG B) located at the southeast corner of the site. A soil map is included with this attachment. Existing Stormwater System The majority of the site drains by overland flow to a permitted Wet Extended Detention Pond located at the southeast corner of the site. A portion of the northerly end of the site is not currently conveyed to the pond and drains by overland flow, offsite to the east. All the runoff from the lot eventually discharges to a tributary of Potash Brook, which is a cold water fish habitat. A pre -development Hydrocad model (version 8.0) was created as part of the original permit application. The 10 year and 100 year modeling results from that application are included in Attachment #3-Modeling. Page 1 of 3 Quarry Hill Subdivision - Lot QHC3 Stormwater Narrative June 10, 2017 Proposed Stormwater Treatment This project has been designed to be consistent with the original permit. All runoff from the 2.74 acre (1.34 acres new impervious) will be collected and piped to the existing Wet Extended Pond identified above. The runoff is detained, treated and released to the discharge point located at the southeast corner of the development. A hydrologic model of the development was previously created by Llewellyn -Howley using the stormwater modeling software Hydrocad version 8.0. The modeling results are included in Attachment #3. The following is a brief summary of the measures taken to comply with the Stormwater Treatment Standards outlined in the Vermont Stormwater Management Manual. The calculations have been provided as supporting material. Water Ouality Treatment Standard: The Water Quality Treatment Standard has been met for the Quarry Hill Club development primarily through the permitted Wet Extended Detention Pond, with a small volume within an existing infiltration trench. The calculated Water Quality Volume is 26,608 cf. The infiltration trench accounts for 3,480 cf of the required volume. The remaining 23,128 cf. is treated by storage and detention in the Wet Extended Detention Pond. The pond includes both a forebay and the micropool. The forebay is sized to contain approximately 19.6 % of the Water Quality Volume. Approximately 56 of the required Water Quality Volume is stored in the permanent pools. The remaining volume is treated though extended detention. A 3" orifice placed at elevation 308.6, is used to control the remaining flows. The runoff is released over 25.9 hours with a peak discharge rate of 0.11 cfs. The appropriate calculations have been provided in the Water Quality Attachment. Groundwater Recharge Treatment Standard: The groundwater recharge for the development is treated in an infiltration trench that collects rooftop runoff from three large condominium buildings. The calculated recharge volume for the project is 3,480 cf. This includes the assumed 1.34 impervious acre future development of Lot QHC3. The appropriate infiltration trench sizing calculations have been provided in the Groundwater Recharge portion of Attachment #3. Channel Protection Treatment Standard (Cpv): To control the Channel Protection Volume a 4" orifice has been designed at elevation 309.3, above the extended detention elevation of the Water Quality storm. The 4" orifice provides a centroid to centroid detention time of 14.2 hours. The stormwater control orifice is located inside the pond outlet structure. The calculations for this standard have been provided in Attachment #3 -Channel Protection Volume. Overbank Flood Protection Treatment Standard (Op10): A pre -development hydrologic model was created to ensure runoff from the post - development 10 year, 24 hour storm event does not exceed the pre -development flows for the same storm event. The pre -development model was created considering the project site under natural conditions. All pervious surfaces were modeled as a pasture/grassland/range 21,} Quarry Hill Subdivision - Lot QHC3 Stormwater Narrative June 10, 2017 in good condition. The outlet structure was designed to control the post -development runoff from the 10 year, 24 hour storm to a level less than that of the pre -development 10 year, 24 hour storm. The modeling calculations have been provided in Attachment - Overbank Flood Protection Volume. Pre -development (Natural Conditions) 10 year, 24 hour storm = 20.97 c.f.s. Post -development 10 year, 24 hour storm = 6.60 c.f.s. Extreme Flood Protection Standard: A pre -development hydrologic model was created to ensure runoff from the post - development 100 year, 24 hour storm event does not exceed the pre -development flows for the same storm event. The pre -development model was created considering the project site under natural conditions. All pervious surfaces were modeled as a pasture/grassland/range in good condition. The outlet structure was designed to control the post -development runoff from the 100 year, 24 hour storm to a level less than that of the pre -development 100 year, 24 hour storm. The modeling calculations have been provided in Attachment - Overbank Flood Protection Volume. Pre -development (Natural Conditions) 100 year, 24 hour storm = 55.20 c.f.s. Post -development 100 year, 24 hour storm = 52.33 c.f.s. Sediment Offset A sediment offset is required because this project drains to Potash Brook, which is impaired for stormwater. The impervious area on this lot was identified as part of the sediment offset from a previous Quarry Hill Subdivision approval. This amendment application does not propose any changes to the approved sediment offset. 132348\Stormwater\Calcs\QHC StormNarrative 6-11-17 LLEWELLYN • HOWLEY INCORPORATED ENSWEEM6 • rarermm • COMM "URVIM 20 NN®ALL AM WRE W N P 1M OSl, M W COUTN HAWTM , fB63t00 vEasONr tow ....uxn....e Quarry Hill Road Subdivision *"" BwlkVt" VBRWON Location map 2 20MM �d coos Rr. sac 2 06/OlHne,too/pp 3 643770 44° 28' 13" N fro .I Soil Map—Chittenden County, Vermont (Quarry Hill Club) 643770 643950 64395D 64M 64413D 644M 3 Map Scale: 1:4,100 f pm0ed on A landscape (11' x 8.5') SheeL Meters N o 50 100 200 300 0 150 300 600 900 Map projection: Web Mercator Comer coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 18N WGS84 LISDA Natural Resources Web Soil Survey Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey 644310 644400 3 41 28' 13" N Om I ' 1 4' d { aI r 44° 27 54' N 64449D 644580 3 0 6/11/2017 Page 1 of 3 MAP LEGEND Area of Interest (A01) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Map Unit Polygons . Soil Map Unit Lines 13 Soil Map Unit Points Special Point Features Blowout Borrow Pit Clay Spot Closed Depression Gravel Pit Gravelly Spot Landfill Lava Flow Marsh or swamp Mine or Quarry Miscellaneous Water Perennial Water Rock Outcrop Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Sinkhole Slide or Slip oa Sodic Spot Soil Map—Chittenden County, Vermont (Quarry Hill Club) MAP INFORMATION Spoil Area The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:15,800. tj Stony Spot Very Stony Spot Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Wet Spot Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil n, Other line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of Special Line Features contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Water Features Streams and Canals Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Transportation .�. Rails Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Interstate Highways Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) US Routes Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator Major Roads projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Local Roads Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. Background —"= Aerial Photography This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Chittenden County, Vermont Survey Area Data: Version 19, Sep 15, 2016 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 28, 2010—Oct 8, 2011 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. tSl2n Natural Resources Web Soil Survey 6/11/2017 Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey Page 2 of 3 Soil Map—Chittenden County, Vermont Map Unit Legend Quarry Hill Club Chittenden County, Vermont (VT007) Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI Au Au Gres fine sandy loam 4.4 5.4% BIA Belgrade and Eldridge soils, 0 0.4 0.5% to 3 percent slopes 13.7 DdA Duane and Deerfield soils, 0 to 16.8% 5 percent slopes Enosburg and Whately soils, 0 0.5 EwA 0.6 /o to 3 percent slopes FaE Farmington extremely rocky 2.0 2.5% loam, 20 to 60 percent slopes FsC Farmington -Stockbridge rocky 13.7 16.7% loams, 12 to 20 percent slopes Fu Fill land 16.7 20.5% Qd Quarries 3.9 4.8% 29.1% VeB Vergennes clay, 2 to 6 percent 23.8 slopes VeC Vergennes clay, 6 to 12 2.5 3.1% percent slopes Totals for Area of Interest 81.5 100.0% usixa Natural Resources Web Soil Survey 6/11/2017 Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey Page 3 of 3 Lamoureux &t Dickinson Engineers Surveyors - Planners September 7, 2017 Ralph Deslauriers, II Cupola Golf Course, Inc. 270 Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05403 RE: Proposed QHC Lot 3 Development Traffic Impacts Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington Dear Ralph, Wetland 8 Soil Scientists As requested, we have examined the potential trip generation of the proposed development of QHC Lot #3 of the Quarry Hill planned unit development. The proposed land -uses on Lot #3 include: • 88 apartment units (in two buildings of 40 and 48 apt. each) • 5,000 sf retail (in a third building) • 2,000 sf restaurant (also in the third building) The above development will add to the 202 apartment units and the 120 bed assisted living facility that have been constructed to date in the Quarry Hill PUD. The traffic impacts of the Quarry Hill PUD were last analyzed in a Traffic Impact Assessment (TIA) prepared by this office dated January 8, 2013. That TIA examined the impact of a build -out scenario that generated 169 and 218 vehicle trip ends per hour (vte/hr), respectively, during the morning and afternoon peak hours. The introduction on Lot #3 of a mix of residential, restaurant and retail land -uses into the Quarry Hill PUD will generate "internal capture trips"; which in turn reduces the number of external vehicular trips entering and exiting via Spear St. The ITE has developed a methodology' for estimating the internal capture of pm peak hour trips between differing land -uses. The same methodology also incorporates modal -split calculations to account for non -vehicular travel. For this Project, it was estimated that 5% of the residential trips would be non -motorized trips, and that all retail and restaurant trips would be vehicular trips. Tables 1 and 2 present updated trip generation calculationS2 for this Project. Table 2, in particular, incorporates the above internal capture trip calculations. Detailed calculations are also enclosed. 1 Trip Generation Handbook, Institute of Transportation Engineers, 3'd Edition 2 Trip Generation, Institute of Transportation Engineers, 9`" Edition 14 Morse Drive, Essex, VT 05452 802.878.4450 www.LDengineering.com • Innovative Solutions • Quality Service Ralph Deslauriers, II September 7, 2017 Page 2 Table 1 - Existing Peak Hour Trips ITE Land -Use Category AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total Existine #220 - Apartments (202 units) 21 82 103 84 45 129 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 Total 36 89 125 301 63 164 Table 2 - Proposed Peak Hour Trips AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total ITE Land -Use Category Proposed #220 - Apartments (290 units) 25 101 126 101 54 155 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 #826 - Specialty Retail Center (5,000 sf) 0 0 0 6 8 14 #932 - Restaurant -High Turnover (2,000 sf) 12 10 22 12 8 20 Total 56 134 190 150 96 246 Internal Capture Vehicle Trips 2 1 3 9 9 18 External Non -Motorized Trips 1 6 7 6 3 9 Total External Vehicle Trips 53 126 180 135 84 219 The results of the above analyses indicate that the proposed development on Lot 3 will cause the peak hour trip generation to exceed the 2013 TIA estimated trips by one (1) vehicle trip end (219 vs. 218) during the critical pm peak hour. The 2013 TIA also included intersection capacity analyses that utilized background traffic volumes projected out to the year 2020. At the time the TIA was prepared, VTrans was projecting zero growth in urban area background traffic volumes from 2013 to 2020. Table 2 presents the AADT's (annual average daily traffic volumes) recorded at Station D086 on Spear St (south of Quarry Hill Rd). The data indicates that traffic volumes on this section of Spear St actually declined from 2013 to 2016. Table 2 - Spear St. Traffic Volumes Year 2009 AADT (vpd) 4,900 2013 5,100 2016 4,900 Ralph Deslauriers, II September 7, 2017 Page 3 In its most recent traffic projections3, VTrans estimates a 2.0% traffic growth rate from 2016 to 2020. Applying that to the 2016 AADT shown in Table 2 results in a projected 2020 AADT of 5,000 vpd; still less than the observed 2013 AADT. More importantly, comparing the existing (2016) peak hour volumes on Spear St indicate that they are considerably less than the year 2020 design hour volumes used in the 2013 Quarry Hill PUD TIA. This will be true even after the proposed additional trips generated by the development of Lot #3 are added. In conclusion, it is our opinion that the proposed development on Lot #3 will not alter the analyses and conclusions of the 2013 TIA for the Quarry Hill PUD. Should you have any questions concerning the above, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, Roger Dickinson, PE, PTOE P:\2012\12103\QHC Lot 3 traffic.wpd 3 Continuous Traffic Counter Report, Vermont Agency of Transportation, August 2017 NCHRP 684 Internal Trip Capture Estimation Tool Project Name: Quarry Hill PUD Organization: L&D Project Location: South Burlington Performed By: Roger Dickinsor Scenario Description: Lot 3 Date: 916/2017 Analysis Year: -� I —� Checked By: Analysis Period: AM Street Peak Hour Date: Table 1-A: Base Vehicle -Trip Generation Estimates (Single -Use Site Estimate) Land Use Development Data (For Information Only) Estimated Vehicle -Trips' ITE LUCs' Quantity Units Total Entering Exiting Office 0 Retail 826 5,000 0 0 0 Restaurant 932 2,000 22 12 10 Cinema/Entertainment 0 Residential 220 290 146 29 117 Hotel 0 -" All Other Land Uses 254 120 22 15 7 - 190 56 134 Table 2-A: Mode Split and Vehicle Occupancy Estimates Land Use Enterin Trips ® P Exiting Trips Veh. OCC.4 % Transit _ 96 Non -Motorized Veh. Occ.° % Transit % Non-Motonzed Office Retail 100 0% 0% 100 0% 0% Restaurant 1.00 0% 0% 100 0% 0% Cinema/Entertainment Residential 1.00 0% 5% 1.00 0% 5% Hotel All Other Land Uses' Table 3-A: Average Land Use Interchange Distances (Feet Walking Distance) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office { Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Table 4-A: Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix" Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0- I 0 I 0 0 0 Retail 0 - 0 0 0 0 Restaurant 0 0 0 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 FT 0 Residential 0 0 -T 2 0 Hotel 0 0 _�- 0 i 0. Table 6-A; Computations Summary Total Entering Exiting All Person -Trips 1 Internal Capture Percentage 1 190 2% 56 4% 134 1 External Vehicle -Trips" 179 { 53 126 External Transit-Thps6 0 0 0 External Non -Motorized Trios' 7 1 6 Table 6-A: Internal Trip Capture Percentages by Land Use Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Trips Offce N/A N!A Retail N/A N/A Restaurant 17 % 0% Cinema/Entertainment NIA N/A Residential _ 0% 2% Hotel NIA NIA 'Land Use Codes (LUCs) from Trip Generation Manual, published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers. _ 'Total estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator 'Enter trips assuming no transit or non -motorized trips (as assumed in ITE Trip Generation Manual). °Enter vehicle occupancy assumed in Table 1-A vehicle trips If vehicle occupancy changes for proposed mixed -use project, manual adjustments must be made to Tables 5-A, 9-A (0 and D). Enter transit, non -motorized percentages that will result with proposed mixed -use project complete. 'Vehicle -trips computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-A 6p-e n-Trips _-- -_ 'Indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. Estimation Tool Developed by the Texas A&M Transportation Institute - Version 2013.1 Project Name: Quarry Hill PUD Analysis Period: AM Street Peak Hour Table 7-A: Conversion of Vehicle -Trip Ends to Person -Trip Ends Land Use Table 7-A (D). Entering Trips Table 7-A (0)- Exiting Trips Veh, Occ. Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips` Veh Occ Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips' Office 1.00 0 0 100 0 0 Retail 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Restaurant 1.00 12 12 1.00 10 10 Cinema/Entertainment 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Residential 1.00 29 29 100 117 117 Hotel 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Table 8-A (0): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Origin) Origin (From) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment 1 Residential Hotel Destination (To) Office 0 3 0 2 0 Retail 0 :::: 1 0 1 0 firtaurant <. 0 23 0 Ci,#�Residential p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hotel 0 p 0 0 0 Table 8-A (D): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Destination) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0 3 0 0 Retail 0 8 0 0 Restaurant 0 O 0 1 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 1 0 Residential 0 0 2 p 0 0 Hotel p o 1 0 0 0 Table 9-A (D): Internal and External Trips Summary (Entering Trips) Destinaton Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit? Non-Motorized2 Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reltai 0 0 0 0 0 0 Restaurant 2 10 12 10 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 0 29 29 28 0 1 1 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 All Other land Uses' 0 15 15 15 0 0 Table 9 A (0): Internal and External Trips Summary (Exiting Trips) Origin Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode' External Total Transit2 Non Motorized? Office RIntemal 0Retail p 00 =Vehiclesl 0 D Restaurant 10 10 0 0 Cinema/Entenainment 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 2 115 117 10$ 0 6 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 0 All Other Land Uses 3 0 7 7 7 0 0 t tri s corn utedusing the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-A Tri s timate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator "Indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. NCHRP 684 Internal Trip Capture Estimation Tool Project Name: I Quarry Hill PUD Organization:1 L&D Project Location: South Burlington Performed By: Roger Dickinson Scenario Description: Lot 3 Dater 9/6/2017 Analysis Year: _ __ Checked By: Analysis Period: PM Street Peak Hour Date: Table 1-P: Base Vehicle -Trip Generation Estimates (Single -Use Site Estimate) Land Use Development Data (For Information Only) Estimated Vehicle-Trips3 ITE LUCs' Quantity Units Total Entering Exiting Office _ sf 0 Retail 826 5.000 sf 14 6 8 Restaurant 932 2,000 sf 20 12 8 Cinema/Entertainment 0 Residential 220 290 units 177 115 62 Hotel 0 All Other Land Uses' 254 120 _ beds 35 17 18 246 150 96 Table 2-P: Mode Split and Vehicle Occupancy Estimates Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Trips Veh. Occ." % Transit % Non -Motorized Veh. Occ." °/ Transit %Non -Motorized Office _0% Retail 1.00 0% 1.00 0% 0% Restaurant 1.00 0% 0% 1 00 0 % a% Cinema/Entertainment - Residential 1,00 1 01/1 59% 1.00 0% 5% Hotel — — — AII Other Land Uses2 Table 3-P: Average Land Use Interchange Distances (Feet Walking Distance) Origin (From) Office Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant 500 500 Cinema/Entertainment _Residential 1000 Hotel Retail Zoo Restaurant - I 1000 Cinema/Entertainment — — -- Residential 1000 1000 t Hotel Table 4-P: Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix* Origin (From) Destination (To) Office 0 0 0 Retail 0 3 0 Restaurant 0 2 _ 0 1 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0Retail 0 1'0CinemalEntertainment ResidentialVHotelOffice 2Restaurant 0Residential Hotel 00 0 0 0 0 _ 0 Table 5-P: Computations summary Total Fntering Exiting All Person -Trips 246 150 T 96 Internal Capture Percentage 7% 6% 9 %% External Vehicle-Tris5 1 219 135 T 84 External Transit -Trips' 0 0 1 0 External Non -Motorized Trips6 9 6 3 Table 6-P: Internal Trip Capture Percentages by Land Use Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Ines Office N/A N/A Retail 50 % 50°/ Restaurant 25°/ 50% Cinema/Entertainment NIA N/A Residential 3% 2% [Hotel N/A N/A Land Use Codes (LUCs) from Trip Generation Manual, published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers. `Total estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator. 'Enter to s assuming no trans t or non -motor zed trips (as assumed in ITE Tnp Generation Manual). °Enter vehicle occupancy assumed in Table 1-P vehicle trips If vehicle occupancy changes for proposed mixed -use project, manual adjustments must be made Vehicle -Dips computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-P. Person -Trips 'Indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. _ Estimation Tool Developed by the Texas A&M Transportation Institute - Version 2013.1 P:\2012\12103\ITE Mixed Use Trips Spreadsheet.xlsx, 9/6/2017 Project Name: Quarry Hill PUD Analysis Period: PM Street Peak Hour Table T-P: Conversion of Vehicle -Trip Ends to Person -Trip Ends Land Use Table 7-P (D): Entering Trips Table 7-P (0). Exiting Trips Veh- Occ. Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips* Veh. Occ, Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips' Office 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Retail 1.00 6 6 1.00 8 8 Restaurant 1.00 12 12 1.00 8 8 Cinema/Entertainment 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Residential 1.00 115 115 1.00 62 62 Hotel 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Table 8 P (0): Internal Person -Trip Origin-DestinaUon Matrix (Computed at Origin) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 0 2 0 2 0 Restaurant 0 3 1 1 1 Cinema/Entertainmant 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 2 20 10 0 2 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 Table 8-P (D): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Destination) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office X ' 0 0 0 5 0 Retail 0 3 0 53 0 Restaurant 0 3 0 18 0 Cinema/Entertainment 1 0 0 0 5 0 Residential 0 0 1 0 0 Hotel 0 0 1 0 p Table 9-P (D): Internal and External Trips Summary (Entering Trips) Destination Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode' Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit' Non-Motorized2 Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 3 3 6 3 0 0 Restaurant 3 9 12 9 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 3 112 115 106 0 6 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 0 All Other Land Uses' 0 17 17 17 0 0 Table 9-P (0): Internal and External Trips Summary (Exiting Trips) Origin Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode* Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit2 Non-Motorized2 Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 4 4 8 4 0 0 Restaurant 4 4 8 4 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 1 1 61 62 58 0 3 Hotel 0 0 0 0 10 0 All Other Land Uses' 0 18 18 18 0 0 'Vehicle -trips Computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-P Terson-Tri s 'Total estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to Internal trip capture computations in this estimator -indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number Table 7.1a Adjusted Internal Trip Capture Rates for Trip Origins within a Multi -Use Development Land Use Pairs Weekday AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour From OFFICE To Office 0.0% 0.0% To Retail 28.0% 18.2% To Restaurant 63.0% 3.6% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 1.0% 1.9% To Hotel 0.0% 0.0% From RETAIL To Office 29.0% 2.0% To Retail 0.0% 0.0% To Restaurant 13.0% 29.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% To Residential 14.0% 24.2% To Hotel 0.0% 5.0% From RESTAURANT To Office 31.0% 3.0% To Retail 14.0% 41.0% To Restaurant 0.0% 0.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 8.0% To Residential 4.0% 16.7% To Hotel 3.0% 7.0% From CINEMA/ENTERTAINMENT To Office 0.0% 2.0% To Retail 0.0% 21.0% To Restaurant 0.0% 31.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 8.0% To Hotel 0.0% 2.0% From RESIDENTIAL To Office 2.0% 4.0% To Retail 1.0% 31.9% To Restaurant 20.0% 16.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 0.0% To Hotel 0.0% 3.0% From HOTEL To Office 75.0% 0.0% To Retail 14.0% 16.0% To Restaurant 9.0% 68 0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 2.0% To Hotel 0.0% 0.0% Table 7.2a Adjusted Internal Trip Capture Rates for Trip Destinations within a Multi -Use Development Land Use Pairs Weekday AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour To OFFICE From Office 0.0% 0.0% From Retail 4.0% 31.0% From Restaurant 14.0% 30.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 6.0% From Residential 3.0% 57.0% From Hotel 3.0% 0.0% To RETAIL From Office 32.0% 7.3% From Retail 0.0% 0.0% From Restaurant 8.0% 50.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% From Residential 17.0% 7.6% From Hotel 4.0% 2.0% To RESTAURANT From Office 23.0% 1.8% From Retail 50.0% 29.0% From Restaurant 0.0% 0.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 3.0% From Residential 20.0% 10.6% From Hotel 6.0% 5.0% To CINEMA/ENTERTAINMENT From Office 0.0% 1.0% From Retail 0.0% 26.0% From Restaurant 0.0% 32.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% From Residential 0.0% 0.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% To RESIDENTIAL From Office 0.0% 4.0% From Retail 2.0% 46.0% From Restaurant 5.0% 16.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% From Residential 0.0% 0.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% To HOTEL From Office 0.0% 0.0% From Retail 0.0% 17.0% From Restaurant 4.0% 71.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 1.0% From Residential 0.0% 12.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% ELEV 33i.73 M;4 I`""°° I PRE -CONSTRUCTION GRADE I Dat.12/08/11 vroyot N� S k wm.: INNOVATIVE DESIGN, INC. soalc QHC RAMP LOT EE 8 CARMICHAEL STREET, SUITE 104 1/8• =r-o• TRASH ENCLOSURE D 2 0 ESSEX IDI MOW (S02) T.��05452 o.owi By South Burlington, Vermont � FAX QM-SM7 5h..t Tm. E".& -"" "" "' N—c ELEVATIONS COMPOSITE TRIM 1010 O/H DOOR \ SLAB 4090 0/H DOOR 1090 0/H DOOR FRONT ELEVATION 1/8• = r-o- 1'-0• X 8'-01 OPENING FOR VENTING. PROVDE SCREEN IN OPENING TRASH SIDE ELEV va• - r-o• CEMENT BOARD SIDING TOP PLATE 0 ON GRADE .>COMcheck Software Version. " . Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Location: g South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Vertical Glazing t Wall Area: 21 % I Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Quarry Hill Road Designer/Contractor: South Burlington, VT 05401 Ralph Deslaurier Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Budding Area Floor Area 1 -Multifamily : Nonresidential 55376 Additional Efficiency Package I Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area or Perimeter Roof I. Insulation Entirely Above Deck, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 -Multifamily] NORTH 8844� 8844 Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamilyj Window 2: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs,: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, (Bldg. Use 1 -Multifamily] (b) Door 5: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) EAST 2829 220 180 Exterior Wall 3: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., (Bldg. Use 1 - Multitamily] Window 4: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID MAR N-433-00296.00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 . Multifamily] (b) Door 2: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamityl SOUTH 4510 1248 360 Exterior Walt 2: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., (Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 3: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg- Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 1: Upward -acting, sectional,. [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] WEST 2829 569 20 Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 1: VinyllFiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf, Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, (Bldg: Use 1 - Multifamily) (b) Door 3: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg, Use i - Multifamily) Door 4: Upward -acting, sectional, fBldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] 5617 1293 100 360 Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factory, --- 38.0 0.026 0.032 38.0 0.0 0,032 0.032 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 0.220 0.430 --- 0.290 0.100 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 --- 0.220 0,430 — 0.290 0,100 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 .._ 0.220 0.430 - 0.210 0.100 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 - 0,220 0.430 " --- 0.210 0.100 --- 0.290 0.100 Project Title: Deslauriers;Property QHC Lot #3- Building A IData filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Desiauriers\Ramp Lot1City permits\Buiildin g Report date: 12/A.cck Page 1 off 1133 I(a) Budget LI-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRG and requires supporting documentation. Envelope Compliance Statement I Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requireme s sted in thecv�� Iklist. t I N me - Tit e / 2 Ds j1- re Date Project Title: Desiaurlers Property QHC Lot *3- Building A Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: CAUsers\Michelle\DocumentslProjectslDesiauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding A.cck Page 2 of 13 CoMcheck Software Version 4-0�7.2 �Mechanical Compliance Certificate to Project Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Quarry Hill Road Ralph Deslaurier Michelle Dufresne South Burlington, VT 05401 Innovative Design Inc, Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description 1 HVAG System 1 (Single Zone w/ PerimeterSystem): Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity - 399 kBtu.!h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None 2 Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 120 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Pump Proposed Efficiency: 85.00 % Et, Required Efficiency: 80.00 % Et Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to'comply with anyapplicable mandatory requirements listed in the Irtspec;ion Checklist. T-Sijin Wlie" Date I vytd vft Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:1Users\Michelle\DocumentskProjects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City plermits\Buiilding A.cck Page 3 of 13 ProJect Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property OHC Lot 43- Building B, Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a' Project Type: New Construction Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: 20% Construction site: Owner/Agent; Quarry Hill Road Ralph Deslaurier Designer/Contractor: South Burlington, VT 05401 Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Building Area Floor Area 1-Multifamily 47736 Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting Power, Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area or Perimeter Cavity Cont. R-Value R-Value Proposed U-Factor Budget U- Factop.) Roof I 'Insulation Entirely Above �Deck, [Bldg. Use I - —Multifamily) Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) 11934 38.0 O�026 0,032 NORTH T 11934 38.0 0.0 0.032 0.032 Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg, Use 1 - Multifamily] 3000 21.0 Window 2: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf Specs.: Product ID 9.6 0.037 0,051 - MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] (b) 184 0,220 0,430 _*AST Exterior Wall 3: Wood-Frarned, 16" O-C, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] 7493 21.0 9-6, Window 4: Vinyl/Piberglass Frarne:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID 1677 0.037 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296-0000l, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] (b) --- --- 0:220 0,430 Door 2: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] 5jD-U—TH 180 --- 0.530 0.100 Exterior Wall 2: Wood -Framed, 16" C.C., [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] 3000 Window 3: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame. -Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID 21 ;O 9.6 0.037 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] (b) 569 --- --- 0.220 0.430 Door 1: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] 20 WEST --- --- 0.210 0.100 Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] 7493 21.0 9.6 Window 1: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert- Specs.: Product ID 0.037 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use I - Multifamily] (b) 1835 --- 0.220 0,430 Door 3: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) Door 4; Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg, Use I - Multifamily] 100 --- --- 0.210 0.100 100 --- --- 0Z30 0.100 Project Title. Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot' City permits\Buiilding B.cck Page I of 13 Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 IData filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding B,cck Page 2 of 13 COMcheck Software VersionReview Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code; 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Quarry Hill Road Ralph Deslaurier Michelle Dufresne South Burlington, VT 05401 Innovative Design Inc. Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description I HVAC System I (Single Zone w/ PerimeterSystem)- Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity . 399 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 120 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Purnjq Proposed Efficiency. 85-oo % Et, Required Efficiency: 80.00 % El Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the I ectiop Checklist. (04 S ure 5-a—te2- ll Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp LotkCity permits\Bulilding B.cck Page 3 of 13 Compliance1; 2, COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Envelope Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards " Project Title: Deslauders Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: 23% Construction Site: Owner/Agent.- Quarry Hill Road Ralph Deslaurier South Burlington, VT 05401 Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Building Area Floor Area 1-Retail : Nonresidential 6964 Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor,.) Perimeter Roof 1: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 6964 38.0' Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] - 0.026 0.032 NORTH 6964 38.0 0.0 0.032 0.032 Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., (Bldg. Use 1 - Retail) 1610 23.0 0.0 0.059 Window 2: Viny(/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID 292 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail) (b) --- 0.220 0.430 EMI Exterior Wall 3. Wood -Framed, 16- o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 966 210 0.0 0.059 0,051 Window 4: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID 132 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) - --- 0.220 0,430 Door 2: Glass (> 500% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Perf. 129 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44, SHGC 0.27, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) 0.530 0.770 SOUTH Exterior Wall 2: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., (Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 1610 23.0 0.0 0.059 Door 1: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metat Frame, Entrance Door, Pert. 424 0.051 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44, SHGC 0.27, (Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- --- 0.530 0.770 WEST Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retain 966 23.0 0.0 0.059 Window 1: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [B1dg. Use i - Retail] (b) 66 -- 0.220 0.430 Door 3: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Perf. 129 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44. SHGC 0,27, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) -- 0.530 0.770 (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation. I Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Report date: 12/08/17 IData filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Building C.cck Page 1 of 13 nveiope Compliance Statement Compliance Statement., The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submittedwith this permit application. The proposed envelope systems have been I designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.ti.3.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requireme is listed in the insp ctra Checklist. fix: Title �� i� I g t ,e Date Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot *3- Building C Report date: 12/08117 Data filename: C:NUsers\Micl-ielieiDocumentstProjectskDeslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding C.cck Page 2 of 13 01", COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Quarry Hill Road Ralph Deslaurier Designer/Contractor- South Burlington, VT 05401 Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc, Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculation& Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description I HVAG System I (Single Zone w/ PerlmeterSystem): Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity = 160 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None 2 Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 0 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Pump No minimum efficiency requirement applies Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Iwcti n Checklist. I & 1.41 - - - - - - -17'. 1 - A /) it , .. "r ---------- Si na u Date Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:NUsers\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Bujilding C.cCk Page 3 of 13 TYPE SL-1 PH I LI PS (30 GARDCO Ordering guide M s It?? f♦ r a r A r ,- Project: QCH3 Location: Cat.No Type: Qty: Notes. E The Philips Gardco EcoForm Gen-2 combines economy with performance in an LED area luminaire. Capable of delivering up to 26,400 lumens or more in a compact, low profile LED luminaire, EcoForm offers a new level of customer value. EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit, simplifying site conversions to LED by eliminating the need to drill additional holes in most existing poles. Integral control systems available for further energy savings. example: ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-AR-5-120-HIS-MGY Number Drive LED Color - Luminaire Prefix of LEDs Current Generation Mounting Distribution Voltage Finish64L lA WW-G2 AR 5W UNV 7OnElectrical 0 0 ECF-S 32L 530 W W-G2 AR Type 2 120 120V DO 0-10V Dimming Driver Till Terminal Block' RPA Textured EcoForm 32 LEDs 530mA Warm White Arm Mount 2 Type 2 208 208V DCC Dual Circuit Controls Round Pole BK Black Site and Area, 2modules ( ) 700 3000K,70CRI (standard)' 2-90 Rotated 240 240V Photoelectric/Receptacle systems Fusing Adapter (fits 1NH White F1 Single Small 700mk Generation2 left90° 277 277V (Twist Lock Receptacle) to 3"- 3.9' BZ Bronze 1A NW-G2 The following 2270Rtt -oaed 347 347V PCB PhotocontrolButton" (120,277,347VAC)2 F2 Double 0Dpole)10 DGY Dark Gray 1050mA Neutral White mounting kits must right 270° 480 480V UNV 120-277V TLRDS Twist Lock Receptacle 5 Pin p (208, 240, 480VAC) 2 HIS MGY Medium Gray 1.2A 4000K, 70CRI be ordered separatety(see Type 3 (50/60Hz) TLRD7 Twist Lock Receptacle 7 Pin Internal Customer specified 1200mA Generation 2 accessories) -- - HVII 347-480V TLRPC Twist Lock Receptacle w/Photocell' Pole Mount Fusing House 3 Type 3 FPl Single � Specify 44111. 900 CW-G2 SF 3-90 Rotated (50/60Hz) DynaDimmer. Automatic Profile Dimming 2 Side Shield' optional 48 LEDs 900mA Cool White Slip Fitter left 90° CS50 Safety 50%Dimming. 7 hours' (120, 277, 347VAC) FP2 Double color or RAL (3 modules) 1A 5000K, 70CRI Mount" 3-270 Rotated CM50 Median (208,240,480VAC)2 (ex: RAL7024 ) 1050mA Generation2 (fitsto2'/e" right270' CESO Economy Canadian Double Pull CC Custom color 1.2A O.D. tenon) DASD All Night 50% Dimming' (208, 240.480VAC) (Must supply 1200mA WS Type 4 color chip Infrared Motion Response Systems Surge Protection for required 4 Type 4 64L 900 Wall mount with surface 4-90 Rotated IMRI3 Integral with #3l" ens SPl Standard 10kA factor Y 64 LEDs 900mA conduit left90' IMRI7 Integra(with#7lens a SP2 Increased 20kA quote) 14 modules) 1A 1050mA rear entry 4-270 Rotated Pole Mounted Infrared Motion Response permitted right 270` systems with DynaDimmer RAM Type 5 CS50-IMRO with Safety 50%Dimming" Retrofit arm 5Type 5 CM50-IMRO with Median 50% Dimming" mountkit s CE50-IMRO with Economy 50%Dfmming's SW Type SW DA50-IMR0 with All Night 50%Dimming15 AFR Network system (SiteWise) Front Row SW Integral module""Auto g AFR-90 SW-IMRO Pole mounted motion Auto Front Row, response option Rotated left90' Wireless system AFR-270 LLC2 Integral module with #2 lens" Auto Front Row, LLC3 Integral module with #3lens" Rotated right 270' LLC4 Integral module with #4lens1' 1. Available only on 120, 208, 240, and 277 (or UNV) 2. Specify Voltage 3. Not available with 347 or 480 voltage 4. HIS not available with Type 5 or SW optics 5. DO Is required for LLCR and pole mount motion sensor Dimming leads are supplied through back of luminaire. Must be ordered separately (See accessories page) 6. DCC and LLC2/3/4 not available with any other controls 7. TS not available with DCC 8. ECF-IMRI equipped with out -boarded sensor housing when voltage is HVU (347-480V) 9. Mounts to a 4" round pole with adapter included for square poles. 10. Not available with SF and WS. RPAs provided with black finish standard 11. Limited to a maximum of 45 degrees aiming above horizontal 12. SW option is not available with any other control options with the exception of IMR13, IMRI7 and SWAMRO motion response options 13. Available only on 120V and 277V ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 1 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area EeoForr31 Accessories Ordered separately, field installed) Controls Accessories Shielding Accessories 10 Pole Mount Motion Sensor House Side shield MS-A-120V11 120V Input Standard orientation: MS-A-277V' 277V Input MIS-32-11111' Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) Wireless systems HIS48-H u Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) Remote mount module HIS-64-H ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) LLCR2-(F)" #2lens LLCR3-(F)0 #3lens LLCR4-(F)" #41ens Central Remote Motion Response (used connected to Sitewise iTiain panel) MS2-A-FVR-3 MS2-A-FVR-7 11. DID option required 12. Not available with Type 5 or SW optics At 90 or 270 orientation: HIS-32-VI Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HIS48-V 12 Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) HIS-64-V a Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) Luminaire Accessories II ECF-8D-G2 Bird deterrent PTF2-(F) Pole top fitter fits 2 3/8-2 1/2" OD x 4" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4luminaires at 90- PTF3-(F) Pole top fitter fits 3-3 1/2" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2,3 or 4 luminaires at 90" PTF4-(F) Pole top fitter fits 31/2-4" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4luminaires at 90" ECF-SF-G2-(F) Slip Fitter Mount (fits to 2 3/8" O.D. tenon) ECF-RAM-G2-(F) Retrofit Arm mount kit ECF-WS-G2-(F) Wall mount with surface conduit rear entry permitted (F) - Specify finish Predicted Lumen Depreciation Data Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions.1-70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70% of initial lumen output. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours 25T up to 1200 mA I >100,000 hours 1 >60,000 hours I >88% LED Wattage and Lumen Values Ordering Code _ -_ Total LEDs LED Current (mA) Color Temp.' Average System Watts' Type 2 type 3 Type 4 Lumen Output' BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) Lumen Output'' BUG Rating I Efficacy (LPW) Lumen Output13 BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x 32 530 4000 56 6,864 B2-U0-G2 123 6,715 Bt-UO-G2 121 7,025 81-U0-G2 126 ECF-S-32L-700-NW-G2-x 32 700 4000 73 8,853 B2-UO-G2 121 8,661 B2-UO-G2 119 9,062 BI-UO-G2 124 ECF-S-32L-1A-NW-62-x 32 1050 4000 106 12,464 B3-UO-G2 118 12,194 62-U0-G2 115 12,757 B2-UO-G3 121 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 1200 4000 1 122 13,826 B3-UO-G3 114 1 13,526 B2-UO-G3 ill 14,151 B2-UO-G3 116 ECF-S-48L-900-NW-G2-x 48 900 4000 1 135 16,409 83-UO-G3 121 16,053 B2-UO-G3 119 16,795 B2-UO-G3 124 ECF-S-48L-IA-NW-G2-x 48 1050 4000 159 18,581 133-1.10-0 117 18,178 B3-UO-G3 115 -------___-. 19,018 B2 UO-G4 120 ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-62-x 48 1200 4000 183 20,627 21,717 24,467 183-UO-G3 113 20,180 83-UO-G4 110 21,112 B3-UO-G4 22,228 133-U0-G4 25,043 B3 UO G4 116 ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x 64 900 4000 178 B3-UO-G3 B3-UO-G31 122 21,246 B3-UO-G4 19 23,936 B3 UO G4 119 116 125 ECF-S-64L-IA-NW-G2-x 64 1050 4000 206 122 LED Average Total Current Color System Ordering Code LEDs (mA) •.. Temp. Watts' ECF-S-32L-530 NW-G2-x 32 530 4000 56 ECF-S-32L-700 NW-62-x 32 700 4000 73 ECF-S-32L-1A NW-G2-x 32 1050 4000 106 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 1200 4000 122 ECF-S-48L-900 NW-G2-x 48 900 4000 135 ECF-S-48L-IA-NW-G2-x 48 1050 4000 1 159 ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 48 1200 4000 1 183 ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x 64 900 4000 178 ECF-S-64L-lA-NW-G2-x 64 1050 4600 206 Type 5 Type SW Type AFR Lumen BUG Efficacy Lumen BUG Efficacy Lumen BUG Efficacy Output' Rating (LPW) Outputj2 Rating (LPW) Output" Rating (LPW) 7414 B3-UO-G2 133 7,175 133-UO-G2I 129 7.111 62-UO-GI 128 l 9,563 B3 UO-G2 131 9,255 B4-UO-G2 127 9,172 B2 UO-G1 126 j 13,462 B4 UO-UO 127 13,030 14-UO-G2 123 12,912 B3-UO-G2 122 14,933 17,723 64 UO-G2 B4 UO-G2 123 131 14453 17,154 B4-UO-G2 B5-UO-G3 119 I 127 14,322 16,999 B3 UO-G2 63-UO-G2 118 126 20,069 B5-UO-G31 126 '. 19,424 •B5-UO-G3 122 19,248 B3-UO-G2 121 22,279 B5-U0-G3 122 21,563 i BS UO-G3 118 21,368 B3-UO-G2 117 Y 23456 BS U0-G3 132 i 22702 1B5 U0-G3 128 22497 B3-UO-G2 127 26,427 135 UO G3 128 -• 25,577 BS UO G4 124 25,346 B3 UO G2 123 1. Wattage and lumen output may vary due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification 2. Lumen values based on photometric tests performed in compliance with IESNA LM-79. and ambient temperature. 3. Warm white color temperature will result in decreased lumen output. Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input. Measured wattage may vary due Contact outdoorlighting.applications@philips.com for details or additional information, to variation in input voltage. ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 2 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Dimensions Standard Arm (AR) Weight: 22 Lbs (9.9 Kg) EPA: 0.21ft' (.019m2) 2 4" (6ccm) L_ (14.6cm) 275"(697cm) Retrofit Arm (RAM) Weight: 24 Lbs (10.9 Kg) EPA: 0.24ft' (.022m') 2 2" (5 7an 1 (3 2(f, Outboard IMR-HVU sensor 3 4" — (8 6cmt 5> h3 A( I i4 9" (37 9cm) 91. cm) Walt (WS) Weight: 27 Lbs. (12.2Kg) EPA: 0.27ft' (.025m') 2 0" (51Cm) Slip fitter (SF) Weight: 27 Lbs (12.2 Kg) EPA: 0.33ft' (.031m') 37 2" (94 4cun) 372"(944cm); air 5 0" — (12 7cm)L =0�7 (9c n) Standard Arm (AR) drill pattern 1 C" (2 Scm; t o" (7 Scm; Retrofit Arm (RAM) drill pattern 0c 1 14.9" (379cm) ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 3 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Luminaire options DD: 0-10V dimming driver with leads supplied through back of luminaire (for secondary dimming controls by others). TLRDS: Twist Lock Receptacle with 5 pins enabling dimming, can be used with a twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRD7: Twist Lock Receptacle with 7 pins enabling dimming and additional functionality (by others), can be used with twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRDPC: Receptacle with twistlock photoelectric cell (must specify voltage). Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. Dynadimmer Automatic Profile Dimming: Automatic dimming profiles (CS50/CM50/ CE50) offer safety, median, or economy settings, for shorter or longer duration. Dimming profiles provide flexibility towards energy savings goals while optimizing light levels during specific dark hours. 50% dimming is standard. DA50 offers 50% instantaneous dimming all night (during all dark hours). 75% and 25% dimming is also available if different light levels are required (contact Technical Support for details). immingII IRMTr 4_Rug ra Economy 50% - 9 hours 9 PM ample 6AM Median 50% 8 hours 10 PM - 6AM Safety 50% 7 hours 11 PM - 6 AM Reactive 50 50% dynamic all night I1MRI3, IMRI7: Infrared Motion Response Integral. IMRI module is mounted integral on driver door and is available with two different sensor lens types to accommodate various mounting heights and occupancy detection ranges (see charts for approximate detection patterns on page 7). Motion response used in combination of Dynadimmer and SiteWise are not programmable and used to override controllers schedule when motion is detected. When used not combined with any controller, IMRI is set/operates in the following fashion: The motion sensor is set to a constant 50%. When motion is detected by the PIR sensor, the luminaire returns to full power/light output. Dimming on low is factory set to 50% with 5 minute default in "full power" prior to dimming back to low. When no motion is detected for 5 minutes, the motion response system reduces the wattage by 50%, to 50% of the normal constant wattage reducing the light level. IMRI can also be specified with automatic profile dimming for the added benefit of a combined dimming profile with sensor detection, where the PIR sensor will override the dimming profile when occupancy is detected. Passive infrared (PIR) motion sensor. IMRO: Infrared Motion Response Outboard pole mounted sensor, must be specified with an available automatic profile dimming option. Combines the benefits of both automatic profile dimming and motion response using the Philips DynaDimmer technology. PIR sensor features a pole mounted Wattstopper EW-200-120-W or the EW-200-277-W. One motion sensor per pole is required (order MS-A-120 or MS-A-277 separately). Available in 120 or 277V only, IMRO sensors require single voltage 120V or 277V input (see chart for approximate detection patterns). If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at profile dimming mode specified, the luminaire returns to 100% power and light output. The luminaire remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period, after which the luminaire returns back to automatic profile dimming. Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes, and is field adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. The area motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height above ground, 270° from the front -center of the sensor. Pole Details: IMRO requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base, normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For Philips Gardco poles, order the pole with the Motion Sensor 270' Front Coverage DCC: Dual Circuit Control permits separate switching of a specific number of LED modules. Available as an option with 2 through 4 modules. SW: SiteWise option is a fully integrated controller that connects to Philips SiteWise system in order to offer a complete area lighting management system. The communication signal is based on Philips patented central dimming technology. SiteWise delivers it deliver optimal energy savings using your site's existing cabling. No additional wiring required, installation and commissioning are simple. An intuitive, mobile app makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. Wireless systems: Controller radio/sensor module attached to luminaire arm and includes radio, photocell and motion sensor. Available with #2 lens (LLC2) for 8' to 15' mounting height" or #3 lens (LLC3) for 15-25' mounting heights or #4 lens (LLC4) for 25- 40' mounting heights. Also available with remote pod accessory where pod is mounted separate from luminaire to pole or wall (see accessories and wireless system information page 5-7). F1: Fusing Single (for 120, 277 or 347VAC) F2: Fusing Double (for 208,240 or 480VAC) FP1: Fusing Pole Single (pole mounted near handhole, for 120, 277 or 347VAC) Distances are FP2: Fusing Pole Double approximate. (pole mounted near handhole, H = height above ground for 208,240 or 480VAC). Height 1H 3H 6H Mounting (MSM) option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the sensor with a 1/2" NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the hand hole cover plate, then wiring connections are completed in the pole. The plate (complete with motion sensor attached and wired) is then mounted to the hand hole. If poles are supplied by others, the customer is responsible for providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole (see Gardco Poles specification sheets for more information). FP3: Fusing Pole Canadian Double Pull (pole mounted near handhole, for 208, 240 or 480VAC) SP1: Surge Protection, 10kW5kA, 120-277V or 347-480V SP2: Surge Protection, 20kW10kA , 120-277V or 347-480V HIS: Internal House Side Shield. Injection molded in black finish. Ships installed with 1 per 16 LED module. Also available shipped separately as an accessory for 2-4 LED modules. ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 4 of 9 TYPE SLA 1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Wireless system — luminaire configuration information LLC2/LLC3/LLC4 Luminaire Mounted Controller Controller pod attached to luminaire and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor with #2, #3 or #4 lens for 8-40' mounting heights. Recommended Sensor by Pole Height 40' 35' 30' 25' 20' 15' 8' II LLC2 }LLC3 LLC4 --+� Wireless system sensor LLCR2/LLCR3/LLCR4 Pole Mounted Controller In this configuration, the wireless controller will be mounted to the pole at a fifteen foot mounting height. The number of luminaires on each pole, as well as the specific wattage chosen, will determine how many controllers will be required. When using the wireless remote accessory option (LLCR-F) in a pole mount application, specify pole option (CL-Coupling Internal Thread, 3/4" size). Confirm required orientation of luminaire and wireless controller. Indicate height above pole base and orientation to hand hole. Recommended min pole height is 18ft, with option (CL)15ft above pole base. Other heights are possible when choosing the appropriate sensor lens type. See pole specification sheets for more information. 1. Photocell - Ambient light photocell on every wireless radio that averages the light levels of up to 5 controllers for an accurate reading and optimal light harvesting activity. - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Fc. 2. Motion Response - Detects motion through passive infrared sensing technology with three different lens configurations. - Motion sensor coverage can be adjusted from a narrow to a wide detection range, which helps reduce false triggers to further increase energy savings. - Sensing profiles can be updated to adapt to activity levels in the environment, such as occupancy level, wind, and mounting height. Remote Mount Wireless Controller Used to extend the communication on site, to extend motion response and add other luminaires that are not pole mounted. Consult factory for more information. 3. Wireless Radio - 1.8 Watts max (no load draw) - Operating voltage 120-277 VAC RMS - Communicates using the ZigBee protocol - Carries out dimming commands from Gateway - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Ft-Cd - Transmission Systems Operating within the band 2400-2483.5Mhz - RoHS Compliant ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 5 of 9 TYPE SL-1 -� ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Infrared Motion Response - Coverage Patterns LLC2/LLCR2 Luminaire or remote mount controller with #2 lens 0' J 24' 11' 7' 3' 0' 3' 7' 11' 24' IMRI3/LLC3/LLCR3 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #3 lens i, L 15' --I 20' 18' 15' 12' 9' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 20' LLC4/LLCR4 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #4 lens � Ii'll 1114\ F/ it II 1111 � � 30' 20' 12' 6' 0 6' 12' 20' 30' 30' 20 -4+�- IT- 20 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 44 ft 20 10' - 0 I,, I 10' _ 20' 1i 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 30' 27' — — 20' I t 12 6' —r r 3 0' 60' 3' ' 6' i 12' Z0' I I 30' 27' 20' 12' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 12' 20' 27' 30' IMRI7 50' Integral motion response with #7 lens 25' t - - -- + � I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ 0' 100' i I I -- ---- 25 +-----t 40' 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 0 10' 20' 30' _ 40' 50' S0 50' 25' 0 25' 50' ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 6 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area SiteWise system SiteWise is a complete area lighting management system including a luminaire integrated controller, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and locally accessible user interface. Installation and commissioning are simple. The cabinet communicates with the Philips luminaires using a patented central dimming technology. The control signal is embedded on the existing electrical line — no new cabling is required. An intuitive, locally accessible interface makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules in order to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. SiteWise system diagram LAN / WiFi 1 • s Y Mains power Authorized user crt SiteWise system interface SiteWise has an intuitive user interface that makes it easy to plan, edit, and implement lighting schedules for your site. Authorized users can access the interface via a local app. To ensure that only authorized users can access your lighting, SiteWise offers two user types, each with different permissions. An advanced user, or administrator, can set and edit schedules using the ten pre-set scenes, assign those schedules to calendar days, and check system status. ■ (I For everyday use, a basic user can manually override a schedule that is currently running but cannot create or edit schedules. SiteWise system specifications I The SiteWise system includes both luminaires and controls. The controls used for SiteWise are circuit load dependent. Required for a complete installation are the following Philips SiteWise components: user interface, control kit, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and dimming signal receiver located in the Philips luminaire (SW option). Optional luminaire-integrated or external motion sensors may also be specified as required. Within the electrical closet, the control kit and dimming signal transmitter cabinet are installed into the electrical system between the existing breaker panel and the site luminaires. New LED luminaires containing the dimming signal receiver are installed on the site. Once completed, use of the interface allows for scheduling and override capabilities. Wireless access point and tablet should be supplied by others. Complete information on the control system can be found on the SiteWise website at philips.com/sitewise ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 7 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Optical Orientation Information Standard Optic Position Luminaires ordered with asymmetric optical systems in the standard optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below: Leftble ght side of pof pole Street Side Curbline g0° 270' House Side O° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0' point. Optic Rotated Right (270°) Optic Position Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Right (270') optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left side I I Right side of pole —1111p. of pole Street Side Curbline 90, ' 270' House Side O O O° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Optic Rotated Left (90°) Optic Position Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Left (90') optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left side I I Right side of pole � of pole Street Side Curbline 90, ' 2700 House Side O O 0° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0' point. Twin Luminaire Assemblies with Type-90/Type-270 Rotated Optical Systems Twin luminaire assemblies installed with rotated optical systems are an excellent way to direct light toward the interior of the site (Street Side) without additional equipment. It is important, however, that care be exercised to insure that luminaires are installed in the proper location. Left side Right side of pole of pole 180° Luminaire with Luminaire with Type-270 '0 O ` Type-90 Street Side Curbline House Side t t 0 0 0° Luminaires with Optic Luminaires with Optic Rotated Right (270°) are Rotated Left (90°) are installed on the LEFT installed on the RIGHT Side of Pole Side of Pole Note: The hand hole location will depend on the drilling configuration ordered for the pole. ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 8 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Specifications Housing SiteWise network system One piece die cast aluminum housing with integral arm and separate,self retained hinged, one piece die cast door frame. IP Rating LED light engine rated IP66. Driver compartment rated to IP65. Vibration resistance EcoForm with Standard Arm carries a 3G vibration rating that conforms to standards set forth by ANSI C136.31. Testing includes vibration to 3G acceleration in three axes, all performed on the same luminaire. Electrical Driver efficiency (>90% standard).120-480V available (restrictions apply). Open/short circuit protection. Optional 0-10V dimming to 10% power. RoHS compliant. Surge protector standard. 10KA per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2. LED Board and Array 32, 48, or 64 LEDs. Color temperatures: 3000K +/-125K, 4000K, 5000K +/- 200K. Minimum CRI of 70. Aluminum metal clad board. RoHS compliant. LED Thermal management The housing design allows the one piece housing to provide excellent thermal management critical to long LED system life. Energy saving benefits System efficacy up to 1331ms/W with significant energy savings over Pulse Start Metal Halide luminaires. Optional control options provide added energy savings during unoccupied periods. SiteWise system includes a controller fully integrated in the luminaire that enables the Luminaires to communicate with a dimming signal transmitter cabinet located on site using Philips patented central dimming technology. A locally accessible mobile app allows users to access the system and set functionalities such as ON/OFF, dimming levels and scheduling. SiteWise is available with motion response options in order to bring the light back to 100% when motion is detected. Additional functionalities are available such as communication with indoor lighting and connection to BMS systems. Wireless system EcoForm luminaires are available with optional wireless controllers ready to be connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). The system allows you to wirelessly manage the entire site, independent lighting groups or individual luminaires while on -site or remotely. Based on a high density mesh network with an easy to use web -based portal, you can conveniently access, monitor and manage your lighting network remotely. Wireless controls can be combined with site and area, pedestrian, and parking garage luminaires as well, for a completely connected outdoor solution. Optical systems Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 5W, and AFR distributions available. Internal Shield option mounts to LED optics and is available with Type 2, 3, 4, and AFR distributions to control backlight. Types 2, 3, 4, and AFR, when specified and used as rotated, are factory set only. Mounting Standard luminaire arm mounts to 4" round poles. Square pole adapter included with every luminaire. Round Pole Adapter (RPA) required for 3-3.9" poles. Retrofit Arm Mount EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit. When specified with the retrofit arm (RAM) option, EcoForm seamlessly simplifies site conversions to LED by eliminating the need for additional pole drilling on most existing poles. RAM will be boxed separately. Listings UL/cUL listed to the UL 1598 standard, suitable for Wet Locations. Suitable for use in ambients from -40° to 40°C (-40° to 104'F). The quality systems of this facility have been registered by UL to the ISO 9001 series standards. Most EcoForm configurations are DesignLights Consortium® qualified. Consult DLC Qualified Products list for more details. Finish Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, electrostatically applied, thermally cured, triglycidal isocyanurate (TGIC) textured polyester powdercoat finish. Standard colors include bronze (BZ), black (BK), white (WH), dark gray (DGY), and medium gray (MGY). Consult factory for specs on optional or custom colors. Warranty EcoForm luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty. Philips Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty covering the LED arrays. LED Drivers also carry a 5 year limited warranty. Motion sensors are covered by warranty for 5 years by the motion sensor manufacturer. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216 or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. philips.com/luminaires 281 Hiltmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel. 800-668-9008 ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 9 of 9 TYPE SL-3 PHILIPS 1_ I C31-1 TO I_ I E IZ surface mount aownugnt Ordering guide Project: Location. aarrY;''', Cat.No: Type. SlimSurface LED is a 5/8" thick surface mounted Lamps Qty: luminaire with the appearance of a recessed Notes downlight. Easy to install into most standard j-boxes, the SlimSurface LED round apertures are available as a 5" 6501m & 7" 1000 im fixture. example: S5R83OK7AL Family CRI CCT Lumens Finish Dimming R5 180-1 7K 71 © MW S5R SlimSurface S' Round _8 _80 27Q.Q.K OK 3006K 7 6501m blank White AL Aluminum blank ELV/Triac(120V) 9 90' BK Black 35K 3500K 40K 4000K W White Z10U 0-10V (120V-277V) AL Aluminum BK Black S7R SlimSurface 8 80 27K 2700K 10 10001m blank White blank ELV/Triac(120V) P' Round 9 901 30K 3000K AL Aluminum 35K 3500K BK Black 40K 4000K W White Z10U 0-10V (120V-277V) AL Aluminum BK Black 1. Configurations using 90 CRI are only available with 2700K and 3000K CCT. Features 1 Flange: One piece plastic flange. Injection molded white, applied aluminum or black. 2. Lens: High transmittance lens allowing for smooth, comfortable light pattern. 3. Power supply: Integral class 2 driver. Factory wired electronic LED driver (see Electrical section for specifications) 4. LED Strip: Utilizes Philips LEDs. 5. Lifetime: Expected lifetime 50,000 hours and backed by a 5-year warranty (see Philips.com/warranties for details). 6. Compliance: Non-conductive fixture for shower light application. Electrical Electronic power supply: RoHS compliant. Class 2 power unit. Unit tolerates sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage. Dimming: Intended for ELV/Triac (120V) or 0-10V dimming (120V-277V) based on the configuration. Min 90°C supply conductors. Labels White (D Black 0 Aluminum cULus listed. Wall -mounted: damp location only. Ceiling -mounted: wet location. Title 24 (JA8-2016) on 90CRI S7R models. ENERGY STAR® certified. Electrical specifications Dimming Input volts Input frequency Input current Input Power THD Factor Power Factor Minimum Operating Temp. Slim 5" 6501m Triac 120V 5C/60Hz 0.08A 9.5W <15% >0.9 -20oC 0-10V 120V 5C/60Hz 0.09A 10.1W <20% >0.9 -20°C 277V 50/60Hz 0.04A 10.2W <20% >0.9 -20"C Slim 7" 10001m Triac 0-10v 120V 50/6OHz 0.13A 14.2W <15% >0.9 -20°C 120V 277V 50/6OHz 10.12A 14.4W 1 <20% 1 >0.9 -20"C 50/60Hz 0.06A 14.7W <20% 1 >0.9 -20"C Fore more details, please see LED -Dim spec sheet. StimSurfaceLED-51n-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 1 of 7 C @11S LISTED TYPE SL-3 -� S5R & S7R SlimSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight Compatibility Installs into standard J-box applications: 31/2" round (plastic) 4" square (plastic) 4" octagonal (metal) 4" square (metal) Fire rated J-box Not compatible with S513 Not compatible with S5R Fire rated classification is per the ceiling and junction box ratings. Note: A 2 1/8" deep octagon junction box is recommended for through circuit wiring applications. Dimensions SlimSurface LED 5" downlight �1 115 mm 16 mi71 L05X" 137 mm SlimSurface LED 7" downlight A h� — --- 0 7" � All 1 /9 rnm 16 rr1i 07% -_ 201 mm 05%' 13/ mm 0 / SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 2 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight 55R927K7 - 10 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lu 0 266 5 263 25 10 261 15 260 736 20 254 25 239 110 30 217 35 190 118 40 160 45 118 91 50 81 55 55 51 60 40 65 30 31 70 23 75 18 18 80 11 85 4 5 90 0 Report': 1053GFR Output lumens: 5231ms Efficacy: 57.41m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 2700K Beam Angle: 87' CRI: 90min Input Watts2: 9.1 W 57R927K10 • 14 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 496 5 490 46 10 479 15 464 130 20 433 25 391 180 30 348 35 309 193 40 265 45 197 152 50 135 55 92 85 60 68 65 51 52 70 40 75 30 32 80 21 85 9 10 90 0 Report': 962GFR Output lumens: 8801ms I Efficacy: 65.21m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT3: 2700K Beam Angle: 83° CRI: 90min Input Watts2: 13.5 W Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 11 6.0' 6' 7 7.2' 7' 5 8.4' 8' 4 9.6' 9' 3 10.8' ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles persq.ft. 5' 21.8 0.40 6' 14.2 0.26 7' 10.2 0.19 8' 8.5 0.16 9' 6.8 0.13 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 25above floor,80/50/20% Reflectances Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 20 5.5' 6' 14 6.6' 7' 10 7.7' 8' 8 8.8' 9' 6 9.9' ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 5' 21.8 2.89 6' 14.2 1.90 7 10.2 1.35 8' 8.5 1.13 9' 6.8 0.90 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 70% L 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 130 1 10 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 ro 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 o: 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 60 50 48 E 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 00 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 51 41 39 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 37 36 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 Zonal lumens 8 percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 208 39.8% 0-40 326 62.5% 0-60 469 89.7% 0-90 522 100.0% Coefficients of utilization CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI2700K - 84% 80CRI2700K = 100% SO CRI3000K - 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI 4000K = 109% Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 150 1 10 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 O RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 m 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 0: 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 Z' 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 m 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 u 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 0 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 159 47 40 35147 35146 35145 35133 Zonal lumens 8 percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 356 40.5% 0-40 549 62.4% 0-60 786 89.3% 0-90 880 100.0% CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI3000K = 100% BOCRI3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products. 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 3 of 7 I " PE SL-3 S5R & S7R SlimSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R827K7 • 10 W LED, 80 CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data Coefficients of utilization 0 294 Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80 % 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% 5 291 28 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)" 10 289 Wall 70 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 0 15 288 81 5' 12 6.0' 20 281 6' 8 72' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106106 100 25 265 121 7' 6 8.4 0 8' 30 2 9' 4 4 0. 10.8' o 1 111 107 103 100 105 105 100 95 97 92 88 35 211 11 131 2 102 96 90 85 94 94 90 82 87 80 77 ` Beam diameter is where foot-candles : 3 95 86 79 73 84 84 82 72 79 70 67 45 131 102 drop to 50% of maximum. 4 88 78 70 64 76 76 74 63 72 62 60 50 91 5 82 71 63 57 70 70 68 56 66 56 53 55 62 S7 6 76 64 57 51 64 64 62 50 60 50 48 60 65 45 34 34 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 E 0 0 7 8 71 59 51 46 58 58 57 45 56 45 43 67 63 54 47 50 43 42 38 54 50 54 50 53 41 49 38 51 41 48 37 39 36 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 9 75 20 21 on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 46 46 45 34 44 34 33 80 13 5 5' 24.2 2.77 85 4 90 0 6' 15.8 1.82 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 11.3 1.30 adjustment factors 8' 9.5 1.08 Zone Lumens %Lummaire 90CRI2700K = 84% Report':1054GFR 9' 7.5 0.87 0-30 231 39.7% SO CRI 2700K = 100% Output lumens: 5811ms Efficacy: 62.51m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 362 62.3% 80CRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 2700K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 521 89.6% 80CRI 3500K = 105% Beam Angle: 87° CRI: 80min 0-90 581 100.0% InputWatts2: 9.3W 80CRI 4000K = 109% S7R827K1O • 14 W LED, 80CRI, 2700K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 625 5 618 59 10 604 15 584 164 20 546 25 494 227 30 440 35 390 244 40 337 45 250 193 50 170 55 117 108 60 85 65 65 65 70 51 75 39 41 80 27 85 12 13 90 0 Report':964GFR Output lumens: 11131ms Efficacy: 83.11m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT3: 2700K Beam Angle: 83' CRI: 80min Input Watts': 13AW Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)" 5' 25 5.5' 6' 17 6.6' 7' 13 7.7' 8' 10 8.8' 9' 8 9.9' " Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles persq.ft. 5' 24.2 3.68 6' 15.8 2.42 7' 11.3 1.73 8' 9.5 1.44 9' 7.5 1.15 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' above floor, 80/50/20 % Reflectances Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% Wall 701501301101507101501101501101 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 m 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 Z 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 0 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 M 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 159 47 40 351 47 35146 35145 351 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 449 40.4% 0-40 693 62.3% 0-60 994 89.3% 0-90 1113 100.0% CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI 3000K = 100% 80CRI3500K = 105% 80CRI 4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. S[imSurfaceLED-51n-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 4 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R SlimSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R830K7 ' 10 W LED, 80 CRI, 3000 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data Coefficients of utilization 0 L 319 Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80 % 70 % 1 50% 30% 0% 5 315 30 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)` Wall 70 50 30 10 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 0 10 313 88 5' 13 6.0' 15 313 20 306 6' 9 7.2' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 25 2 131 7' 8' 7 S 8.4 9'6 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 30 264 64 9' 4 10.8' o 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 35 231 142 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 40 45 197 log " Beam diameter is where foot-candles m 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 50 100 drop to 50% of maximum. ,S 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 55 69 62 m v 5 6 82 71 76 64 63 57 57 51 70 64 57 51 68 56 62 50 66 56 60 50 53 48 60 65 50 38 37 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 0 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 75 22 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 0 8 9 67 54 63 50 47 43 42 38 54 50 41 38 53 41 49 38 51 41 48 37 39 36 22 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 80 15 85 6 6 5' 26.2 3.06 90 0 6' 17.1 2.01 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 12.2 1.43 adjustment factors Report':1055GFR 8 10.2 1.19 9' 8.1 0.96 Zone umens %Lumtnaire 90CRI 2700K = 84% 0-30 249 39.7% 80CRI 2700K = 100% Output lumens: 6281ms Efficacy: 69.01m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 391 62.3% 80 CRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 3000K above floor, 80/50/20 % Reflectances 0-60 562 89.6% 80 CRI 3500K = 105% Beam Angle: 87' CRI: 80min 0-90 628 100.0% Input Watts2: 9.1W 80CRI4000K = 109% S7R830K10 - 14 W LED, 80 CRI, 3000K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data Coefficients of utilization 0 Z 607 Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 50% 1 30% 0% 5 601 57 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 10 588 Wall 70 50 30 1 10 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 0 15 568 159 5' 24 5.5' 20 531 6' 17 6,6' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 25 477221 7' 8' 9 9 7 8.8 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 Ill Ill 106106 100 30 427 27 9 7 9.9' o 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 35 379 237 F 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 40 45 328 243 187 " Beam diameter is where foot-candles r 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 50 165 drop to 50% of maximum. � 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 55 113 105 % v 5 82 6 76 71 63 65 57 57 51 70 64 57 51 68 56 62 51 66 56 61 50 53 48 60 65 83 63 63 Multiple unit data -RCR 2 E 0 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 75 37 39 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 8 67 9 63 55 47 51 43 42 38 54 50 42 38 53 42 49 38 52 41 48 38 39 36 80 26 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 85 12 13 5' 26.2 3.55 90 0 6' 17.1 2.33 Zonal lumens & percentages ages CRI and CCT 7' 12.2 1.66 adjustment factors Report': 961GFR 8 10.2 1.39 9' 8.1 1.11 one Lumens %Luminalre 90CRI2700K = 84%0-30 437 40.4% 80CRI2700K = 100% Output lumens: 10811ms Efficacy: 80.01m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 674 62.3% SOCRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT3: 3000K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 966 89.4% Beam Angle: BY CRI: 80min 0-90 1081 100.0% gOCRI 3500K = 105% Input Watts2: 13.5W 80CRI 4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products. 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI-NEMA_ANSLG C78377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 5 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R835K7 * 10 W LED, 80CRI, 3500K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 347 5 344 33 10 341 15 340 96 20 332 25 312 143 30 283 35 248 155 40 209 45 154 119 50 107 55 74 68 60 53 65 41 41 70 31 75 23 25 80 15 85 5 7 90 0 Report':1056GFR Output lumens: 6851ms Efficacy: 75.31m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT3: 3500K Beam Angle: 87' CRI: SOmin Input Watts": 9.1 W 57R835K10 * 14 W LED, 80CRI, 3500K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 639 5 632 60 10 618 15 597 167 20 558 25 505 232 30 449 35 399 249 40 345 45 255 197 50 174 55 120 ill 60 88 65 67 67 70 52 75 40 42 80 28 85 12 13 90 0 Report': 965GFR Output lumens: 11391ms Efficacy: 84.41m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT': 3500K Beam Angle: 83* CRI: 80min Input Watts": 13.5 W Single unit data Coefficients of utilization Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% Lighted Plane foot -candies dia. (ft)* Wall 70 50 1 0 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 0 5' 14 6.0' 6' 10 7.2' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 7 7 8' 5 8.4 9.8 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 111 106 100 94 10 ' o 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 95 92 88 2 102 96 90 SS 94 84 90 82 82 80 77 ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles ix 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 72 70 67 drop to50%of maximum. ,S 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 63 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 56 56 53 v 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 50 50 48 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 o 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 45 45 43 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 0 8 9 67 54 63 50 47 42 43 38 54 50 41 53 41 41 41 39 38 49 38 38 37 36 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 34 34 33 5' 28.6 3.34 6' 18.7 2.19 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 13.3 1.56 adjustment factors 8' 11.2 1.30 Zone Lumens %Luminaire 90CRt 2700K = 84% 9' 8.9 1.04 0-30 272 39.6% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 426 62.2% 80CRI 3000K = 100% above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 613 89.5% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 0-90 685 100.0% 80CRI 4000K = 109% Single unit data Coefficients of utilization Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% O% Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)* Wall 70 50 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 0 5' 26 5.5' 6' 18 6.6' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 7' 13 8 10 7.7' 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 9. 8 .8 9'g 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 * Beam diameter is where foot-candles M 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 drop to50%of maximum. i 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 % 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 0 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 0 8 9 67 55 47 42 63 51 43 38 54 50 42 53 42 52 41 39 38 49 38 48 38 36 on center foot -candies persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 5' 28.6 3.74 6' 18.7 2.45 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 13.3 1.75 adjustment factors 8' 11.2 1.46 Zone Lumens %Luminaire 9' 89 117 90CRI 2700K = 84% 0-30 459 40.3% 80CRI2700K = 100% 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane2.5' 0-40 708 62.2% SO CRI 3000K = 100% above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 1016 89.2% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 0-90 1139 100.0% 80CRI4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79 IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products. 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI-NEMA ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 6 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R840K7 - 10 W LED, 80 CRI, 4000 K Candela Curves N Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Mean CI 366 363 360 359 350 329 299 262 221 163 113 79 57 44 Lumens Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam 35 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 101 5' 15 6.0' 6' 10 7.2' 151 7' 7 8.4' 8' 6 9.6' 163 9' 5 10.8' 126 'Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. 72 44 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 11010 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 m 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 0 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 60 50 48 E 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 0o 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 51 41 39 70 75 34 25 27 Spacing Initial center beam Watts Cr 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 37 36 80 16 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 85 6 7 5' 30.3 3.54 90 0 6' 19.8 2.32 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 14.1 1.66 adjustment factors 8 11.8 1.38 Zone Lumens %Luminaire gOCR12700K = 84% Report': 1057GFR 9' 9.4 1.10 -- 0-30 286 39.5% 80CRI 2700K = 100% Output lumens: 7261ms Efficacy: 79.81m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 450 62.0% 80CRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT3: 4000K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 648 89.3% 80CRI3500K = 105% Beam Angle: 870 CRI: 80min 0-90 726 100.0% Input Watts': 9.1W 80CRI 4000K = 109% S7R840K10 • 14 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data Coefficients of utilization 150 300 450 / 600 0 710 Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80 % 70 % 1 50% 1 30 % 0% 5 702 66 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0 10 686 Wall 15 663 186 5' 28 5.5' 20 620 6' 20 6.6' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 25 560 258 7' 8' 14 11 7.7 8.8' 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106106 100 30 499 9' 9 9.9' 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 35 443 276 F 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 218 Beam diameter is where foot-candles T 3 40 45 382 283 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 50 193 drop to 50% of maximum. � 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 ro 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 55 133 122 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 60 65 97 74 74 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 0 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 70 75 57 44 46 Spacing Initial center beam Watts o M 8 9 67 63 55 51 47 43 42 38 54 50 42 38 53 42 49 38 52 41 48 38 39 36 80 30 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 15 5' 30.3 4.17 85 14 90 0 6' 19.8 2.74 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 14.1 1.96 Z L qL adjustment factors Report': 963GFR 8 11.8 1.63 9' 9.4 1.30 one umens o urn nalre 90CRI 2700K = 84% 0-30 510 40.4% 80CRI 2700K = 100% Output lumens: 12621ms Efficacy: 94.21m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 786 62.3% 80CRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT': 4000K above floor, 80/50/20 % Reflectances 0-60 1127 89.3% Beam Angle: 83° CRI: 80min 0-90 1262 100.0% 00K = 105 % 80CRI 353500K Input Watts : 13A W 80CRI = 10% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. © 2016 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. s s Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-55R-S7R 09/17 page 7 of 7 Philips Lighting North America Corporation 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 Tel. 855-486-2216 Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel.800-668-9008 CPE SL-2 PHILIPS LUMEE Luminaire ordering guide u Project: Location. Cat No: r Type SL-2 CAI Lamps: Qty. Notes The Philips Lumec UrbanScape LED post top luminaire features flexible, robust energy -saving solutions for modern -styled urban architectural lighting. With its slightly rounded hood, the post top model comes with a flat lens to highlight the thinness of the LEDs. The luminaire provides attractive lighting at night, adding appeal to the surroundings and promoting safe use of the environment. Example: MPTC-42W32LED4K-T-LE3-120-CDMGM25-PH8-BKTX Series MPTC LED Module 35W32LED CCT 3K Gen. G2 Optical System LES Voltage TBD Driver DMG Luminaire option Mounting TBD Pole TBD Finish TBD MPTC1 35W32LED' 31K G2 LE2 120 CDMG2 HS Consult Consult BE2TX UrbanScape 55W32LED2 3000K Gen2 Type II 120V Dynadimmer for House Side Shield the Philips the Philips BE6TX LED post top 72W32LED 4K (ASYM) 208 standard dimming OVR web site web site BE8TX luminaire 97W32LED2 4000K flat lens 208V (consult complete Dynadimmer for details for details Dynadimmer BG2TX 55W48LED LE3 scenarios on pg 3) override function and the and the BKTX 8OW48LED Type III 240 CL02 complete complete BRTX (ASYM) 240V PH8 line of line of GN4TX 108W48LED flat lens 277 Pre-set driver to Photoelectric cell Mountings Poles GN6Tx 140W48LED 2 277V manage lumen PH9 GN8TX 70W64LED LE3W3 depreciation Shorting Cap GNTX 11OW64LED Type III 347 AST' GR 90 W 80 LE D (ASYM) 47V Pre-set driver PHXL ' Gv3Tx 135W80LED wide flat 480 for progressive Photoelectric cell, NP lens 480V start-up extended life RD2TX LE4 OTL2 RCD" RD4TX Type IV Pre-set driver to 5-Pin receptacle TG (ASYM) signal end of life for dimming photoelectric cell TS flat lens of the lamp RCD7 W HTX (consult pg LE5 DALI 7-Pin receptacle 4 for code Type V Pre-set driver for photoelectric cell descriptions) (SYMM) compatible with TN35 flat lens the DALI control Fitter to fit over a 3" (76 mm) O.D. system by 4" (102 mm) long tenon DMG TN3.55 0-10 volt Fitter to fit over a T/2" (89 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) long tenon 1. DMG 0-10V driver come standard. 4. Use of photoelectric cell or shorting cap is required to ensure proper illumination. 2. The 347V and 480V are not available. 5. Not available with Motion Response. 3. Not available with HS option. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 1 of 5 TYPE SL-2 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Dimensions 173/4„ (451 mm) 34 7/a" (886 m m) 311/2" (880 mm) Motion Response" (must be ordered as a separate item) Example. ACC-120-MR4PGI-BKTX Series Voltage Motion Response module Finish ACC -� ACC Accessory 120 120 volt MR4PG1 Single grey Consult Philips Lumec's 277 120 volt MR4PG2 Double grey Color Chart for complete MR4PW1 Single white specifications. MR4PW2 Double white 'OVR option is required for Motion Response Accessory EPA: 1.7 sq ft Weight: 32.2 lbs (14.6 kg) LED Wattage and Lumen Values for 3000K & 4000K fixtures 35W32LED3K-G2 32 350 37 2875 77.7 B1-UO-GI 2895 782 B1-UO-GI 2948 79.7 B1-UO-GI 2893 78.2 B1-UO-G1 3107 84.0 B2-UO-G1 55W32LED3K-G2 32 530 56 4124 73.8 B1-1.10-151 4152 74.3 BI-UO-G1 4228 75.6 BI-UO-GI 4149 74.2 BI-UO-GI 4457 79.7 B3-UO-GI 72W32LED3K-G2 32 700 70 5201 74.0 B1-UO-G1 5237 74.5 81-UO-GI 5333 75.9 B1-UO-G2 5233 74.4 BI-UO-G2 5621 80.0 B3-UO-GI 97W32LED3K-G2 32 1050 104 7172 68.8 BI-UO-G1 7221 69.2 B1-UO-G2 7353 70.5 B1-UO-G2 7216 69.2 BI-UO-G2 7751 74.3 B3-UO-G2 55W48LED3K-G2 48 350 54 4313 79.3 BI-UO-GI 4342 79.8 B1-UO-G1 4422 81.3 BI-UO-G1 4339 79.8 BI-UO-G1 4661 857 B3-UO-GI 80W48LED3K-G2 48 530 81 6186 76.1 BI-UO-GI 6229 76.6 BI-UO-G2 6342 78.0 BI-UO-G2 6224 76.6 BI-UO-G2 6686 82.2 B3-UO-G2 108W48LED3K-G2 48 700 105 7802 74.0 BI-UO-GI 7855 74.5 BI-UO-G2 7999 75.9 BI-1,10-152 7850 74.5 BI-UO-G2 8432 80.0 B3-UO-G2 140W48LED3K-G2 48 1050 157 10758 68.7 B2-UO-G2 10832 69.2 B2-UO-G2 11030 70.5 B2-UO-G2 10824 69.2 B2-UO-G2 11627 74.3 B4-UO-G2 70W64LED3K-G2 64 350 73 5750 78.8 B1-UO-G1 5790 79.3 B1-UO-G1 5896 80.8 B1-UO-G2 5785 79.2 B1-UO-G2 6215 85.1 B3-UO-GI 110W64LED3K-G2 64 530 105 8248 78.6 B2-UO-G2 8305 79.1 B1-UO-G2 8457 80.5 BI-UO-G2 8299 79.0 BI-UO-G2 8914 84.9 B3-UO-G2 90W80LED3K-G2 80 350 91 7188 79.3 BI-UO-GI 7237 79.8 B1-UO-G2 7370 81.3 BI-UO-G2 7232 79.7 BI-UO-G2 7768 85.6 B3-1.10-152 135W80LED3K-G2 80 530 136 10310 76.1 B2-UO-G2 10381 76.6 B2-UO-G2 10571 78.0 B2-UO-G2 10373 76.6 B2-UO-G2 11143 82.2 B4-UO-G2 MPTC 4000K 35W32LED4K-G2 32 350 37 3462 93.6 BI-UO-GI 3624 97.9 BI-UO-GI 3610 97.6 BI-UO-GI 3650 98.6 BI-UO-GI 3695 99.9 B3-1.10-Gl 55W32LED4K-G2 32 530 56 4966 88.8 BI-UO-GI 5198 93.0 BI-UO-GI 5178 92.6 BI-UO-G2 5235 93.6 BI-UO-G2 5300 94.8 B3-UO-GI 72W32LED4K-G2 32 700 70 6263 89.1 BI-UO-GI 6556 93.3 BI-UO-G2 6531 92.9 BI-UO-G2 6603 93.9 BI-UO-G2 6684 95.1 B3-UO-G2 97W32LENK-152 32 1050 104 8636 82.8 B2-UO-G2 9040 86.7 B1-UO-G2 9005 86.3 BI-UO-G2 9105 87.3 BI-UO-G2 9217 88A B4-UO-G2 55W48LED4K-G2 48 350 54 5255 96.6 BI-UO-GI 5349 98.3 BI-UO-GI 5422 99.7 BI-UO-G2 5362 98.6 BI-UO-G2 5659 104.0 B3-UO-GI 80W48LED4K-G2 48 530 81 7538 92.7 BI-UO-G1 7673 94.4 BI-UO-G2 7777 95.7 B1-UO-G2 7691 94.6 BI-UO-G2 8117 99.8 B3-UO-G2 108W48LED4K-G2 48 700 105 9507 90.2 B2-UO-G2 9677 91.8 B2-UO-G2 9808 93.1 B2-UO-G2 9700 92.0 B2-UO-G2 10237 97.1 B4-UO-G2 140W48LED4K-G2 48 1050 157 13109 83.8 82-UO-G2 13344 85.3 B2-UO-G2 13525 86A B2-UO-G3 13376 85.5 B2-UO-G2 14116 90.2 B4-VO-G2 70W641LENK-132 64 350 73 7007 96.0 BI-UO-G1 7132 97.7 BI-UO-G2 7229 99.0 BI-UO-G2 7150 97.9 BI-UO-G2 7545 103.4 B3-UO-G2 110W64LED4K-G2 64 530 105 10050 95.7 B2-UO-G2 10231 97A B2-UO-G2 10369 98.8 B2-UO-G2 10255 97.7 B2-UO-G2 10822 103.1 B4-UO-G2 90W80LED4K-G2 80 350 91 8759 96.6 B2-UO-G2 8916 98.3 B1-UO-G2 9036 99.6 B2-UO-G2 8937 98.5 B1-UO-G2 9431 104.0 B4-UO-G2 135W80LED4K-G2 80 530 136 12563 92.7 B2-UO-G2 12788 94.4 B2-UO-G2 12962 95.7 B2-UO-G2 12819 94.6 62-UO-G2 13528 99.8 B4-UO-G2 Actual performance may vary due to installation variables including optics, mounting/ceiling height, dirt depreciation, light loss factor, etc ; highly recommended to confirm performance with a layout - contact Applications at outdoorlighbng applications@philips.corn Note: Some data may be scaled based on tests of similar. But not identical luminaires. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 2 of 5 TYPE SL-2 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Specifications Cage In a round shape with 4 arms and a built-in mechanical ring, this cage is a one piece die cast A360 Aluminum alloy 0.100 (2.5mm) minimum thickness, mechanically assembled to the fitter. Fitter: Made of die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.100 (2.5mm) minimum thickness, the fitter is complete'with a watertight access door giving access to the driver rated IP66, and a terminal block that accepts (#2 max) wires from the primary circuit. Comes with an easy self adjusting system with two (2) set screws 3/816 UNC for ease of maintenance and installation. Fits on a 4" (102mm) outside diameter by 4" (102mm) long tenon. Finial Decorative cast 356 aluminum, mechanically assembled. Hood Made of die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.1(2.5mm) minimum thickness, mechanically assembled to the cast aluminum heat sink. Access -Mechanism A die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.1(2.5mm) minimum thickness technical ring with latch and hinge. Light Engine LEDgine is composed of 4 main components: LED lamp / Optical System / Heat Sink / Driver Electrical components are RoHS compliant. LEx Lens Flat Lens: Made of soda lime clear tempered glass, mechanically assembled and sealed onto the ring of the access mechanism. LED Module Composed of high-performance white LEDs. Color temperature as per ANSI/NEMA bin Neutral White, 4000 Kelvin nominal (3985K +/-.275K or 3710K to 4260K) or Warm white, 3000 Kelvin nominal (3045K +/-175K or 2870K to 3220K), CRI70 Min. 75 Typical. Optical System Composed of high performance optical polymer refractor lenses to achieve desired distribution optimized to get maximum spacing, target lumens and a superior lighting uniformity. System is rated IP66. Performance shall be tested per LM 63, LM 79 and TM 15 (IESNA) certifying its photometric performance Street side indicated. Dark Sky compliant with 0% uptight and UO per IESNA TM 15. Heat Sink Made of cast aluminum optimizing the LEDs efficiency and life. Product does not use any cooling device with moving parts (only passive cooling device). Driver High power factor of 95%. Electronic driver, operating range 50/60 Hz. Auto adjusting universal voltage input from 120 to 277 and 347 to 480 VAC rated for both application line to line or line to neutral, Class I, THD of 20% max. Maximum ambient operating temperature from 40F (40C) to 130F (55C) degrees. Certified in compliance to UL1310 cLILus requirement. Dry and damp location. Assembled on a unitized removable tray with Tyco quick disconnect plug resisting to 221F(105C) degrees. Dimmable driver 0-10V. The current supplying the LEDs will be reduced by the driver if the driver experiences internal overheating as a protection to the LEDs and the electrical components. Output is protected from short circuits, voltage overload and current overload. Automatic recovery after correction. Standard built in driver surge protection of 2.5kV (min). Driver options AST: Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the LED modules) to optimize energy management and enhance visual comfort at start-up. CLO: Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the LED module. DMG: Dimmable driver 0-10V. OTL: Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the LED module(s) for better fixture management. CDMG: Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. Ordering Dimming Dimming Code Scenario Time Level CDMGS25 Safety 4hours 25%power CDMGS50 Safety 4hours 50%power CDMGS75 Safety 4 hours 75% power CDMGM25 Median 6hours 25%power CDMGM50 Median 6hours 50%power CDMGM75 Median 6 hours 75% power CDMGE25 Economy 8hours 25%power CDMGE50 Economy 8hours 50%power CDMGE75 Economy 8 hours 75% power Luminaire options HS House side shield PH8 (allows a 90" rotation) Photoelectric cell, twist -lock type complete with receptac and decorative polycarbona le to (grey) cap with a plastic lens. PH9 Shorting cap, twist -lock type complete with receptacle. PHXL (allows a 90° rotation) Extended life Photoelectric cell, twist -lock type complete with receptacle and decorative polycarbonate (grey) cap with a plastic lens. O� RCD Receptacle 5-pins allowing dimming, can be used with a twist -lock Starsense, shorting cap or a photoelectric cell. R Receptacle 7-pins. TN3 Fitter to fit over a 3" (76 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) tenon. TN3.5 C:�Fitter to fit over a 3-1/2" (89 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) tenon. OVR Dynadimmer override function. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 3 of 5 I TYPE SL-2 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Specifications (continued) Luminaire accessories Motion Response: Tenon mount motion response provides 270° coverage on an adjustable knuckle. The coverage equals to up to 6 times the sensor height. It is an option offered jointly with the Dynadimmer OVR option, that can bring the light up to 100% when the motion response is triggered. It is available in a single or double mounting option. Finish options for the motion response device are white or dark gray. Finish options for the tenon must be specified to match the luminaire and pole. The tenon mount is fully rotatable 360°. This option is available for a 4" OD x 4" long tenon. See instruction sheet for time setting functionality (12 second to 16 minute turn off options) and for mounting instructions. a° ii� a2 E Select color finish (Motion Response E in dark Grey or White F C MR4PG1 or MR4PW1 LED Performance Surge Protector Surge protector tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.45 per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 Scenario I Category C High Exposure 10kW10kA waveforms for Line Ground, Line Neutral and Neutral Ground, and in accordance with U.S. DOE (Department of Energy) MSSLC (Municipal Solid State Street Lighting Consortium) model specification for LED roadway luminaires electrical immunity requirements for High Test Level 10kV / 10kA. Finish The Thermosetting powder coating provided meets the color requirements of the AAMA 2604 specification as measured per ASTM D2244. The Thermosetting product is applied at a dry film of 2.5 to 4.0 mils (64-102 microns) on textured finishes, resulting in a durable long lasting finish. Textured Finishes: Other Finishes: BE2TX: Midnight Blue GR: Gray Sandtex BE6TX: Ocean Blue NP: Natural Alum. BESTX: Royal Blue TG: Hammer -tone BG2TX: Sandstone Gold BKTX: Black T5: Hammer -tone BRTX: Bronze Silver GN4TX: Blue Green GN6TX: Forest Green GNSTX: Dark Forest Green GNTX: Green GY3TX: Medium Grey RD2TX: Burgundy RD4TX: Scarlet WHTX: White 1. Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions. 2. L70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70% of initial lumen output. 3. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11, Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours. LED manufacturing standard The electronic components sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD) such as light emitting diodes (LEDs) are assembled in compliance with IEC61340 51 and ANSI/ESD S20.20 standards so as to eliminate ESD events that could decrease useful life of the product. Quality Control Manufactured to ISO 90012008 and ISO 140012004 International Quality Standards Certification. Vibration Resistance Meets the ANSI C136.31, American National Standard for Roadway Luminaire Vibration specifications for Bridge/overpass applications. (Tested for 3G over 100 000 cycles by an independent lab). Certifications and Compliance CSA, cULus Listed for Canada and USA. MetroScape is on the DesignLights. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 4 of 5 TYPE SL-2 MPTC UrbanScape LED past tap Urban Specifications (continued) Poles 20 6.100 m MPTC MPTC MPTC Pole: P604-PS Pole: SMB-BA Pole: APR4-LBC3-SA1 Mounting: M10-1A Mounting: M30-2 Consult Philips.com/luminaires for details and the complete line of Philips poles and brackets. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216 or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Te1.800-668-9008 UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 5 of 5 THE RESIDENCE AT QUARRY HILL Estimate of Probable Landscape Value ITEM Quantity Unit Unit Cost Wagner Hodgson Unit Total Undscape Architecture 12.08.17 Value TREES and SHRUBS WITHIN PROPERTY LINE Acer x fremanii 'Celebration'- CELEBRATION MAPLE 3"-3.5" Cal. 9 EA $1,400.00 $12.600.00 Acer rubrum 'Red Sunset'- RED SUNSET MAPLE 3"-3.5" Cal. 10 EA $1,400.00 $14,000.00 Betula nigra'Heritage'; 3"-3.5" Cal. 9 EA $1,400.00 $12,600.00 Gleditsia triacanthos 'Shademaster' - HONEY LOCUST 3.5"-5" Cal. 8 EA $1,400.00 $1 1,200.00 Picea abies - NORWAY SPRUCE 10'-12' Ht. 3 EA $750.00 $2,250.00 Pinus strobus - WHITE PINE 10'- 12' Ht. 6 EA $750.00 $4,500.00 Quercus palustris'Green Pillar - GREEN PILLAR PIN OAK 3.5-5" Cal. I EA $1,400.00 $1,400.00 Quercus rubra - RED OAK 3.5-5" Cal. 4 EA $1,400.00 $5,600.00 Ulmus americana 'Princeton'- PRINCETON AMERICAN ELM 3.5-5" Cal. 3 EA $1,400.00 $4,200.00 5 Gal. Shrubs (Hydrangea, Arborvitae) 42 EA $85.00 $3,570.00 3 Gal. Shrubs (Ninebark, Sumac) 143 EA $75.00 $10,725.00 Tree and Shrub Value within Property Line $82,645.00 LANDSCAPE VALUE WITHIN PROPERTY LINE $82,645.00 ADDITIONAL TREES and SHRUBS LOCATED in RIGHT OF WAY Quercus rubra - RED OAK 3.5-5" Cal. 4 EA $1,400.00 $5,600.00 Planting Value in Right of Way $5,600.00 TOTAL LANDSCAPE VALUE 588,245.00 TOTAL MINIMUM VALUE REQUIRED $82,499.00 12/8/2017 TYPE SL-3 PHILIPS (N GARDCO Ordering guide i:ili♦i�rrter�:.. Colts (M Project: QCH3 Location: Cat.No: Type: Qty: Notes: The Philips Gardco EcoForm Gen-2 combines economy with performance in an LED area luminaire. Capable of delivering up to 26,400 lumens or more in a compact, low profile LED luminaire, EcoForm offers a new level of customer value. EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit, simplifying site conversions to LED by eliminating the need to drill additional holes in most existing poles. Integral control systems available for further energy savings. example: ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-AR-5-120-HIS-MGY Number Drive LED Color - Options Electrical Luminaire Prefix of LEDs Current Generation Mounting Distribution Voltage Controls Finish ECF-5 32L 700 ww-G2 AR 2 UNV DD TBD TBD TBD ECF-S 32L 530 W W-62 AR Type 2 120 120V DO 0-10V Dimming Drivers TB Terminal Block' RPA Textured EcoForm 32 LEDs 530mA Warm White Arm Mount 2 Type 2 208 208V DCC Dual Circuit Controls Round Pole gK Black Site and Area, (2 modules) 700 3000K, 70CRI (standard) 2-90 Rotated 240 240V Photoeledrk/Receptaclesystems Fusing _ Adapter (fits WH White Small 700mA Generation 2 left 90' 277 277V (Twist Lodz Receptade) F1 Single to 3% 3.9" BZ Bronze IA NWG2 The following n101nnng 2-270 Rotated 347 347V PCB PhotocontrolButton?' (120, 277, 347VAC)2 F2 Double 0 D pole)" p ) MGY Dark Gray 1050mA Neutral White kits must right 270° 180 480V UKV 120-277V TLRDS Twist Lock Receptacle 5 Pin (208, 240, 480VAC)2 HIS MGY Medium Gray 1.2A 1200mA 4000K, 70CRI Generation 2 be ordered separately (See TM 3 (50/60Hz ) TLRD7 Twist Lock Receptacle 7 Pin �e Mount Fusing Internal Customer specified accessories) -_. 3Type3 HVU 347-480V TLRPC Twist Lock Receptacle w/Photocell2 p House ------ RAL Specify 481. 900 CW-G2 SF 3.90 Rotated (50/60Hz) DynaDimmer: Automatic Profile Dimming FP1 Single ' Side Shield(120, optional 48 LEDs 900mA Cool White Slip Fitter left 90° CSSO -hours' Dimming,hours' 277 347VAC)' FP2 Double color or RAIL (3 modules) 1A 5000K, 70CRI Mount"' 3-270 Rotated Media 50% Di CM50 Median 50% Dimming, 8 hours' (208, 240, 480VAC) , (ex: RAL7024J 1050mA Generation 2 (fits to 2 /e" right 270' B CE50 Economy 50% Dimming, 9 hours' y g FP3 Canadian Double Pull CC Custom color 1.2A O D tenon) DA50 All Night 50% Dimming' (208, 240, 480VAQ, (Must supply 1200 mA WS TMAI color chip Wall mount 4 Type 4 Infrared Motion Response Systems Surge Protection for required 84 64 LEDs 900 with surface 1-90 Rotated IMR13 Integral with #3 tens' SPI Standard 10kA factory (4 modules) 1A conduit left 900 IMR17 Integral with #71ens° SP2 Increased 20kA quote) 1050mA rear entry 4-270 Rotated Pole Mounted Infrared Motion Response permitted right 270° systems with DynaDimmer RAM Type 5 CSSO-IMRO with Safety 50%Dimming's Retrofit arm 5 Type 5 CM50-IMRO with Median 50% Dimming' 5 mount kit 6 CES04MRO with Economy 50% Dimmmg's SW Type5W DAS04MR0 with All Night 50%Dimming's AFR Network system (SKeWise) Auto Front Row SW Integral module'?" AFR-90 SW-IMRO Pole mounted motion Auto Front Row, response option Rotated left 90' Wireless system AFR-270 LLC2 Integral module with #2 tens'6 Auto Front Row, LLC3 Integral module with #3lens16 Rotated right 270' LLC4 Integral module with #4lens16 1. Available only on 120, 208, 240, and 277 (or UNV) 2. Specify Voltage 3. Not available with 347 or 480 voltage 4. HIS not available with Type 5 or 5W optics 5. DD is required for LLCR and pole mount motion sensor Dimming leads are supplied through back of luminafre. Must be ordered separately (See accessories page) 6. DCC and LLC2/3/4 not available with any other controls 7 TB not available with DCC 8. ECF-IMRI equipped with out -boarded sensor housing when voltage is HVU (347-480V) 9. Mounts to a 4" round pole with adapter Included for square poles. 10. Not available with SF and WS. RPAs provided with black finish standard 11. Limited to a maximum of 45 degrees aiming above horizontal 12, SW option is not available with any other control options with the exception of IMR13, IMRI7 and SW-IMRO motion response options 13. Available only on 120V and 277V ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 1 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-5 EcoForm small Site & Area EcoForm Accessories (ordered separately, field installed) Controls Accessories Shielding Accessories 1' Pole Mount Motion Sensor House Side shield MS-A-120V ' 120V Input Standard oriento t ion. MS-A-277V' 277V Input HIS-32-H12 Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) Wireless systems HIS-48-H u Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) Remote mount module HIS-64-H ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) LLCR2-(F)" #2lens LLCR3-(F)" #3lens LLCR4-(F)" #4lens Central Remote Motion Response ", - n, n, ctoa to S,tewtse main panel) MS2-A-FVR-3 MS2-A-FVR-7 11. DD option required 12. Not available with Type 5 or 5W optics At 90 or 270 orientation: HIS-32-VI Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HIS-48412 Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) HIS-64-V u Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) LAarrNnilre Aaassodes ECF-BD-G2 Bird deterrent PTF2-(F) Pole top fitter fits 2 3/8-2 1/2" OD x 4" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4 luminaires at 90" PTF3-(F) Pole top fitter fits 3-3112" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2,3 or 4luminaires at 90" PTF4-(F) Pole top fitter fits 31/2-4" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4 luminaires at 90" ECF-SF-G2-(F) Slip Fitter Mount (fits to 2 3/8" O.D. tenon) ECF-RAM-G2-(F) Retrofit Arm mount kit ECF-WS-G2-(F) Wall mount with surface conduit rear entry permitted (F) = Specify finish Predicted Lumen Depreciation Data Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions.1-70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70% of initial lumen output. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours Ambient Temperature 'C Driver mA Calculated L70 Hours L70 per TM-21 Lumen Maintenance % at 60,000 hrs up to •r rnA >100,000 hours,■ -T eee LED Wattage and Lumen - Ordering Code ECF-5-32L-530-NW-62-x Total LEDs Values LED Current (mA) Average Color System Temp.2 Watts' Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Lumen Output', 6,864 8,853 12,464 13,826 16,409 -- 18,581 20,627 21,717 24467 BUG Rating B2-UO-G2 B2-UO-G2 B3-U0-G2 83-UO-G3 B3-1-10-G3 B3 UO-G3, B3-1.10-433 83 UO-G31 B3 UO G3 El icacy (LPW) 123 121 118 Lumen Output' 6,715 8,661 BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) Lumen Output' BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) 32 530 4000 4000 56 73 B1-U0-G2 121 7,025 Bt-UO-G2 126 ECF-5-32L-700-NW-62-x 32 700 B2-UO-G2 119 9,062 BI-UO-G2 124 ECF-S-32L-IA-NW-G2-x 32 1050 4000 1 106 12,194 82-1.10-G2 115 12,757 14,151 B2-110-G3 B2-UO-G3 121 116 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 1200 4000 122 114 121 13,526 tB2-UO G3 ill 16,053 ! B2-UO-G3r 119 18,178 B3 -UO G3 115 20180 B3-UO-G4 110 21.246 B3 UO G4 119 23,936 B3 00 CA 116 ECF-S-48L-900-NW-G2-x 48 900 4000 135 16,795 82 UO G3 124 ECF-S-48L-lA-NW-G2-x ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-62-x ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x ECF-5-64L-lA-NW-G2-x 48 1050 4000 159 117 113 122 119 19,018 B2-1.10-154 120 48 1200 4000 183 21,112 83-UO-G4 116 64 900 4000 178 22,228 83-UO-G4 125 64 1050 4000 206 25.043 B3-U0-G4 122 LED age Types Type5W Type AFR Total Current Current Color �Slem Lumen BUG Efficacy Lumen U Efficacy Lumen BUG Efficacy Ordering Code g LEDs Tem p.� tts' Out ut" p Ratin g (LPW) Output"�ReloiGnll LPW) Output1I Rating (LPW) ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x _. 32 530 4000 56 7,414 B3 UO G2 133 7175 UG2 129 ; 7111 82 UO-Gl 128 ECF-S-32L-700-NW-G2-x 32 700 ! 4000 73 9,563 B3 UO G2'. 131 9,255 B4 UO G2'. 127 ` 9172 B2 UO G) 126 ECF-S-32L-IA-NW-G2-x - 32 1050 4000 -. - 106 13,462 84 UO G2! - - -{ 127 - 13,030 134-1.10-G2 123 12,912 B3-UO-G21 122 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 1200 4000 122 14,933 B4 UO-G2 123 14,453 B4-U0-G2 119 14,322 B3-UO-G2 118 ECF-S-48L-900-NW-G2-x 48 900 4000 17,723 i84-UO-G2 131 17,114 16,999 B3-UO-G2 126 ECF-5-48L-lA-NW-G2-x 48 1050 4000 �135 20,069 B5-UO-G3 126 19,424 19,248 B3-UO-G2 121 ECF-5-48L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 48 1200 4000 22,279 B5-UO-G3 122 21,563 A 21,368 B3-U0-G2 117 ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x 64 900 4000 178 23,456 B5-UO-G3 132 22,702 22,497 B3-UO-G2 127 ECF-S-64L-1A-NW-G2-x 64 1050 4000 206 26,427 �SUO G3 128 25,577 25,346 B3-UO-G2 123 1. Wattage and lumen output may vary due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification 2. Lumen values based on photometric tests performed in compliance with IESNA LM-79. and ambient temperature. 3. Warm white color temperature will result in decreased lumen output. Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input. Measured wattage may vary due Contact outdoorlighting.applications@philips.com for details or additional information. to variation in input voltage. ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 2 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Dimensions Standard Arm (AR) Weight: 22 Lbs (9.9 Kg) EPA: 0.21ft' (.019m2) 2.4" (6cm f t 5.0" (12 c 1��-2755?(169.7cm))— Retrofit Arm (RAM) Weight: 24 Lbs (10.9 Kg) EPA: 024ft' (022m') 2.2" 7cr 13' (3.2cn 6 5" (16 Scm) 28.7" (73cm) Outboard IMR-HVU sensor 3.4" - 19 c.m) 3.1" - (79cm) - - - - 47, (1L9cm) ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 3 of 9 Wall (WS) Weight 27 Lbs (12 2Kg) EPA: 0.27ft' (025m') 6.5" (16 5cm) 5cm) Slip fitter (SF) Weight 27 Lbs (12.2 Kg) EPA: 0.33ft' (.031m2) 5 4" (13 6cm) — 97' (24 7cm) " U —154" (392cm)--, M - 37 2" (94 4cm) — 37.1" (94 4cm) 50. (127ccm)(3 m) Standard Arm (AR) drill pattern 0 4" (I04cm) 1' (2 I[&(25cm, .m ; (76c —m) 04'^ (I 04cm) 4 Retrofit Arm (RAM) drill pattern (1 14 379cm) TYPE SL-3 ECF-5 EcoForm small Site & Area Luminaire options Do: 0-10V dimming driver with leads supplied through back of luminaire (for secondary dimming controls by others). TLRD5: Twist Lock Receptacle with 5 pins enabling dimming, can be used with a twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLR07: Twist Lock Receptacle with 7 pins enabling dimming and additional functionality (by others), can be used with twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRDPC: Receptacle with twistlock photoelectric cell (must specify voltage). Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. Dynadimmer Automatic Profile Dimming: Automatic dimming profiles (CS50/CM50/ CE50) offer safety, median, or economy settings, for shorter or longer duration. Dimming profiles provide flexibility towards energy savings goals while optimizing light levels during specific dark hours. 50% dimming is standard. DA50 offers 50% instantaneous dimming all night (during all dark hours). 75% and 25% dimming is also available if different light levels are required (contact Technical Support for details). Dimming Economy 50% 9 hours 9 PM - 6 AM Median 50% 8 hours 10 PM - 6 AM Safety 50% 7 hours 11 PM - 6 AM Reactive 50 50% dynamic all night IMRI3, IMRI7: Infrared Motion Response Integral. IMRI module is mounted integral on driver door and is available with two different sensor lens types to accommodate various mounting heights and occupancy detection ranges (see charts for approximate detection patterns on page 7). Motion response used in combination of Dynadimmer and SiteWise are not programmable and used to override controllers schedule when motion is detected. When used not combined with any controller, IMRI is set/operates in the following fashion: The motion sensor is set to a constant 50%. When motion is detected by the PIR sensor, the luminaire returns to full power/light output. Dimming on low is factory set to 50% with 5 minute default in "full power" prior to dimming back to low. When no motion is detected for 5 minutes, the motion response system reduces the wattage by 50%, to 50% of the normal constant wattage reducing the light level. IMRI can also be specified with automatic profile dimming for the added benefit of a combined dimming profile with sensor detection, where the PIR sensor will override the dimming profile when occupancy is detected. Passive infrared (PIR) motion sensor. IMRO: Infrared Motion Response Outboard pole mounted sensor, must be specified with an available automatic profile dimming option. Combines the benefits of both automatic profile dimming and motion response using the Philips DynaDimmer technology. PIR sensor features a pole mounted Wattstopper EW-200-120-W or the EW-200-277-W. One motion sensor per pole is required (order MS-A-120 or MS-A-277 separately). Available in 120 or 277V only, IMRO sensors require single voltage 120V or 277V input (see chart for approximate detection patterns). If motion Is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at profile dimming mode specified, the luminaire returns to 100% power and light output. The luminaire remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period, after which the luminaire returns back to automatic profile dimming. Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes, and is field adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. The area motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height above ground, 270" from the front -center of the sensor. Pole Details: IMRO requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base, normally oriented 180" to the standard hand hole. For Philips Gardco poles, order the pole with the Motion Sensor 270" Front Coverage DCC: Dual Circuit Control permits separate switching of a specific number of LED modules. Available as an option with 2 through 4 modules. SW: SiteWise option is a fully integrated controller that connects to Philips SiteWise system in order to offer a complete area lighting management system. The communication signal is based on Philips patented central dimming technology. SiteWise delivers it deliver optimal energy savings using your site's existing cabling. No additional wiring required, installation and commissioning are simple. An intuitive, mobile app makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. Wireless systems: Controller radio/sensor module attached to luminaire arm and includes radio, photocell and motion sensor. Available with #2 lens (LLC2) for 8' to 15' mounting height" or #3 lens (LLC3) for 15-25' mounting heights or #4 lens (LLC4) for 25- 40' mounting heights. Also available with remote pod accessory where pod is mounted separate from luminaire to pole or wall (see accessories and wireless system information page 5-7). Fl: Fusing Single (for 120, 277 or 347VAC) F2: Fusing Double (for 208, 240 or 480VAC) FP1: Fusing Pole Single (pole mounted near handhole, for 120, 277 or 347VAC) Distances are FP2: Fusing Pole Double approximate. (pole mounted near handhole, H = height above ground for 208, 240 or 480VAC). Height 1H 3H 6H Mounting (MSM) option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the sensor with a 1/2" NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the hand hole cover plate, then wiring connections are completed in the pole. The plate (complete with motion sensor attached and wired) is then mounted to the hand hole. If poles are supplied by others, the customer is responsible for providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole (see Gardco Poles specification sheets for more information). F133: Fusing Pole Canadian Double Pull (pole mounted near handhole, for 208, 240 or 480VAC) SP1: Surge Protection,10kW5kA, 120-277V or 347-480V SP2: Surge Protection, 20kW10kA , 120-277V or 347-480V HIS: Internal House Side Shield. Injection molded in black finish. Ships installed with 1 per 16 LED module. Also available shipped separately as an accessory for 2-4 LED modules. ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 4 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Wireless system — luminaire configuration information LLC2/LLC3/LLC4 Luminaire Mounted Controller LLCR2/LLCR3/LLCR4 Pole Mounted Controller Controller pod attached to luminaire and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor with #2, #3 or #4 lens for 8-40' mounting heights. Recommended Sensor by Pole Height 40 35' 30' 25' 20' 15' 8' I� { LLC2 i LLC3 LLC4- Wireless system sensor In this configuration, the wireless controller will be mounted to the pole at a fifteen foot mounting height The number of luminaires on each pole, as well as the specific wattage chosen, will determine how many controllers will be required When using the wireless remote accessory option (LLCR-F) in a pole mount application, specify pole option (CL=Coupling Internal Thread, 3/4" size). Confirm required orientation of luminaire and wireless controller. Indicate height above pole base and orientation to hand hole. Recommended min pole height is 18ft, with option (CL) 15ft above pole base. Other heights are possible when choosing the appropriate sensor lens type. See pole specification sheets for more information 1. Photocell - Ambient light photocell on every wireless radio that averages the light levels of up to 5 controllers for an accurate reading and optimal light harvesting activity. - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Fc. 2. Motion Response - Detects motion through passive infrared sensing technology with three different lens configurations - Motion sensor coverage can be adjusted from a narrow to a wide detection range, which helps reduce false triggers to further increase energy savings. - Sensing profiles can be updated to adapt to activity levels in the environment, such as occupancy level, wind, and mounting height. Remote Mount Wireless Controller Used to extend the communication on site, to extend motion response and add other luminaires that are not pole mounted Consult factory for more information 3. Wireless Radio - 1.8 Watts max (no load draw) - Operating voltage 120-277 VAC RMS - Communicates using the ZigBee protocol - Carries out dimming commands from Gateway - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Ft-Cd - Transmission Systems Operating within the band 2400-2483.5Mhz - RoHS Compliant ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 5 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Infrared Motion Response - Coverage Patterns LLC2/LLCR2 Luminaire or remote mount controller with #2 lens 0' 8' 24' 11' 7' 3' 0' 3' 7' 11' 24' IMR13/LLC3/LLCR3 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #3 lens 20' 18' 15' 12' 9' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 20' LLC4/LLCR4 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #4 lens 1 2 3 IMMEN EMON NOS 11 V 111 /llU11111 WIMI NO ON 30' 20' 12' 6' 0 6' 12' 20' 30' 30' 20 0' 10' - - - 20 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 20' 10' I 1 0' � 1 10' 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 30' 27' — 20' 1 I t I t I 12, 3' r- 0 60' 3' 6' i 20' 1 1 30' 27' 20' 12' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 12' 20' 27' 30' IMR17 Integral motion response with #7 lens 0, -------------------------------- 27--------- - 40' _ r 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 0 10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 50' 25' f - -- + i 0' 100' i 25' + -- ---+ 50'1 _ 50' 25' 0' 25' 50' ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 6 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area SiteWise system SiteWise is a complete area lighting management system including a luminaire integrated controller, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and locally accessible user interface. Installation and commissioning are simple. The cabinet communicates with the Philips luminaires using a patented central dimming technology. The control signal is embedded on the existing electrical line — no new cabling is required. An intuitive, locally accessible interface makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules in order to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. SiteWise system diagram LAN / MR SiteWise system interface • • Parking lot • SiteWise has an intuitive user interface that makes it easy to plan, edit, and implement lighting schedules for your site. Authorized users can access the interface via a local app. To ensure that only authorized users can access your lighting, SiteWise offers two user types, each with different permissions. An advanced user, or administrator, can set and edit schedules using the ten pre-set scenes, assign those schedules to calendar days, and check system status. For everyday use, a basic user can manually override a schedule that is currently running but cannot create or edit schedules. SiteWise system specifications The SiteWise system includes both luminaires and controls. The controls used for SiteWise are circuit load dependent. Required for a complete installation are the following Philips SiteWise components: user interface, control kit, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and dimming signal receiver located in the Philips luminaire (SW option). Optional luminaire-integrated or external motion sensors may also be specified as required Within the electrical closet, the control kit and dimming signal transmitter cabinet are installed into the electrical system between the existing breaker panel and the site luminaires. New LED luminaires containing the dimming signal receiver are installed on the site. Once completed, use of the interface allows for scheduling and override capabilities. Wireless access point and tablet should be supplied by others. Complete information on the control system can be found on the SiteWise website at philips.com/sitewise ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 7 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Optical Orientation Information Standard Optic Position Optic Rotated Left (90') Optic Position Luminaires ordered with asymmetric optical systems in the standard Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Left (90') optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below: optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left sidotR,, ht side Left side Right side of poleof pole of pole �� of pole Street Side Street SideCurbline 90^27O' Curbline9p° 270° House Side House Side .0 O. 0' ..01 Note: The hand hole will normally Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. be located on the pole at the 0' point. Optic Rotated Right (270°) Optic Position Twin Luminaire Assemblies with Type-90/Type-270 Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Rotated Optical Systems Right (270°) optic position will have the optical system oriented Twin luminaire assemblies installed with rotated optical systems are an as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with excellent way to direct light toward the interior of the site (Street Side) factory set rotatable optics): without additional equipment. It is important, however, that care be exercised to insure that luminaires are installed in the proper location. Left sid6eR, side Left side Right side of polepole of pole of pole 180° Luminaire with Luminaire with Type-270 •'` Type-90 Street Side Street Side Curbline 90' 270* Curbline1 House Side House Side. .o O. 0" 0. Luminaires with Optic Luminaires with Optic Note: The hand hole will normally Rotated Right (270') are Rotated Left (90') are be located on the pole at the 0' point. installed on the LEFT installed on the RIGHT Side of Pole Side of Pole Note: The hand hole location will depend on the drilling configuration ordered for the pole. ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 8 of 9 TYPE SL-3 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Specifications Housing SiteWise network system One piece die cast aluminum housing with integral arm and separate,self retained hinged, one piece die cast door frame. I Rating LED light engine rated IP66. Driver compartment rated to I1365. Vibration resistance EcoForm with Standard Arm carries a 3G vibration rating that conforms to standards set forth by ANSI C136.31. Testing includes vibration to 3G acceleration in three axes, all performed on the same luminaire. Electrical Driver efficiency (>90% standard).120-480V available (restrictions apply). Open/short circuit protection. Optional 0-10V dimming to 10% power. RoHS compliant. Surge protector standard. 10KA per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2. LED Board and Array 32, 48, or 64 LEDs. Color temperatures: 3000K +/- 125K, 4000K, 5000K +/- 200K. Minimum CRI of 70. Aluminum metal clad board. RoHS compliant. LED Thermal management The housing design allows the one piece housing to provide excellent thermal management critical to long LED system life. Energy saving benefits System efficacy up to 133ims/W with significant energy savings over Pulse Start Metal Halide luminaires. Optional control options provide added energy savings during unoccupied periods. SiteWise system includes a controller fully integrated in the luminaire that enables the luminaires to communicate with a dimming signal transmitter cabinet located on site using Philips patented central dimming technology. A locally accessible mobile app allows users to access the system and set functionalities such as ON/OFF, dimming levels and scheduling. SiteWise is available with motion response options in order to bring the light back to 100% when motion is detected. Additional functionalities are available such as communication with indoor lighting and connection to BMS systems. Wireless system EcoForm luminaires are available with optional wireless controllers ready to be connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). The system allows you to wirelessly manage the entire site, independent lighting groups or individual luminaires while on -site or remotely. Based on a high density mesh network with an easy to use web -based portal, you can conveniently access, monitor and manage your lighting network remotely. Wireless controls can be combined with site and area, pedestrian, and parking garage luminaires as well, for a completely connected outdoor solution. Optical systems Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 5W, and AFR distributions available. Internal Shield option mounts to LED optics and is available with Type 2, 3, 4, and AFR distributions to control backlight. Types 2, 3, 4, and AFR, when specified and used as rotated, are factory set only. Mounting Standard luminaire arm mounts to 4" round poles. Square pole adapter included with every luminaire. Round Pole Adapter (RPA) required for 3-3.9" poles. Retrofit Arm Mount EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit. When specified with the retrofit arm (RAM) option, EcoForm seamlessly simplifies site conversions to LED by eliminating the need for additional pole drilling on most existing poles. RAM will be boxed separately. Listings UL/cUL listed to the UL 1598 standard, suitable for Wet Locations. Suitable for use in ambients from -40° to 40'C (-40° to 104°F). The quality systems of this facility have been registered by UL to the ISO 9001 series standards. Most EcoForm configurations are DesignLights Consortium® qualified. Consult DLC Qualified Products list for more details. Finish Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, electrostatically applied, thermally cured, triglycidal isocyanurate (TGIC) textured polyester powdercoat finish. Standard colors include bronze (BZ), black (BK), white (WH), dark gray (DGY), and medium gray (MGY). Consult factory for specs on optional or custom colors. Warranty EcoForm luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty. Philips Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty covering the LED arrays. LED Drivers also carry a 5 year limited warranty. Motion sensors are covered by warranty for 5 years by the motion sensor manufacturer. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216 or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel.800-668-9008 ECF-5_Gen2 06/17 page 9 of 9 Job: Type: Notes: Page I of 4 Poles Straight Round Steel The Philips Gardco SRS straight round steel pole consists of a one -section design fabricated steel tubing circumferentially welded to a structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts, full base cover, hand hole, ground lug and top cap. 0 PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS SRS 20 4 Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note: Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration. Not all combinations and configurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations. For questions or concerns, please consult the factory. PREFIX HEIGHT SRS 10, 14' 16' 20' 25', 25H' 30', 30H' 1. Refers to relative strength based on wind load factors. H — Heavy. FINISH PP Prime Painted BRP Bronze Paint BLIP Black Paint WP White Paint NP Natural Aluminum Paint GV Galvanized (No Paint) FPGV Finished Paint over Galvanized (specify color) oC Optional Color Paint Specify RAL designation ex: OC-RAL7024. SC Special Color Paint Specify. Must supply color chip. SIZE 3" 4" 5" OPTIONS DRILLING DI I Way D2 2 Way D2@90 2 Way at 90' D3 3 Way D3@120 3 Way at 120' D4 4 Way T2 2 3/8" ODTenon T4 4" ODTenon FES Festoon Outlet For Festoon Outlets andAdditional Hand Holes, indicate height above AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to original hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. Couplings Motion Response Provisions Indicate size (112", 314", I", 1 114", 1 1/2".) Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Motion Response System Pole Orientatoion Information on Page 4. Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a 112" coupling CL Coupling - Internal thread placed 180' to the hand hole, 12' above the pole base. Single Mount Bullhorn Brackets Indicate height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. GM-080-19 Single - 1.9" OD GM-080-24 Single - 2.4" OD MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED Luminaires available with Motion Response Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a special hand hole with 1 /2" coupling placed in the cover plate, 180' to the hand hole, 15' above the pole base. Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (S12) 753-1000 FAX:(512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 PHILIPS (30 GARDCO Poles Page 2 of 4 POLE DATA Straight Round Steel CATALOG NUMBER POLE SIZE MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' ANCHOR BOLT DATA' PREFIX - HEIGHT - SIZE ACTUAL HEIGHT POLE SHAFT SIZE 100 MPH EPA -FT' 90 MPH EPA -FT' 80 MPH EPA -FT' BOLT SIZE (inches) BOLT CIRCLE (inches) SRS-10-3.0 10' 3" x 10' 6.0 7.7 10.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-3.0 14' 3" x 14' 3.3 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-10-4.0 10' 4" x 10' 12.2 15.0 19.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-4.0 14' 4" x 14" 7.6 9.4 12.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-3.0 16' 3" x 16' 2.3 3.2 4.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-4.0 16' 4" x 16' 5.9 7.4 9.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-4.0 20' 4" x 20' 3.5 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-4.0 25' 4" x 25' 1.3 1.9 2.8 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-5.0 20' 5" x 20' 7.2 9.1 11.7 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-5.0 25' 5" x 25' 4.2 5.5 7.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25H-5.0' 25' 5" x 25' 7.4 9.4 12.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30-5.0 30' 5" x 30' 2.2 3.0 4.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30H-5.0' 30' 5" x 30' 4.7 6.5 8.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 2. SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS-30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of .180" for increased wind Ioading.All other SRS poles have a wall thickness of .120". 3. Warning: Additional wind loading, in terms of EPA, from banners, cameras. Floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole, must be added to the luminaire(s) EPA before selecting the pole with the appropriate wind load capability. 4. Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolt. Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. DIMENSIONS 10.5" 0.88" X I NOTE: Factory supplied template setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardc. ceme 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227.0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX:(512) 753-785S sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. :omposite iece Full Cover Z.50" X 5.00" Hand ole Rim with Cover 50" Nut Holder for Grounding 75" PHILIPS 01 GARDCO 79415-19/061 1 Poles Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATIONS POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is a one -section cylindrical design fabricated from hot rolled welded steel tubing with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 42,000 PSI. Pole wall thickness is .120", except SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS- 30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of. 180" . ANCHOR BASE: The anchor base is fabricated from structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate conforming to ASTM A36. The base plate telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top and bottom. ANCHOR BOLTS: Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality hot rolled carbon steel bar with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 36,000 PSI. Bolts have an " L" bend on one end and threaded on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are hot dipped galvanized a minimum length of 12" on the threaded end. Four (4) properly sized bolts, each furnished with two (2) regular hex nuts and two (2) flat washers, are provided per pole, unless otherwise specified. GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN: The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional 30% gust factor under the following conditions: The charted weights include luminaire(s) and/or mounting bracket(s). The wind velocities are based on 10 mph increments from 80 mph through 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may require special consideration. For example: coastal areas, airports and areas of special winds. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum yield strength of the material incorporated in the pole. Straight Round Steel BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely seals the entire base plate and anchorage. The base cover is secured together with two (2) fasteners. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole consists of a 2.5" x 5" rectangular tubing, steel attachment bar, steel cover and one round head zinc plated machine screw. A nut holder is welded to the hand hole and includes a .5" - 13 UNC hex head bolt and nut for grounding. The hand hole is welded in the pole shaft and located at 12" above the base of the pole. FINISH: The standard finish for pole and accessories is an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. Prime painted poles are also available. FASTENERS: All structural fasteners are galvanized high strength carbon steel. All other fasteners are galvanized or zinc plated carbon steel or stainless steel. WARNING: This design information is intended as a general guideline only. The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole, luminaire, accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and intended usage. The addition of any items to the pole, in addition to the luminaire, will dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole, luminaire, accessories, and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper analysis or product selections. Failure to insure proper site analysis, pole selection, loads and installation can result in pole failure, leading to serious injury or property damage. GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180' with respect to each other. For applications of two (2) arms at 90' or other multiple arm applications, consult the factory. WARRANTY: Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty. See Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 161 I Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos, TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. PHILIPS ()I GARDCO 79415-19/0611 Poles Page 4 of 4 ORIENTATION INFORMATION FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 180, .O O, 90° ' ' 270° OHAND HOLE 0), ..00.. Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. For Factory Installed Options andAccessories, Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION DI Drilled for Single Luminaire 180* Luminaire D I location :270` OHAND HOLE O oa . D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90' V"A01wM,Mq1 D4 D4 1270° O HAN�O D4 o' D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180° D2 O O Do ' 270° OHAND HOLE O D2 0. D2@90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90' D2@90 .O O� 90'' D2@9C OHAND HOLE O .00. 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-07S8 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 Straight Round Steel .. i ..... Height Above Pole Base D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90' D3 D3 1270° O HAN�O ...00_. D3@120 Drilled for 3 Luminaires at 120° D3@ 120 .O O' 70° 90 270° ' o O 60' �3@ @�Za 300- from HAND HOLE from Hand Hole Hand Hole .00_. PHILIPS (3p GARDCO SLV QH3 TYPE SL-5 2.16" all QUAD 1 XL rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 1100, anthracite, ETL listed, 4.5W Item number 232435U Family QUAD Name QUAD 1 XL, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 1100, anthracite, ETL listed, 4.5W Shortname QUAD 1 XL The wall luminaires QUAD 1 XL, equipped with a powerful, warm white Power LED, are available in Description several color versions. The electrical connection of the luminaire made of aluminum is done by the installed driver at 230V power supply. The luminaire IP44 protects the luminaire outdoors. Light LED 4.33 Source Lamp COB LED -Module Number of lamps 1 Lamp Yes Included Width 3.31 in Height 4.3 in Depth 2.16 in Net Weight 1.39 lbs Gross Weight 2.06lbs Voltage 120-277 Volts Max. 4 Watts Wattage Beam Angle 110 Degree Material Aluminum/Glass Color Anthracite Installation Wall SLV Remark 2 Petite geometric form Rated Life 30000 Hours Color 3000 Kelvin temperature CRI oml Lumens Light distribution type 1 Light distribution type 2 Light distribution type 3 keyword 1 ranking Format Lamps Required 1 Outdoor Yes Direct indirect Axis -symmetric Wall light 600 Rectangular Recessed No IC Recessed No Non -IC Dry No Installation Damp No Installation Wet Yes Installation Energy Star No Listed Drive Over No ETL Listed Yes SLV UL Listed No Energy Star No Certified ETL Listed No Damp ETL Listed Yes Wet Light Output Direct -indirect, axis -symmetric Description QUAD 1 XL SLV Items of this series 232431 U QUAD 1 XL, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 1100, white, ETL listed, 4.5W 232441 U QUAD 2 XL, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 1100, white, ETL listed, 8.6W 232445U QUAD 2 XL, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 1100, anthracite, ETL listed, 8.6W 232461U QUAD 1, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 90°, white, ETL listed, 3.4W 232465U QUAD 1, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 900, anthracite, ETL listed, 3.4W 232471 U QUAD 2, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 60°, white, ETL listed, 6W 232475U QUAD 2, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, LED, 600, anthracite, ETL listed, 6.8W 751641 U QUAD U, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, 1200, white, ETL listed, 18W 751644U QUAD U, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, 1200, anthracite, ETL listed, 18W 751648U QUAD U, rectangular, wall light, 3000K, 1200, bronze, ETL listed, 18W The wall luminaires QUAD 1 XL, equipped with a powerful, warm white Power LED, are available in several color versions. The electrical connection of the luminaire made of aluminum is done by the installed driver at 230V power supply. The luminaire IP44 protects the luminaire outdoors. Notizen TYPE SL-4 PHILIPS LIJMEC MPTC Post top luminaire Luminaire ordering guide Project Location. Cat. No: Type - SL-2 ' Lamps: Qty: Notes The Philips Lumec UrbanScape LED post top luminaire features flexible, robust energy -saving solutions for modern -styled urban architectural lighting. With its slightly rounded hood, the post top model comes with a flat lens to highlight the thinness of the LEDs. The luminaire provides attractive lighting at night, adding appeal to the surroundings and promoting safe use of the environment. Example: MPTC-42W32LED4K-T-LE3-120-CDMGM25-PH8-BKTX Series MPTC LED Module 35W32LED CCT 3K Gen. G2 Optical System LE5 Voltage TBD Driver DMG Luminaire option Mounting TBD Pole TBD Finish TBD MPTC' 35W32LED2 3K G2 LE2 120 CDMG2 HS Consult Consult BE2TX UrbanScape 55W32LED2 3000K Gent Type II 120V Dynadimmer for House Side Shield the Philips the Philips BE6TX LED post top 72W32LED 4K (ASYM) 208 standard dimming OVR web site web site BEBTX luminaire 97Yy32LED2 4000K flat lens 208V (consult complete Dynadimmer for details for details Dynadimmer BG2TX SSW48LED LE3 scenarios on pg 3) and the and the override function BKTX 80W48LED Type III 240 CLO' complete complete BKTX 10SW48LED (ASYM) 240V Pre-set driver to PHg line of lines Photoelectric cell Mountings Poles GN4TX GN6TX 140W48LED 2 flat lens 277 manage lumen GNBTX 70W64LED LE3W3 277V depreciation PHg GNTX 110W64LED Type III 347 2 Shorting Cap GR 90W80LED (ASYM) 347V peTset driver PHXL2 GY3TX 135W80LED wide flat 480 for progressive Photoelectric cell, NP lens 480V start-up extended life RD2TX LE4 OTL2 RCD4 RD4TX Type IV Pre-set driver to 5-Pin receptacle TG (ASYM) signal end of life for dimming photoelectric cell TS flat lens of the lamp RCD7" WHTX (consult pg LE5 DALI 7-Pin receptacle 4for code Type V Pre-set driver for photoelectric cell descriptions) (SYMM) compatible with TN35 flat lens the DALI control Fitter to fit over a 3" (76 mm) O.D. system by 4" (102 mm) long tenon DMG TN3.55 0-10 volt Fitter to fit over a 31/2" (89 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) long tenon 1. DMG 0-10V driver come standard. 4. Use of photoelectric cell or shorting cap is required to ensure proper illumination. 2. The 347V and 480V are not available. 5. Not available with Motion Response, 3. Not available with HS option. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 1 of 5 TYPE SL-4 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Dimensions 173/i' (451 mm) 347/9" (886 mm) 31 h" (880 mm) Motion Response' (must be ordered as a separate item) Example ACC-120-MR4PGI-BKTX Series Voltage Motion Response module Finish ACC ACC Accessory 120 120 volt MR4PG1 Single grey Consult Philips Lumec's 277 120 volt MR4PG2 Double grey Color Chart for complete MR4PW1 Single white specifications. MR4PW2 Double white 'OVR option is required for Motion Response Accessory EPA: 1.7 scl ft Weight: 32.2 lbs (14.6 kg) LED Wattage and Lumen Values for 3000K & 4000K fixtures MPTC 3000K 35W32LED3K-G2 32 350 37 2875 77.7 B1-UO-GI 2895 78.2 B1-UO-G1 2948 79.7 Bi-UO-GI 2893 78.2 B1-UO-G1 3107 84.0 B2-UO-GI 55W32LED3K-G2 32 530 56 4124 73.8 B1-UO-GI 4152 74.3 B1-UO-GI 4228 75.6 B1-UO-GI 4149 74.2 81-UO-GI 4457 79.7 B3-UO-GI 72W32LED3K-G2 32 700 70 5201 74.0 BI-UO-GI 5237 74.5 BI-UO-G1 5333 75.9 BI-UO-G2 5233 74.4 BI-UO-G2 5621 80.0 B3-UO-GI 97W32LED3K-G2 32 1050 104 7172 68.8 BI-UO-GI 7221 69.2 BI-UO-G2 7353 70.5 BI-UO-G2 7216 69.2 BI-UO-G2 7751 74.3 B3-UO-G2 55W48LED3K-G2 48 350 54 4313 79.3 BI-UO-G1 4342 79.8 B1-UO-GI 4422 81.3 B1-UO-GI 4339 79.8 BI-UO-G1 4661 85.7 B3-UO-GI 80W48LED3K-G2 48 530 81 6186 76.1 BI-UO-GI 6229 76.6 BI-UO-G2 6342 78.0 B1-UO-G2 6224 76.6 B1-UO-G2 6686 82.2 B3-UO-G2 108W48LED3K-G2 48 700 105 7802 74.0 BI-UO-GI 7855 74.5 BI-UO-G2 7999 75.9 B1-UO-G2 7850 74.5 BI-UO-G2 8432 80.0 B3-UO-G2 140W48LED3K-G2 48 1050 157 10758 68.7 B2-UO-G2 10832 69.2 B2-UO-G2 11030 70.5 B2-UO-G2 10824 69.2 B2-UO-G2 11627 74.3 B4-UO-G2 70W64LED3K-G2 64 350 73 5750 78.8 81-1.10-G1 5790 79.3 B1-UO-GI 5896 80.8 B1-UO-G2 5785 79.2 BI-UO-G2 6215 85.1 B3-UO-GI 11OW64LED3K-G2 64 530 105 8248 78.6 B2-UO-G2 8305 79.1 B1-UO-G2 8457 80.5 B1-UO-G2 8299 79.0 B1-UO-G2 8914 84.9 B3-UO-G2 90W80LED3K-G2 80 350 91 7188 79.3 BHO-Gi 7237 79.8 BI-UO-G2 7370 81.3 BI-UO-G2 7232 79.7 B1-UO-G2 7768 85.6 B3-UO-G2 135W80LED3K-G2 80 530 136 10310 76.1 B2-UO-G2 10381 76.6 B2-UO-G2 10571 78.0 B2-UO-G2 10373 76.6 82-UO-G2 11143 82.2 B4-UO-G2 MPTC 4000K 35W32LED4K-G2 32 350 37 3462 93.6 BI-UO-GI 3624 97.9 B1-UO-GI 3610 97.6 B1-UO-GI 3650 98.6 BI-UO-GI 3695 99.9 B3-1.10-Gl 55W32LED4K-G2 32 530 56 4966 88.8 BI-UO-GI 5198 93.0 BI-UO-GI 5178 92.6 B1-UO-G2 5235 93.6 BI-UO-G2 5300 94.8 B3-UO-GI 72W32LED4K-G2 32 700 70 6263 89.1 BI-UO-G1 6556 93.3 BI-UO-G2 6531 92.9 B1-UO-G2 6603 93.9 B1-UO-G2 6684 95.1 B3-UO-G2 97W32LED4K-G2 32 1050 104 8636 82.8 B2-UO-G2 9040 86.7 BI-UO-G2 9005 86.3 BI-UO-G2 9105 87.3 BI-UO-G2 9217 88.4 B4-UO-G2 55W48LED4K-G2 48 350 54 5255 96.6 B1-UO-GI 5349 98.3 Bi-UO-GI 5422 99.7 Bi-UO-G2 5362 98.6 BI-UO-G2 5659 104.0 B3-1.10-Gl 8OW48LED4K-G2 48 530 81 7538 92.7 BI-UO-GI 7673 94.4 BI-UO-G2 7777 95.7 BI-UO-G2 7691 94.6 BI-UO-G2 8117 99.8 B3-UO-G2 108W48LED4K-G2 48 700 105 9507 90.2 B2-UO-G2 9677 91.8 62-UO-G2 9808 93.1 B2-UO-G2 9700 92.0 B2-UO-G2 10237 97.1 B4-UO-G2 140W48LED4K-G2 48 1050 157 13109 83.8 B2-UO-G2 13344 85.3 B2-UO-G2 13525 86.4 B2-UO-G3 13376 85.5 B2-UO-G2 14116 90.2 B4-UO-G2 7OW64LED4K-G2 64 350 73 7007 96.0 B1-UO-GI 7132 97.7 B1-UO-G2 7229 99.0 Bi-UO-G2 7150 97.9 BI-UO-G2 7545 103.4 B3-UO-G2 11OW64LED4K-G2 64 530 105 10050 95.7 B2-UO-G2 10231 97.4 B2-UO-G2 10369 98.8 B2-UO-G2 10255 97.7 B2-UO-G2 10822 103.1 B4-UO-G2 9OW80LED4K-G2 80 350 91 8759 96.6 B2-UO-G2 8916 98.3 BI-UO-G2 9036 99.6 B2-UO-G2 8937 98.5 B1-UO-G2 9431 104.0 B4-UO-G2 135WSOLED4K-G2 80 530 136 12563 92.7 B2-UO-G2 12788 94A B2-UO-G2 12962 95.7 B2-UO-G2 12819 94.6 B2-UO-G2 13528 99.8 B4-UO-G2 Actual performance may vary due to installation variables including optics, mounting/ceiling height, dirt depreciation, light loss factor, etc, highly recommended to confirm performance with a layout - contact Applications at outdoorlighting applications@philips com Note: Some data may be scaled based on tests of similar. But not identical luminaires. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 2 of 5 TYPE SL-4 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Specifications Cage In a round shape with 4 arms and a built-in mechanical ring, this cage is a one piece die cast A360 Aluminum alloy 0.100 (2.5mm) minimum thickness, mechanically assembled to the fitter. Fitter: Made of die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.100 (2.5mm) minimum thickness, the fitter is complete with a watertight access door giving access to the driver rated IP66, and a terminal block that accepts (#2 max.) wires from the primary circuit. Comes with an easy self adjusting system with two (2) set screws 3/8 16 UNC for ease of maintenance and installation. Fits on a 4" (102mm) outside diameter by 4" (102mm) long tenon. Finial Decorative cast 356 aluminum, mechanically assembled. Hood Made of die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.1 (2.5mm) minimum thickness, mechanically assembled to the cast aluminum heat sink. Access -Mechanism A die cast A360.1 Aluminum alloy 0.1 (2.5mm) minimum thickness technical ring with latch and hinge. Light Engine LEDgine is composed of 4 main components: LED lamp / Optical System / Heat Sink / Driver Electrical components are RoHS compliant. LEx Lens Flat Lens: Made of soda time clear tempered glass, mechanically assembled and sealed onto the ring of the access mechanism. LED Module Composed of high-performance white LEDs. Color temperature as per ANSI/NEMA bin Neutral White, 4000 Kelvin nominal (3985K +/-.275K or 3710K to 4260K) or Warm white, 3000 Kelvin nominal (3045K +/- 175K or 2870K to 3220K), CRI 70 Min. 75 Typical. Optical System Composed of high performance optical polymer refractor lenses to achieve desired distribution optimized to get maximum spacing, target lumens and a superior lighting uniformity. System is rated IP66. Performance shall be tested per LM 63, LM 79 and TM 15 (IESNA) certifying its photometric performance. Street side indicated. Dark Sky compliant with 0 % uptight and UO per IESNA TM 15. Heat Sink Made of cast aluminum optimizing the LEDs efficiency and life. Product does not use any cooling device with moving parts (only passive cooling device). Driver High power factor of 95%. Electronic driver, operating range 50/60 Hz. Auto adjusting universal voltage input from 120 to 277 and 347 to 480 VAC rated for both application line to line or line to neutral, Class I, THD of 20 % max. Maximum ambient operating temperature from 40F (40C) to 130F (55C) degrees. Certified in compliance to UL1310 cULus requirement. Dry and damp location. Assembled on a unitized removable tray with Tyco quick disconnect plug resisting to 221F(105C) degrees. Dimmable driver 0-10V. The current supplying the LEDs will be reduced by the driver if the driver experiences internal overheating as a protection to the LEDs and the electrical components. Output is protected from short circuits, voltage overload and current overload. Automatic recovery after correction. Standard built in driver surge protection of 2.5kV (min). Driver options AST: Pre-set driver for progressive start-up of the LED module(s) to optimize energy management and enhance visual comfort at start-up. CLO: Pre-set driver to manage the lumen depreciation by adjusting the power given to the LEDs offering the same lighting intensity during the entire lifespan of the LED module. DMG: Dimmable driver 0-10V. OTL: Pre-set driver to signal end of life of the LED module(s) for better fixture management. CDMG: Dynadimmer standard dimming functionalities including pre-programmed scenarios to suit many applications and needs from safety to maximum energy savings. Ordering Dimming Dimming Code Scenario Time Level CDMGS25 Safety 4hours 25%power CDMGS50 Safety 4hours 50%power CDMGS75 Safety 4 hours 75% power CDMGM25 Median 6 hours 25% power CDMGM50 Median 6hours 50%power CDMGM75 Median 6hours 75%power CDMGE25 Economy 8hours 25%power CDMGE50 Economy 8hours 50%power CDMGE75 Economy 8hours 75%power Luminaire options HS House side shield PH8 (allows a 90° rotation) Photoelectric cell, twist -lock type complete with receptacle and decorative polycarbonate (grey) cap with a plastic lens. PH9 Shorting cap, twist -lock type complete with receptacle. PHXL (allows a 90° rotation) Extended life Photoelectric cell, twist -lock type complete with receptacle and decorative polycarbonate (grey) cap with a plastic lens. RCD Receptacle 5-pins allowing dimming, can be used with a twist -lock Starsense, shorting cap or a photoelectric cell. RCD7 Receptacle 7-pins. TN3 Fitter to fit over a 3" (76 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) tenon. TN3.5 Fitter to fit over a 3-1/2" (89 mm) O.D. by 4" (102 mm) tenon. OVR Dynadimmer override function. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 3 of 5 TYPE SL� MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Specifications (continued) Luminaire accessories Motion Response: Tenon mount motion response provides 270° coverage on an adjustable knuckle. The coverage equals to up to 6 times the sensor height. It is an option offered jointly with the Dynadimmer OVR option, that can bring the light up to 100 when the motion response is triggered. It is available in a single or double mounting option. Finish options for the motion response device are white or dark gray. Finish options for the tenon must be specified to match the luminaire and pole. The tenon mount is fully rotatable 360°. This option is available for a 4" OD x 4" long tenon. See instruction sheet for time setting functionality (12 second to 16 minute turn off options) and for mounting instructions. 4' iY 0 select color finish r I r Motion Response Lin dark Grey or White f / NM�IlIlM-1I 1►11� 1� j I MR4Por Imo- I� MR4PW7 LED Performance MPTC-135W8OLED4K MPTC-140WARI FnAK Surge Protector Surge protector tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.45 per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 Scenario I Category C High Exposure 10kV/10kA waveforms for Line Ground, Line Neutral and Neutral Ground, and in accordance with U.S. DOE (Department of Energy) MSSLC (Municipal Solid State Street Lighting Consortium) model specification for LED roadway luminaires electrical immunity requirements for High Test Level IOkV / 10kA. Finish The Thermosetting powder coating provided meets the color requirements of the AAMA 2604 specification as measured per ASTM D2244. The Thermosetting product is applied at a dry film of 2.5 to 4.0 mils (64-102 microns) on textured finishes, resulting in a durable long lasting finish. Textured Finishes: Other Finishes: BE2TX: Midnight Blue GR: Gray Sandtex BE6TX: Ocean Blue NP: Natural Alum. BEBTX: Royal Blue TG: Hammer -tone BG2TX: Sandstone Gold BKTX: Black T5: Hammer -tone BRTX: Bronze Silver GN4TX: Blue Green GN6TX: Forest Green GNBTX: Dark Forest Green GNTX: Green GY3TX: Medium Grey RD2TX: Burgundy RD4TX: Scarlet WHTX: White 1. Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions. 2. L70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70 % of initial lumen output. 3. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours. LED manufacturing standard The electronic components sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD) such as light emitting diodes (LEDs) are assembled in compliance with IEC61340 51 and ANSI/ESD 520.20 standards so as to eliminate ESD events that could decrease useful life of the product. Quality Control Manufactured to ISO 9001 2008 and ISO 14001 2004 International Quality Standards Certification. Vibration Resistance Meets the ANSI C136.31, American National Standard for Roadway Luminaire Vibration specifications for Bridge/overpass applications. (Tested for 3G over 100 000 cycles by an independent lab). Certifications and Compliance CSA, cULus Listed for Canada and USA. MetroScape is on the Design Lights. UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 4 of 5 TYPE SL-4 MPTC UrbanScape LED post top Urban Specifications (continued) Poles 20 6.10 m MPTC MPTC MPTC Pole: P604-PS Pole SM8-BA Pole: APR4-LBC3-SA1 Mounting M10-1A Mounting: M30-2 Consult Philips.com/luminaires for details and the complete line of Philips poles and brackets. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. phi li ps.com/lu minaires Philips Lighting North America Corporation 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 Tel.855-486-2216 Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel. 800-668-9008 UrbanScape-MPTC-spec 07/17 page 5 of 5 fob: Type: Notes: Page I of 4 Poles Straight Round Steel The Philips Gardco SRS straight round steel pole consists of a one -section design fabricated steel tubing circumferentially welded to a structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts, full base cover, hand hole, ground lug and top cap. 0 PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS SRS 10 4 Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note: Gordco reserves the right to refuse a con figuration. Not all combinations and configurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations. For questions or concerns, please consult the factory. PREFIX HEIGHT SRS 10, 14' 16' 20' 25', 25H' 30', 30H' I. Refers to relative strength based on wind load factors. H = Heavy. FINISH PP Prime Painted BRP Bronze Paint BLP Black Paint WP White Paint NP Natural Aluminum Paint GV Galvanized (No Paint) FPGV Finished Paint over Galvanized (specify color) OC Optional Color Paint Specify RAL designation ex: OC-RAL7024. Sc Special Color Paint Specify. Must supply color chip. SIZE DRILLING 3" D I I Way 4" D2 2 Way 5" D2@90 2Way at 90" D3 3 Way D3@ 120 3 Way at 120' D4 4 Way T2 2 3/8" ODTenon T4 4" ODTenon OPTIONS FES Festoon Outlet For Festoon Outlets andAdditiona/Hand Holes, indicate height above AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to original hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. Couplings Motion Response Provisions Indicate size (HT', 314", 1". 1 114", 1 112".) Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Motion Response System Pole Orientataion Information on Page 4. Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a 1/2" coupling CL Coupling - Internal thread placed 180' to the hand hole, 11' above the pole base. Single Mount Bullhorn Brackets Indicate height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. GM-080-19 Single - 1.9" OD GM-080-24 Single - 2.4" OD MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED Luminaires available with Motion Response Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a special hand hole with 112" coupling placed in the cover plate, 180' to the hand hole, 15' above the pole base. Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. 161 1 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 site Iighting.com © 201 1 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 PHILIPS ()j GARDCO Poles Page 2 of 4 POLE DATA Straight Round Steel CATALOG NUMBER POLE SIZE MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' ANCHOR BOLT DATA° PREFIX - HEIGHT - SIZE ACTUAL HEIGHT POLE SHAFT SIZE 100 MPH EPA-FT2 90 MPH EPA -FT' 80 MPH EPA-FT2 BOLT SIZE (inches) BOLT CIRCLE (inches) SRS-10-3.0 10, 3" x 10' 6.0 7.7 10.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-3.0 14' 3" x 14' 3.3 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-10-4.0 10' 4" x 10' 12.2 15.0 19.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-4.0 14' 4" x 14" 7.6 9.4 12.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-3.0 16' 3" x 16' 2.3 3.2 4.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-4.0 16' 4" x 16' 5.9 7.4 9.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-4.0 20' 4" x 20' 3.5 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-4.0 25' 4" x 25' 1.3 1.9 2.8 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-5.0 20' S" x 20' 7.2 9.1 11.7 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-5.0 25' 5" x 25' 4.2 5.5 7.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25H-5.0' 25' 5" x 25' 7.4 9.4 12.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30-5.0 30' 5" x 30' 2.2 3.0 4.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30H-5.0' 30' 5" x 30' 4.7 6.5 8.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 2. SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS-30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of .180" for increased wind loading. All other SRS poles have a wall thickness of .120". 3. Warning: Additional wind loading, in terms of EPA, from banners, cameras, floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole, must be added to the luminaires) EPA before selecting the pole with the appropriate wind load capability. 4. Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. DIMENSIONS 10.5" Diameter 0.88" X I NOTE: Factory supplied template must be usi setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardco will not he claim for incorrect anchorage placement from failu -omposite iece Full Cover 161 1 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (S 12) 7S3-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. Y X 5.00" Hand Rim with Cover Nut Holder for Grounding 75" PHILIPS (3p GARDCO 79415-19/0611 Poles Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATION POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is a one -section cylindrical design fabricated from hot rolled welded steel tubing with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 42,000 PSI. Pole wall thickness is .120", except SIRS-25H-5.0 and SRS- 30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of. 180" . ANCHOR BASE: The anchor base is fabricated from structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate conforming to ASTM A36. The base plate telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top and bottom. ANCHOR BOLTS: Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality hot rolled carbon steel bar with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 36,000 PSI. Bolts have an " U bend on one end and threaded on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are hot dipped galvanized a minimum length of 12" on the threaded end. Four (4) properly sized bolts, each furnished with two (2) regular hex nuts and two (2) flat washers, are provided per pole, unless otherwise specified. GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN: The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional 30% gust factor under the following conditions: The charted weights include luminaire(s) and/or mounting bracket(s). The wind velocities are based on 10 mph increments from 80 mph through 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may require special consideration. For example: coastal areas, airports and areas of special winds. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum yield strength of the material incorporated in the pole. Straight Round Steel BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely seals the entire base plate and anchorage. The base cover is secured together with two (2) fasteners. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole consists of a 2.5" x 5" rectangular tubing, steel attachment bar, steel cover and one round head zinc plated machine screw. A nut holder is welded to the hand hole and includes a .5" - 13 UNC hex head bolt and nut for grounding. The hand hole is welded in the pole shaft and located at 12" above the base of the pole. FINISH: The standard finish for pole and accessories is an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. Prime painted poles are also available. FASTENERS: All structural fasteners are galvanized high strength carbon steel. All other fasteners are galvanized or zinc plated carbon steel or stainless steel. WARNING: This design information is intended as a general guideline only. The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole, luminaire, accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and intended usage. The addition of any items to the pole, in addition to the luminaire, will dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole, luminaire, accessories, and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper analysis or product selections. Failure to insure proper site analysis, pole selection, loads and installation can result in pole failure, leading to serious injury or property damage. GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180' with respect to each other. For applications of two (2) arms at 90' or other multiple arm applications, consult the factory. WARRANTY: Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty. See Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 161 1 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX:(512) 753-785S sitelighting.com © 201 1 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. PHILIPS (3ij GARDCO 794 15-19/061 1 Poles Page 4 of 4 ORIENTATION INFORMATION FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 180° O 90° ' ' 270° OHAND HOLE O Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. For Factory Installed Options andAccessorie! Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION DI Drilled for Single Luminaire D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180- 180° 0 180° Luminaire D I location D2 90 :270° OHAND HOLE O 0o D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90' D4 D4 1270° O HAN�O D4 0° O O, 0° ' 270° OHAND HOLE O D2 0° D2@90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90° 180° L2@ O 90° l l HAND h 0° 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-07S8 (S12) 7S3-1000 FAX:(512) 7S3-78SS sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 all Straight Round Steel .. i ..... Height Above Pole Base D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ go- D3 D3 1270° • O HAN�O • o; - D3@120 Drilled for 3 Luminaires at 120° 60- from Hand Hole PHILIPS O , 270° 7 300' I from Hand Hole ()p GARDCO TYPE SL-2 PHILIPS (N GARDCO ECF-S small Eta Project: QCH3 Location: Cat.No: Type: Qty: Notes The Philips Gardco EcoForm Gen-2 combines economy with performance in an LED area luminaire. Capable of delivering up to 26,400 lumens or more in a compact, low profile LED luminaire, EcoForm offers a new level of customer value. EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit, simplifying site conversions to LED by eliminating the need to drill additional holes in most existing poles. Integral control systems available for further energy savings. Ordering guide example: ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-AR-5-120-HIS-MGY Number Drive LED Color - Controls Electrical Luminalre Prefix of LEDs Current Generation Mounting Distribution Voltage Finish ECF-5 32L 530 ww-G2 AR 4 UNV DD TBD TBD TBD ECF-S 32L $30 WW-62 AR Type 2 120 120V DD 0-10V Dimming Drivers TB Terminal Block' RPA Textured EcoForm 32 LEDs 530mA Warm White Arm Mount 2 Type 2 208 208V DCC Dual Circuit Control' Round Pole BK BK Black Site and Area, (2 modules) 700 3000K,70CRI (standard)' 2-90 Rotated 240 240V Photoelectric/Receptacle systems Fusing Adapter White Small 700mA Generation 2 left 90° 277 277V (Twist Lock Receptacle) F1 Single to 3"- 3.9"B2 Bronze 1A NW-G2 ibefoll°wi"9 mounnny 2-270 Rotated 347 347V zn PCB PhotocontrolButton 120, 277, 347VAC )' F2 Double O.D.pole)10 DGY Dark Gra y 1050mA Neutral White kits must right 270° 460 48080V UNV 120-277V TLRDS Twist Lock Receptacle 5 Pin (208240480VAC)1 HIS MGY Medium Gray 1.2A 1200mA 4000K, 70CRI Generation 2 be ordered sep°mrely(see Type (50/60Hz) TLRD7 Twist Lock Receptacle 7 Pin , . Pole Mount Fusing Internal Customer specified accessories) NVU 347-480V �� Twist Lock Receptacle w/Photocells _ - House RAIL Specify 48L 900 CW-G2 SF 3 Type 3 3-90 Rotated (50/60Hz) DynaDimmer. Automatic Profile DimmingFP1 Single Side Shield optional 48 LEDs 900mA Cool White Slip Fitter left 90° ... _. ._ CSSO Safety 50%Dimming. 7 hours' (120, 277.347VAC)' FP2 Double color or RAL (3 modules) 1A 5000K, 70CRi Mount" 3-270 Rotated CMSO Median50%Dimming,8hours' y (ex RAL7024) 1050mA Generation2 (fits to 2 /e" right 270° CE50 Economy 50% Dimming, 9 hours' y g. Canadian FP3 Canadian Double Pull Double CC Custom color 1.2A OD. tenon) DASD All Night 50%Dimming' (208, 240, 480VAC)' (Must supply 1200mA WS Type color chip 4 Type 4 Infrared Motion Response Systems Surge Protection for required 64L 900 Wall mount with 4-90 Rotated IMR13 Integral with #3lens- SP1 Standard 10kA factory 64 LEDs (4 modules) 1p IA surface conduit left 90° IMR17 Integral with #7lensa SP2 Increased 20kA quote) 1050mA rear entry 4-270 Rotated Pole Mounted Infrared Motion Response permitted right 270° systems with DynaDimmer RAM Type CSSO-IMRO with Safety 50%Dimming' s Retrofit arm S Type 5 CMSO-IMRO with Median 50% Dimming" mount kit 9 CESO-IMRO with Economy 50% Dimming's SW Type 5W DASO-IMRO with All Night 50% Dimming's AFR Network system (SfteWise) Auto Front Row SW Integral module'"1 AFR-90 SW-IMRO Pole mounted motion Auto Front Row, response option Rotated left 90° Wireless system AFR-270 LLC2 Integral module with #2lens's Auto Front Row, LLC3 Integral module with #3lens 16 Rotated right 270° LLC4 Integral module with #4lens16 1. Available only on 120, 208, 240, and 277 (or UNV) 2. Specify Voltage 3. Not available with 347 or 480 voltage 4. HIS not available with Type 5 or 5W optics 5. DD is required for LLCR and pole mount motion sensor. Dimming leads are supplied through back of luminaire. Must be ordered separately (See accessories page) 6. DCC and LLC2/3/4 not available with any other controls 7 TB not available with DCC 8. ECF-IMRI equipped with out -boarded sensor housing when voltage is HVU (347-48OV) 9. Mounts to a 4" round pole with adapter included for square poles. 10. Not available with SF and WS RPAs provided with black finish standard 11. Limited to a maximum of 45 degrees aiming above horizontal 12 SW option is not available with any other control options with the exception of IMR13. IMRI7 and SW-IMRO motion response options 13. Available only on 120V and 277V ECF-S_Cen2 06/17 page 1 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area EcoForm Accessories (ordered separately, field Installed) Controls Accessories I Pole Mount Motion Sensor MS-A-120V" 120V Input MS-A-277V' 277V Input Wireless systems Remote mount module LLCR2-(F)" #21ens LLCR3-(F)" #31ens LLCR4-(F)" #4lens Central Remote Motion Response (used connected to St~- ^dam Panel MS2-A-FVR-3 MS2-A-FVR-7 11. DD option required 12. Not available with Type 5 or SW optics Shielding Accessories 0 HIS-32-H House Side shield Standard orientation: HIS-32-H u Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HM-411-H u Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) XIS-64-H ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) At 90 or 270 orientation: HIS-32-V ° Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HIS-411 ° Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) HIS-44-V ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) Lumkralre Accessories II ECF-BD-G2 Bird deterrent PTF2-(F) Pole top fitter fits 2 3/8-21/2" OD x 4" depth tenon with 1, 2,3 or 4luminaires at 90" PTF3-(F) Pole top fitter fits 3-31/2" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4 luminaires at 90" PTF4-(F) Pole top fitter fits 31/2-4" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4luminaires at 90" ECF-SF-G2-(F) Slip Fitter Mount (fits to 2 3/8" O.D. tenon) ECF-RAM-G2-(F) Retrofit Arm mount kit ECF-WS-G2-(F) Wall mount with surface conduit rear entry permitted (F) - Specify finish Predicted Lumen Depreciation Data Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions.1-70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70%of initial lumen output. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours Ambient Temperature C Driver mA Calculated L70 Hours L70 per TM-21 Lumen Maintenance % at 60,000 hrs ®-up to ss nnAs• r�s r sir LED Wattage and Lumen Values Ordering Code ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-700-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-lA-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x ECF-S-48L-900-NW-G2-x ECF-S-48L-IA-NW-G2-x ECF-S-48 L-1.2A-N W -G2-x ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x ECF-S-64L-lA-NW-G2-x Total LEDs 32 LED Current (mA) 530 700 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 900 1050 Color Temp.' 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 t4000 4000 4000 Z4000 Average System Watts' 56 73 106 122 35 159 183 178 206 Lumen Output' 6,864 8,853 12,464 13,826 16,409 18.581 20,627 21717 24,467 32 32 32 48 48 48 64 64 Type 2 1 Type 3 Type 4 BUG Efrrcacy Lumen BUG Efficacy Lumen BUG Efficacy Rating (LPW) Output'.2 Rating (LPW) Output12 Rating (LPW) 82-UO-G2 123 6,715 BI-UO-G2 121 7,025 131-1,10-G2 126 32 UO-G2 121 8,661 B2-U0-G2 119 9,062 81-U0-G2 124 133-UO-G2 118 12,194 B2-U0-G2 115 12,757 B2-UO-G3 121 UO-G3 114 13,526 132-110-G3 ill 14,151 B2-U0-G3 116 i83 B2-UO-G3 119 16,795 B2-UO-G3 124 33 UO-63 121 16.053 33 UO G3 117 18178 33 UO-G3 115 19,018 I B2-U0-G4 120 B3 U0-G3 113 20,180 B3 UO-G4 110 - 21112 , B3 UO-G4 116 83-UO-G3: 122 21,246 B3 UO-G4 119 22228 ;B3 UO-G4 125 B3 UO (A 119 23,936 B3 UO G4 , 116 25,043 I B3-UO-G4 122 Ordering Code ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-700 NW G2-x ECF-S-32L-IA-NW-G2-x LED Total Current LEDs (mA) 32 530 32 700 32 1050 Color Temp.' 4000 4000 4000 - Average System Watts' �TT�TT11��Type 5 )Lumen Efficacy Output" Rating (LPW) 7,414 B3 UO-G2 133 9,563 33 U0-G2 � 131 13.462 84-L10-G2 127 Lumen Output'' Type 5W ---- - Type AFR Lumen BUG Efficacy Output Rating (LPW) 7,111 82-U0-GI 128 9,172 B2-UO-GI 126 12,912 83-UO-G2 122 BUG Rating B3-UO-G2 Efficacy (LPW) 129 127 56 73 106 7,175 9,255 134-UO-G2 13,030 B4-UO-G2 123 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 1200 4000 122 14,933 64-UO-G2 123 14,453 B4-U0-G2 119 14.322 83 U0-G2 118 ECF-S-48L-900-NW-G2-x 48 48 48 64 900 1050 1200 900 ---- 4000 4000 4000 4000 135 159 183 178 206 17,723 B4-UO-G2 20,069 135-UO-G3 22,279 ''.65-U0-G3 23,456 B5-UO-G3. 26,427 BS UO G3' --�- ---_1 131 126 122 132 128 17,154 19.424 1 21.563 22,702 B5-UO-G3 BS-UO-G3. B5-UO-G3 127 122 118 128 124 16,999 B3-UO-G2 126 19248�83-UO-G2' 121 ._ 21,368 B3-UO-G2' 117 22.497 B3-UO-G2, 127 --.. : -_ 25.346 83-UO-G21-..123 ECF-S-48L-IA-NW-G2-x -- ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-G2-x ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x ECF-5-64L-lA-NW-G2-x_ BS-UO-G3 64 1050 4000 25,577 BS-UO-G4 1. Wattage and lumen output may vary due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification 2 Lumen values based on photometric tests performed in compliance with IESNA LM-79. and ambient temperature. 3. Warm white color temperature will result in decreased lumen output. Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input. Measured wattage may vary due Contact outdoorlighting.applications@philips.com for details or additional information. to variation in input voltage. ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 2 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Dimensions Standard Arm (AR) Weight: 22 Lbs (9.9 Kg) EPA 0.21ft2 (.019m2) 2 4" (6cm) t (14 6cm) - -_ 5.0" u (12 7cm) 275" (69.7cm) Retrofit Arm (RAM) Weight: 24 Lbs (10.9 Kg) EPA 0 24ft' (022m') 6 (16 5cm).5" 77(73C.). Outboard IMR-HVU sensor 3.4" - !C r"—% (79cm)) - - 4 7" (11.9cm) ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 3 of 9 Wall (WS) Weight 27 Lbs (12 2Kg) EPA 0 27ft2 (025m') 2 0' (51cm) 293" (74.5cm) 6.5" (16 5cm) L 29 3" (74 5cm) — Slip fitter (SF) Weight 27 Lbs (12 2 Kg) EPA: 0.33ft2 (.031m2) 5 4" (13.6cm) 9.7" (24.7cm) �- 154"(392cm) 1 37 2" (94 4cm) — 37 2" (94 4cm) — (1270cm) (9j m) Standard Arm (AR) drill pattern 04" (104[m) 1 D" (2 5cm; 1" 10' (7 5cm) 1 (7.6cm) 04" (104cm) 14 9" 179cm) Retrofit Arm (RAM) drill pattern (379cm) TYPE SL-2 ECF-5 EcoForm small Site & Area Luminaire options DD: 0-10V dimming driver with leads supplied through back of luminaire (for secondary dimming controls by others). TLRDS: Twist Lock Receptacle with 5 pins enabling dimming, can be used with a twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRD7: Twist Lock Receptacle with 7 pins enabling dimming and additional functionality (by others), can be used with twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRDPC: Receptacle with twistlock photoelectric cell (must specify voltage). Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. Dynadimmer Automatic Profile Dimming: Automatic dimming profiles (CS50/CM50/ CE50) offer safety, median, or economy settings, for shorter or longer duration. Dimming profiles provide flexibility towards energy savings goals while optimizing light levels during specific dark hours. 50% dimming is standard. DA50 offers 50% instantaneous dimming all night (during all dark hours). 75% and 25% dimming is also available if different light levels are required (contact Technical Support for details). k ,... ., r � Economy 50% 9 hours 9 PM - 6 AM Median 50% 8 hours 10 PM - 6 AM Safety 50% 7 hours 11 PM - 6 AM Reactive 50 50% dynamic all night IMRI3, IMRI7: Infrared Motion Response Integral. IMRI module is mounted integral on driver door and is available with two different sensor lens types to accommodate various mounting heights and occupancy detection ranges (see charts for approximate detection patterns on page 7). Motion response used in combination of Dynadimmer and SiteWise are not programmable and used to override controllers schedule when motion is detected. When used not combined with any controller, IMRI is set/operates in the following fashion: The motion sensor is set to a constant 50%. When motion is detected by the PIR sensor, the luminaire returns to full power/light output. Dimming on low is factory set to 50% with 5 minute default in "full power" prior to dimming back to low. When no motion is detected for 5 minutes, the motion response system reduces the wattage by 50%, to 50% of the normal constant wattage reducing the light level. IMRI can also be specified with automatic profile dimming for the added benefit of a combined dimming profile with sensor detection, where the PIR sensor will override the dimming profile when occupancy is detected. Passive infrared (PIR) motion sensor. IMRO: Infrared Motion Response Outboard pole mounted sensor, must be specified with an available automatic profile dimming option. Combines the benefits of both automatic profile dimming and motion response using the Philips DynaDimmer technology. PIR sensor features a pole mounted Wattstopper EW-200-120-W or the EW-200-277-W. One motion sensor per pole is required (order MS-A-120 or MS-A-277 separately). Available in 120 or 277V only, IMRO sensors require single voltage 120V or 277V input (see chart for approximate detection patterns). If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at profile dimming mode specified, the luminaire returns to 100% power and light output. The luminaire remains on high until no motion Is detected for the duration period, after which the luminaire returns back to automatic profile dimming. Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes, and is field adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. The area motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height above ground, 270° from the front -center of the sensor. Pole Details: IMRO requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base, normally oriented 180° to the standard hand hole. For Philips Gardco poles, order the pole with the Motion Sensor 270" Front Coverage Distances are DCC: Dual Circuit Control permits separate switching of a specific number of LED modules. Available as an option with 2 through 4 modules. SW: SiteWise option is a fully integrated controller that connects to Philips SiteWise system in order to offer a complete area lighting management system. The communication signal is based on Philips patented central dimming technology. SiteWise delivers it deliver optimal energy savings using your site's existing cabling. No additional wiring required, installation and commissioning are simple. An intuitive, mobile app makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. Wireless systems: Controller radio/sensor module attached to luminaire arm and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor. Available with #2 lens (LLC2) for 8' to 15' mounting height" or #3 lens (LLC3) for 15-25' mounting heights or #4 lens (LLC4) for 25- 40' mounting heights. Also available with remote pod accessory where pod is mounted separate from luminaire to pole or wall (see accessories and wireless system information page 5-7). F1: Fusing Single (for 120, 277 or 347VAC) F2: Fusing Double (for 208, 240 or 480VAC) FP1: Fusing Pole Single (pole mounted near handhole, for 120, 277 or 347VAC) FP2: Fusing Pole Double approximate. (pole mounted near handhole, H = height above ground for 208,240 or 480VAC). Height FP3: Fusing Pole Canadian Double Pull (pole mounted near handhole, 1H �3H 6H for 208, 240 or 480VAC) Mounting (MSM) option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the sensor with a 1/2" NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the hand hole cover plate, then wiring connections are completed in the pole. The plate (complete with motion sensor attached and wired) is then mounted to the hand hole. If poles are supplied by others, the customer is responsible for providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole (see Gardco Poles specification sheets for more information). SPI: Surge Protection, 10kW5kA, 120-277V or 347-480V SP2: Surge Protection, 20kV/10kA , 120-277V or 347-480V HIS: Internal House Side Shield. Injection molded in black finish. Ships installed with 1 per 16 LED module. Also available shipped separately as an accessory for 2-4 LED modules. ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 4 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-5 EcoForm small Site & Area Wireless system — luminaire configuration information LLC2/LLC3/LLC4 Luminaire Mounted Controller Controller pod attached to luminaire and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor with #2, #3 or #4 lens for 8-40' mounting heights. Recommended Sensor by Pole Height Orel 35' 30' 25' 20 15' 8' �I E LLC2 I LLC3 Wireless system sensor LLCR2/LLCR3/LLCR4 Pole Mounted Controller In this configuration, the wireless controller will be mounted to the pole at a fifteen foot mounting height. The number of luminaires on each pole, as well as the specific wattage chosen, will determine how many controllers will be required. When using the wireless remote accessory option (LLCR-F) in a pole mount application, specify pole option (CL=Coupling Internal Thread, 3/4' size). Confirm required orientation of luminaire and wireless controller. Indicate height above pole base and orientation to hand hole. Recommended min pole height is 18ft, with option (CL)15ft above pole base. Other heights are possible when choosing the appropriate sensor lens type. See pole specification sheets for more information. 1. Photocell - Ambient light photocell on every wireless radio that averages the light levels of up to 5 controllers for an accurate reading and optimal light harvesting activity. - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Fc. 2. Motion Response - Detects motion through passive infrared sensing technology with three different lens configurations - Motion sensor coverage can be adjusted from a narrow to a wide detection range, which helps reduce false triggers to further increase energy savings. - Sensing profiles can be updated to adapt to activity levels in the environment, such as occupancy level, wind, and mounting height. Remote Mount Wireless Controller Used to extend the communication on site, to extend motion response and add other luminaires that are not pole mounted. Consult factory for more information. Llr!�=!!=E� 3. Wireless Radio -1.8 Watts max (no load draw) - Operating voltage 120-277 VAC RMS - Communicates using the ZigBee protocol - Carries out dimming commands from Gateway - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Ft-Cd - Transmission Systems Operating within the band 2400-2483.5Mhz - RoHS Compliant ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 5 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area SiteWise system SiteWise is a complete area lighting management system including a luminaire integrated controller, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and locally accessible user interface. Installation and commissioning are simple. The cabinet communicates with the Philips luminaires using a patented central dimming technology. The control signal is embedded on the existing electrical line — no new cabling is required. An intuitive, locally accessible interface makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules in order to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. SiteWise system diagram LAN / MR SiteWise system interface r.� • Parking lot • SiteWise has an intuitive user interface that makes it easy to plan, edit, and implement lighting schedules for your site. Authorized users can access the interface via a local app. To ensure that only authorized users can access your lighting, SiteWise offers two user types, each with different permissions. An advanced user, or administrator, can set and edit schedules using the ten pre-set scenes, assign those schedules to calendar days, and check system status. For everyday use, a basic user can manually override a schedule that is currently running but cannot create or edit schedules. SiteWise system specifications The SiteWise system includes both luminaires and controls. The controls used for SiteWise are circuit load dependent. Required for a complete installation are the following Philips SiteWise components: user interface, control kit, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and dimming signal receiver located in the Philips luminaire (SW option). Optional luminaire-integrated or external motion sensors may also be specified as required. Within the electrical closet, the control kit and dimming signal transmitter cabinet are installed into the electrical system between the existing breaker panel and the site luminaires. New LED luminaires containing the dimming signal receiver are installed on the site. Once completed, use of the interface allows for scheduling and override capabilities. Wireless access point and tablet should be supplied by others. Complete information on the control system can be found on the SiteWise website at philips.com/sitewise ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 7 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Infrared Motion Response - Coverage Patterns LLC2/LLCR2 Luminaire or remote mount controller with #2 lens 0' 8' 24' 11' 7' 3' 0' 3' 7' 11' 24' IMRI3/LLC3/LLCR3 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #3 lens 20' 18' 15' 12' 9' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 20' LLC4/LLCR4 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #4 lens 1 3 IN No ■■ 1Its 1\1 F/l11 1 J liJ 1 F11 1 I11, ■■I INN ■ ■■, ■I ■� 30' 20' 12' 6' 0 6' 12' 20' 30' 44 ft 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 30' 27' — 20' 12 6' f- 3' 0' 60' 3' 6' i I 12'�- 20' I t 27' 30' 27' 20' 12' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 12' 20' 27' 30' IMRI7 Integral motion response with #7 lens 0' --------------------------- 27----------- - - - - -- ------ 40' r..... r 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 0 10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 50' 25' t - -- + i I i 0' 100' i 25' +-- ---+ 50' _ _ 50' 25' 0' 25' 50' ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 6 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Optical Orientation Information Standard Optic Position Optic Rotated Left (90°) Optic Position Luminaires ordered with asymmetric optical systems in the standard Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Left (90°) optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below: optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left side of pole Street Side Curbline House Side Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Optic Rotated Right (270°) Optic Position Right side of pole Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Right (270°) optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left side of pole Street Side Curbline House Side Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Right side of pole Street Side Curbline — House Side Left side of pole Right side of pole o 90, 270' O O 0° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Twin Luminaire Assemblies with Type-90/Type-270 Rotated Optical Systems Twin luminaire assemblies installed with rotated optical systems are an excellent way to direct light toward the interior of the site (Street Side) without additional equipment. It is important, however, that care be exercised to insure that luminaires are installed in the proper location. Street Side Curbline — House Side Left side Right side of pole of pole Luminaire with Type-270 180' Luminaire with �o O Type-90 Luminaires with Optic Rotated Right (270") are installed on the LEFT Side of Pole Note: The hand hole location will depend on the drilling configuration ordered for the pole. Luminaires with Optic Rotated Left (90°) are installed on the RIGHT Side of Pole ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 8 of 9 TYPE SL-2 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Specifications Housing One piece die cast aluminum housing with integral arm and separate,self retained hinged, one piece die cast door frame. I Rating LED light engine rated I1366. Driver compartment rated to IP65. Vibration resistance EcoForm with Standard Arm carries a 3G vibration rating that conforms to standards set forth by ANSI C136.31. Testing includes vibration to 3G acceleration in three axes, all performed on the same luminaire. Electrical Driver efficiency (>90% standard).120-480V available (restrictions apply). Open/short circuit protection. Optional 0-10V dimming to 10% power. RoHS compliant. Surge protector standard. 1OKA per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2. LED Board and Array 32, 48, or 64 LEDs. Color temperatures: 3000K +/- 125K, 4000K, 5000K +/- 200K. Minimum CRI of 70. Aluminum metal clad board. RoHS compliant. LED Thermal management The housing design allows the one piece housing to provide excellent thermal management critical to long LED system life. Energy saving benefits System efficacy up to 1331ms/W with significant energy savings over Pulse Start Metal Halide luminaires. Optional control options provide added energy savings during unoccupied periods. SiteWise network system SiteWise system includes a controller fully integrated in the luminaire that enables the luminaires to communicate with a dimming signal transmitter cabinet located on site using Philips patented central dimming technology. A locally accessible mobile app allows users to access the system and set functionalities such as ON/OFF, dimming levels and scheduling. SiteWise is available with motion response options in order to bring the light back to 100% when motion is detected. Additional functionalities are available such as communication with indoor lighting and connection to BMS systems. Wireless system EcoForm luminaires are available with optional wireless controllers ready to be connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). The system allows you to wirelessly manage the entire site, independent lighting groups or individual luminaires while on -site or remotely. Based on a high density mesh network with an easy to use web -based portal, you can conveniently access, monitor and manage your lighting network remotely. Wireless controls can be combined with site and area, pedestrian, and parking garage luminaires as well, for a completely connected outdoor solution. Optical systems Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 5W, and AFR distributions available. Internal Shield option mounts to LED optics and is available with Type 2, 3, 4, and AFR distributions to control backlight. Types 2, 3, 4, and AFR, when specified and used as rotated, are factory set only. Mounting Standard luminaire arm mounts to 4" round poles. Square pole adapter included with every luminaire. Round Pole Adapter (RPA) required for 3-3.9" poles. Retrofit Arm Mount EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit. When specified with the retrofit arm (RAM) option, EcoForm seamlessly simplifies site conversions to LED by eliminating the need for additional pole drilling on most existing poles. RAM will be boxed separately. Listings UL/cUL listed to the UL 1598 standard, suitable for Wet Locations. Suitable for use in ambients from -40" to 40°C (-40" to 104'F). The quality systems of this facility have been registered by UL to the ISO 9001 series standards. Most EcoForm configurations are DesignLights Consortium® qualified. Consult DLC Qualified Products list for more details. Finish Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, electrostatically applied, thermally cured, triglycidal isocyanurate (TGIC) textured polyester powdercoat finish. Standard colors include bronze (BZ), black (BK), white (WH), dark gray (DGY), and medium gray (MGY). Consult factory for specs on optional or custom colors. Warranty EcoForm luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty. Philips Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty covering the LED arrays. LED Drivers also carry a 5 year limited warranty. Motion sensors are covered by warranty for 5 years by the motion sensor manufacturer. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216 or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel.800-668-9008 ECF-S_Gen2 06/17 page 9 of 9 Job: Type: Notes: Page I of 4 Poles Straight Round Steel The Philips Gardco SRS straight round steel pole consists of a one -section design fabricated steel tubing circumferentially welded to a structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts, full base cover, hand hole, ground lug and top cap. 0 PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS SRS 20 4 Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note: Gardco reserves the right to refuse a configuration. Not all combinations and configurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations. For questions or concerns, please consult the factory. PREFIX SRS HEIGHT 10, 14' 16' 20' 25', 25H' 30', 30H' I. Refers to relative strength based on wind load factors. H = Heavy. SIZE DRILLING 3" DI I Way 4" D2 2 Way 5" D2@90 2 Way at 90° D3 3 Way D3@ 120 3 Way at 120° D4 4 Way T2 2 3/8" ODTenon T4 4" ODTenon FINISH OPTIONS PP Prime Painted BRP Bronze Paint BLIP Black Paint WP White Paint NP Natural Aluminum Paint GV Galvanized (No Paint) FPGV Finished Paint over Galvanized (specify color) OC Optional Color Paint Specify RAL designation ex: OGRAL7024. Sc Special Color Paint Specify. Must supply color chip. FES Festoon Outlet For festoon Outlets andAdditional Hand Holes, indicate height above AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to original hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. Couplings Motion Response Provisions Indicate size (1 /2", 314", 1 ", 1 1 /4", 1 112".) Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Motion Response System Pole Orientataion Information on Page 4. Minimum Pole Height B 18'. Includes a 1/2" coupling CL Coupling - Internal thread placed 180' to the hand hole, 12' above the pole base. Single Mount Bullhorn Brackets Indicate height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. GM-080-19 Single - 1.9" OD GM-080-24 Single - 2.4" OD MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED Luminaires available with Motion Response Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a special hand hole with 112" coupling placed in the cover plate, 180° to the hand hole, 15' above the pole base. Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX:(512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as pan of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 PHILIPS (3p GARDCO Poles Page 2 of 4 POLE DATA Straight Round Steel CATALOG NUMBER POLE SIZE MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' ANCHOR BOLT DATA' PREFIX - HEIGHT - SIZE ACTUAL HEIGHT POLE SHAFT SIZE 100 MPH EPA -FT' 90 MPH EPA -FT' 80 MPH EPA -FT' BOLT SIZE (inches) BOLT CIRCLE (inches) SRS-10-3.0 10, 3" x 10' 6.0 7.7 10.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-3.0 14' 3" x 14' 3.3 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-10-4.0 10, 4" x 10' 12.2 15.0 19.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-4.0 14' 4" x 14" 7.6 9.4 12.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-3.0 16' 3" x 16' 2.3 3.2 4.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-4.0 16' 4" x 16' 5.9 7.4 9.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-4.0 20' 4" x 20' 3.5 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-4.0 25' 4" x 25' 1.3 1.9 2.8 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-5.0 20' 5" x 20' 7.2 9.1 11.7 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-5.0 25' 5" x 25' 4.2 5.5 7.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25H-5.0' 25' 5" x 25' 7.4 9.4 12.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30-5.0 30' 5" x 30' 2.2 3.0 4.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30H-5.0' 30' S" x 30' 1 4.7 6.5 8.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 2. SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS-30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of .I80" for increased wind loading. All other SRS poles have a wall thickness of .120". 3. Warning: Additional wind loading, in terms of EPA, from banners, cameras, floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole, must be added to the luminaire(s) EPA before selecting the pole with the appropriate wind load capability. 4. Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates. DIMENSIONS 10.5" Diameter 0.88" X I NOTE: Factory supplied template must be us4 setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardco will not he claim for incorrect anchorage placement from failui :omposite iece Full Cover 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 201 1 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. Y X 5.00" Hand Rim with Cover Nut Holder for Grounding .75„ PHILIPS ()p GARDCO 79415-19/0611 Poles Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATIONS POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is a one -section cylindrical design fabricated from hot rolled welded steel tubing with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 42,000 PSI. Pole wall thickness is .120", except SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS- 30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of. 180" . ANCHOR BASE: The anchor base is fabricated from structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate conforming to ASTM A36. The base plate telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top and bottom. ANCHOR BOLTS: Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality hot rolled carbon steel bar with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 36,000 PSI. Bolts have an " U' bend on one end and threaded on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are hot dipped galvanized a minimum length of 12" on the threaded end. Four (4) properly sized bolts, each furnished with two (2) regular hex nuts and two (2) flat washers, are provided per pole, unless otherwise specified. GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN: The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional 30% gust factor under the following conditions: The charted weights include luminaire(s) and/or mounting bracket(s) The wind velocities are based on 10 mph increments from 80 mph through 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may require special consideration. For example: coastal areas, airports and areas of special winds. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum yield strength of the material incorporated in the pole. Straight Round Steel BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely seals the entire base plate and anchorage. The base cover is secured together with two (2) fasteners. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole consists of a 2.5" x 5" rectangular tubing, steel attachment bar, steel cover and one round head zinc plated machine screw. A nut holder is welded to the hand hole and includes a .5" - 13 UNC hex head bolt and nut for grounding. The hand hole is welded in the pole shaft and located at 12" above the base of the pole. FINISH: The standard finish for pole and accessories is an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. Prime painted poles are also available. FASTENERS: All structural fasteners are galvanized high strength carbon steel. All other fasteners are galvanized or zinc plated carbon steel or stainless steel. WARNING: This design information is intended as a general guideline only. The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole, luminaire, accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and intended usage. The addition of any items to the pole, in addition to the luminaire, will dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole, luminaire, accessories, and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper analysis or product selections. Failure to insure proper site analysis, pole selection, loads and installation can result in pole failure, leading to serious injury or property damage. GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180' with respect to each other. For applications of two (2) arms at 90° or other multiple arm applications, consult the factory. WARRANTY: Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty. See Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 161 1 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 7S3-1000 FAX: (S 12) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. PHILIPS (3ij GARDCO 79415-19/0611 Poles Page 4 of 4 ORIENTATION INFORMATION FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 180° O,, 90" ' ' 270° ,O HAND HOLE O Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. For Factory Installed Options andAccessories Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION D 1 Drilled for Single Luminaire 180° Luminaire D I location • O O,. :270° OHAND HOLE O .__0. D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90' D2 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 180' O 90 O 1 0° O , 270° ED D2@90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90' Straight Round Steel Height Above Pole Base D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90° D3 O HAN�O ...00_. D3 1270° D3@120 Drilled for 3 Luminaires at 120' D4 D2@90 D3@ 120 0 #D4 D4 270° 90"' D2@90 270° 90°270^ HAND HOLE O O HAND HOLE 60°300° O from HAND HOLE from D4 Hand Hole Hand Hole 0" ..Oo_. ,Oo_. 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 p H I L 1 PS (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (S 12) 753-785S sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. ���D�O 79415-19/0611 ()p TYPE SL-3 PHILIPS 1_1C3I-I TO 1. 1 E R 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight Ordering guide SlimSurface LED is a 5/8" thick surface mounted luminaire with the appearance of a recessed downlight Easy to install into most standard i -boxes, the SlimSurface LED round apertures are available as a 5" 6501m & 7" 10001m fixture example: S5R83OK7AL Family CRI CCT Lumens Finish Dimming FW5® ® � © l 1 DiD miLJ SSR SlimSurface 8 80 7 6501m blank White blank ELV/Triac(120V) 9 90' 5" Round PK_,27001L OK 3000K 35K 3500K AL Aluminum BK Black 40K 4000K W White Z10U 0-10V (120V-277V) AL Aluminum BK Black S7R SlimSurface 8 80 27K 2700K 10 10001m blank White blank ELV /Triac (120V) 7" Round 9 90' 30K 3000K AL Aluminum 35K 3500K BK Black 40K 4000K W White Z10U 0-10V(120V-277V) AL Aluminum BK Black 1. Configurations using 90 CRI are only available with 2700K and 3000K CCT Features 1. Flange: One piece plastic flange. Injection molded white, applied aluminum or black. 2. Lens: High transmittance lens allowing for smooth, comfortable light pattern. 3. Power supply: Integral class 2 driver. Factory wired electronic LED driver (see Electrical section for specifications) 4. LED Strip: Utilizes Philips LEDs. 5. Lifetime: Expected lifetime 50,000 hours and backed by a 5-year warranty (see Phihps.com/warranties for details). 6. Compliance: Non-conductive fixture for shower light application. Electrical Electronic power supply: RoHS compliant. Class 2 power unit. Unit tolerates sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage. Dimming: Intended for ELV/Triac (120V) or 0-10V dimming (120V-277V) based on the configuration. Min 90°C supply conductors. Labels Project Location. Cat No. Type: Lamps: Qty: Notes C) Black r \ Aluminum cULus listed. Wall -mounted: damp location only. Ceiling -mounted: wet location. Title 24 (JA8-2016) on 90CRI S7R models. ENERGY STAR® certified. Electrical specifications Dimming Input volts Input frequency Input current Input Power THD Factor Power Factor Minimum Operating Temp. Slim 5" 6501m Triac 120V 50/60Hz 0.08A 9.5W <15% >0.9 -20°C 0-10V 120V 50/60Hz 0.09A 10.1W <20% >0.9 -20°C 277V 5C/60Hz 0.04A 10.2W <20% >0.9 -20°C Slim 7" 10001m Triac 120V 50/6OHz 0.13A 14.2W <15% >0.9 -20'C ff 120V 50/60Hz 0.12A 14.4W <20% >0.9 _ -20°C 277V 50/60Hz 0.06A 14.7W 1 <20% 1 >0.9 -20°C Fore more details, please see LED -Dim spec sheet. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 1 of 7 MIN111MTAR TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R SlimSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight Compatibility Installs into standard J-box applications: 1 OD so 31/2" round (plastic) 4" square (plastic) 4" octagonal (metal) 4" square (metal) Fire rated J-box Not compatible with S513 Not compatible with S5R Fire rated classification is per the ceiling and junction box ratings. Note: A 2 1/8" deep octagon junction box is recommended for through circuit wiring applications. Dimensions SlimSurface LED 5" downlight 05 1 ;/nuiI r 115mm 16mm 05%" 137 mm SlimSurface LED 7" downlight - -} 0 T 179 mm 16 mi 0 7 %' 201 mm 0 m 201 mm SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 2 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R927K7 - 10 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 266 5 263 25 10 261 15 260 736 20 254 25 239 110 30 217 35 190 118 40 160 45 118 91 50 81 55 55 51 60 40 65 30 31 70 23 75 18 18 80 11 85 4 5 90 0 Report':1053GFR Output lumens: 5231ms I Efficacy: 57.41m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 2700K Beam Angle: 87° CRI: 90min Input Watts': 9.1 W S7R927K10 - 14 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 496 5 490 46 10 479 15 464 130 20 433 25 391 180 30 348 35 309 193 40 265 45 197 152 50 135 55 92 85 60 68 65 51 52 70 40 75 30 32 80 21 85 9 10 90 0 Report': 962GFR Output lumens: 8801ms I Efficacy: 65.21m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT': 2700K Beam Angle: 83° CRI: 90min Input Watts': 13.5 W Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 11 6.0' 6' 7 7.2' 7' S IRA' 8' 4 9.6' 9' 3 10.8' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 5' 21.8 0,40 6' 14.2 0.26 7' 10.2 0.19 8' 8.5 0.16 9' 6.8 0.13 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 20 5.5' 6' 14 6.6' 7' 10 7.7' 8' 8 8.8' 9' 6 9.9' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles persq.ft. 5' 21.8 2,89 6' 14.2 1,90 7' 10.2 1.35 8' 8.5 1.13 9' 6.8 0.90 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' above floor, 80/50/20 % Reflectances Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 1 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 zr 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 w 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 « 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 1 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 U 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 60 50 48 0 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 0 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 51 41 39 ¢ 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 37 36 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 Zonal lumens 8 percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 208 39.8% 0-40 326 62.5% 0-60 469 89.7% 0-90 522 100.0% Coefficients of utilization CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90 CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI2700K = 100% 80CRI3000K = 100% 80CRI3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 p 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 u 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 0 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 cr 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 1 59 47 40 351 47 35146 351 45 351 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 356 40.5% 0-40 549 62.4% 0-60 786 89.3% 0-90 880 100.0% CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI2700K = 100% 80CRI 3000K = 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79. IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78 377-2008 Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 3 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R827K7 • 10 W LED, 80CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data 0 294 Height to Initial center beam Beam 5 291 28 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 10 289 15 288 81 5' 12 6.0' 20 281 6' 8 7.2' 25 265 121 7' 6 8.4' 30 241 8' S 9.6' 35 211 131 9� 4 10.8' 40 178 45 131 102 Beam diameter is where foot-candles 50 91 drop to 50% of maximum. 55 62 57 60 45 65 34 34 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 70 26 75 20 21 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 80 13 on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 85 4 5 5' 24.2 2.77 90 0 6' 15.8 1.82 7' 11.3 1.30 8' 9.5 1.08 Report':1054GFR 9' 7.5 0.87 Output lumens: 5811ms Efficacy: 62.51m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 2700 K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Beam Angle: 87" CRI: 80min Input Watts2: 9.3 W S7R827K10 • 14 W LED, 80 CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data 0 625 Height to Initial center beam Beam 5 618 59 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)• 10 604 15 584 164 5' 25 5.5' 20 546 6' 17 6.6' 25 494 227 7' 13 77 30 440 8' 10 8.8' 35 390 244 9' 8 9.9' 40 337 45 250 193 • Beam diameter is where foot-candles 50 170 drop to 50% of maximum. 55 117 108 60 85 65 65 65 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 70 51 75 39 41 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 80 27 on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 85 12 13 5' 24.2 3.68 90 0 6' 15.8 2.42 7' 11.3 1.73 8' 9.5 1.44 Report':964GFR 9' 7.5 1.15 Output lumens: 11131ms Efficacy: 83.11m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT': 2700 K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Beam Angle: 83' CRI: 80min Input Watts2: 13AW Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 70% 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 50 30 10 50710 50 10 50 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 105 100 95 97 92 88 'b 2 102 96 90 85 94 94 90 82 87 80 77 3 95 86 79 73 84 84 82 72 79 70 67 4 88 78 70 64 76 76 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 70 68 56 66 56 53 u 6 76 64 57 51 64 64 62 50 60 50 48 E 00 7 71 59 51 46 58 58 57 45 56 45 43 8 67 54 47 42 54 54 53 41 51 41 39 cr 9 63 50 43 38 50 50 49 38 48 37 36 10 59 47 40 35 46 46 45 34 44 34 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 231 39.7% 0-40 362 62.3% 0-60 521 89.6% 0-90 581 100.0% Coefficients of utilization CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI2700K = 84% 80CRI2700K = 100% 80CRI 3000K = 100% 80CRI3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 r 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 00 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 0! 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 449 40.4% 0-40 693 62.3% 0-60 994 89.3% 0-90 1113 100.0% CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI3000K = 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI 4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79. IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78.377-2008. Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products ShmSurfaceLED -5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 4 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R830K7 • 10 W LED, 80 CRI, 3000 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lume Single unit data 0 319 Height to Initial center beam Beam 5 315 30 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)• 10 313 15 313 88 5' 13 &0' 20 306 6' 9 7 2' 25 290 131 7' 7 EIA' 30 264 8' S 9.6' 35 231 142 9' 4 10.8' 40 197 45 146 109 • Beam diameter is where foot-candles 50 100 drop to 50%of maximum. 55 69 62 60 50 65 38 37 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 70 29 75 22 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 80 15 15 on center foot-candlesft. per sq 85 6 6 5' 26.2 3.06 90 0 6- 17.1 2.01 T 12.2 1.43 8 10.2 1.19 Report':1055GFR 9' 8.1 0.96 Output lumens: 6281ms Efficacy: 69.O1m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT': 3000K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Beam Angle: 87' CRI: 80min Input Watts': 9.1 W S7R830K10 • 14 W LED, 80CRI, 3000K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens Single unit data 0 607 Height to Initial center beam Beam 5 601 57 Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)• 10 588 15 568 159 5' 24 5.5' 20 531 6' 17 6.6' 25 480 221 7' 12 7.7' 30 427 8' 9 8.8' 35 379 237 9' 7 9.9' 40 328 45 243 187 Beam diameter is where foot-candles 50 165 drop to50%of maximum. 55 113 105 60 83 65 63 63 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 70 49 75 37 39 Spacing Initial center beam Watts 80 26 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 85 12 13 5' 26.2 3.55 90 0 6' 17.1 2.33 7' 12.2 1.66 8 10.2 1.39 Report'; 961GFR 9' 8.1 1.11 Output lumens: 10811ms Efficacy: 80.01m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT': 3000 K above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances Beam Angle: 83' CRI: 80min Input Watts': 13.5 W Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 1 70% 1 50% 30% 0- Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 m 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 Cr 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 r 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 60 50 48 E 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 0 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 51 41 39 r 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 37 36 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 249 39.7% 0-40 391 62.3% 0-60 562 89.6% 0-90 628 100.0% Coefficients of utilization CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI 3000K = 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI 4000K = 109% Ceiling 80 % 70% 50 % 30 % 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 Ill 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 ¢ 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 u 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 0 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 cr 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 437 40.4% 0-40 674 62.3% 0-60 966 89.4% 0-90 1081 100.0 % CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI 3000K = 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products. 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78.377-2008. Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 5 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R SlimSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R835K7 • 10W LED, 80CRI, 3500K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 347 5 344 33 10 341 15 340 96 20 332 25 312 143 30 283 35 248 155 40 209 45 154 119 50 107 55 74 68 60 53 65 41 41 70 31 75 23 25 80 15 85 5 7 90 0 Report': 1056GFR Output lumens: 6851ms Efficacy 75.31m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.2 CCT3: 3500K Beam Angle: 87° CRI: 80min Input Watts': 9.1 W S7R835K10 • 14 W LED, 80 CRI, 3500 K Candela Curves Angle MeanCPILumens 150 300 450 750 Report': 965GFR 60' 30' 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 639 632 618 597 558 505 449 399 345 255 174 120 88 67 52 40 28 12 0 Output lumens: 11391ms I Efficacy: 84.41m/w Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT3: 3500K Beam Angle: 83' CRI: 80min Input Watts': 13.5W 60 167 232 249 197 Ill 67 42 13 Single unit data Coefficients of utilization Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% 1 0% Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 14 6.0' Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0 6' 10 7.2' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 7 7 8.4 8' S 9.6' 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 Ill 106 100 9' 4 10.8' 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 95 92 88 'b 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 82 80 77 ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles ¢ 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 72 70 67 drop to 50% of maximum. 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 63 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 56 56 53 u 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 50 50 48 Multiple unit data -RCR 2 0 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 45 45 43 0 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 41 41 39 Spacing Initial center beam Watts = 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 38 37 36 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 34 34 33 5' 28.6 3.34 6' 18.7 2.19 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 13.3 1.56 adjustment factors 8' 11.2 1,30 Zone Lumens %Luminaire 9' 8.9 1.04 90CRI2700K = 84% 0-30 272 39.6% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 426 62.2% 80CRI 3000K = 100% above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 613 89.5% 0-90 685 100.0% 80CRI 3500K - 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% Single unit data Coefficients of utilization Height to Initial center beam Beam Ceiling 80% 70% 1 50% 1 30% 0% Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' Wall 70 50 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 1 50 1 10 0 5' 26 5.5' 6' 18 6.6' RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 7' 13 7.7' 8' 10 8,8' 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 9' 8 9.91 L 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles o: 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 drop to 50% of maximum. « 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 r 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 Multiple unit data - RCR 2 0 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 0 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 Spacing Initial center beam Watts (r 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 on center foot-candles persq.ft. 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 5' 28.6 3.74 6' 18.7 2.45 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT 7' 13.3 1.75 adjustment factors 8' 11.2 1.46 Zone Lumens %Luminaire 9' 8.9 1.17 90CRI2700K = 84% 0-30 459 40.3% 80CR12700K = 100% 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 708 62.2% above floor, 80/50/20% Reflectances 0-60 1016 89.2 % 80CRI 3000K = 100% 0-90 1139 100.0% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI4000K = 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products. 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5% 3. Correlated Color Temperature. within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round -S5R-S7R 09/17 page 6 of 7 TYPE SL-3 S5R & S7R ShmSurface LED 5" and 7" round aperture surface mount downlight S5R840K7 • 10 W LED, 80CRI, 4000K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens 0 366 5 363 35 10 360 15 359 101 20 350 25 329 151 30 299 35 262 163 40 221 45 163 126 50 113 55 79 72 60 57 65 44 44 70 34 75 25 27 80 16 85 6 7 90 0 Report': 1057GFR Output lumens: 7261ms Efficacy: 79.81m/w Spacing Criterion: 12 CCT': 4000K Beam Angle: 87' CRI: 80min Input Watts': 9.1 W S7R840K10 • 14 W LED, 90 CRI, 2700 K Candela Curves Angle Mean CP Lumens i r 150 % 60' 300 ' 450 600 ;30' 750 0 710 5 702 66 10 686 15 663 186 20 620 25 560 258 30 499 35 443 276 40 382 45 283 218 50 193 55 133 122 60 97 65 74 74 70 57 75 44 46 80 30 85 14 15 90 0 Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 15 6.0' 6' 10 7.2' 7' 7 8.4' 8' 6 9.6' 9 S 10.8' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles per sq.ft. 5' 30.3 3.54 6' 19.8 2.32 7' 14.1 1.66 8' 11.8 1.38 9' 9.4 1.10 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' above floor, 80/50/20 % Reftectances Single unit data Height to Initial center beam Beam Lighted Plane foot-candles dia. (ft)' 5' 28 5.5' 6' 20 6.6' 7' 14 7.7' 8' 11 8.8' 9' 9 9.9' ' Beam diameter is where foot-candles drop to 50% of maximum. Multiple unit data - RCR 2 Spacing Initial center beam Watts on center foot-candles persq.ft. 5' 30.3 4.17 6' 19.8 2.74 7' 14.1 1.96 Coefficients of utilization Ceiling 80% 70% 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 1 50 1 30 1 10 1 50 1 10 50 1 10 50 1 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 105 98 100 95 97 92 88 1 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 X 3 95 86 79 73 84 73 82 72 79 70 67 4 88 78 70 64 76 64 74 63 72 62 60 m 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 u 6 76 64 57 51 64 51 62 50 60 50 48 0 7 71 59 51 46 58 46 57 45 56 45 43 0 8 67 54 47 42 54 41 53 41 51 41 39 ¢ 9 63 50 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 37 36 10 59 47 40 35 46 35 45 34 44 34 33 Zonal lumens & percentages Zone Lumens %Luminaire 0-30 286 39.5% 0-40 450 62.0% 0-60 648 89.3% 0-90 726 100.0% Coefficients of utilization CRI and CCT adjustment factors 90CRI 2700K = 84% 80CRI 2700K = 100% 80CRI3000K = 100% 80CRI 3500K = 105% 80CRI 4000K - 109% Ceiling 80% 70% 50% 30% 0% Wall 70 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0 RCR Zonal cavity method - Effective floor reflectance = 20% 0 119 119 119 119 116 116 111 111 106 106 100 0 1 111 107 103 100 104 98 100 95 96 92 88 'M 2 102 96 90 85 94 84 90 82 87 80 77 = 3 95 86 79 74 85 73 82 72 79 71 67 « 4 88 78 70 65 77 64 74 63 72 62 60 5 82 71 63 57 70 57 68 56 66 56 53 v 6 76 65 57 51 64 51 62 51 61 50 48 E 7 71 59 52 46 59 46 57 46 56 45 43 00 8 67 55 47 42 54 42 53 42 52 41 39 cr 9 63 51 43 38 50 38 49 38 48 38 36 10 59 47 40 35 47 35 46 35 45 35 33 Zonal lumens & percentages CRI and CCT adjustment factors 8' 11.8 163 cone Lumens i Luminaire Report':963GFR 9' 9.4 1.30 90CRI 2700K = 84% 0-30 510 40.4% 80CRI 2700K = 100% Output lumens: 12621ms Efficacy: 94.21m/w 38'x38'x10' Room, Workplane 2.5' 0-40 786 62.3% 80CRI 3000K = 100% Spacing Criterion: 1.1 CCT3: 4000K above floor, 80/50/20%Reflectances 0-60 1127 89.3% Beam Angle: 83' CRI: 80min 0-90 1262 100.0% gOCR13500K=105% Input Watts2: 13AW I 80CRI 4000K - 109% 1. Tested using absolute photometry as specified in LM79: IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -State Lighting Products 2. Wattage: controlled to within 5 % 3. Correlated Color Temperature: within specs as defined in ANSI_NEMA_ANSLG C78.377-2008: Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. © 2016 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting North America Corporation 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 Tel. 855-486-2216 Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel.800-668-9008 SlimSurfaceLED-5in-7in-Round-S5R-S7R 09/17 page 7 of 7 Date: Approved: Type: S L - 7 Fixture: l I G H T l n G Project: QH3 FCB46O' Exterior 316 stainless steel bollard. ORDERING EXAMPLE: FCB460-120V-4k-500-SS-D SERIES VOLTAGE SOURCE/TEMPERATURE LED LUMENS FINISH ACCESSORIES FCB460 120V [ LED] 27K 3K 35K 4K 1500 Lumens ISS Stainless Steel D Dimming 0-10V 277V HID 50W MH 70W MH LD LED Dim 0-10V 1 OOW MH PE Photo Eye PL 26T 32T SPECIFICATION MOUNTING • A thick die-cast base plate is provided and anchored through with a set of three 12" length x 3/8" diameter hot dipped anchor bolts. Heavy gauge base bracketing for bollard installation. • Installation: http://tinyuri.com/jthbwvx CONSTRUCTION • Marine grade 316 stainless steel housing. • Impact resistant, UV stabilized, clear, polycarbonate diffuser. • Neoprene continuous closed cell gasket to seal out contaminants. Captive and recessed stainless steel, tamper resistant hex socket screws. LED • Lumens stated are the minimum delivered out of the luminaire. LED lifetime is greater than or equal to 70,000 hours with the lumen depreciation greater than L70. All of our luminaires are LM-80 tested and are z CR180, with a 4-step MacAdam Ellipse color consistency. Integral power supply standard. Input voltage 120V or 277V standard. FINISH • Brushed stainless steel finish. ELECTRICAL • Socket PL: Four pin plug-in type compact fluorescent lamp holder. HID: Medium base pulse rated 4KV porcelain socket. • Ballast PL: Fluorescent high power factor electronic, UL listed ballast standard. HID: Electronic ballast standard. Ballast has a manufacturer issued 5 year warranty. Electronic voltage 120V or 277V is standard. Please consult factory for other voltage options. LISTING • ETL, U.S. and CA listed for wet locations. IP65 rating. FC Lighting, Inc. reserves the right to change details or specifications without notice. Product use certifies agreement to FC Lighting's terms and conditions. 02017 K Lighting, Inc. 3609 Swenson Ave., St. Charles, IL 60174 p. 800-900-1730 f. 630-889-8106 www.fclighting.com RF Rev. 1217 FC IIGHTIf1G PHOTOMETRY FCB460 0 180 10 fro 20 150 30 150 40 140 50 130 so 120 70 80 90 100 110 DIMENSIONS FC Lighting, Inc. reserves the right to change details or specifications without notice. Product use certifies agreement to FC Lighting's terms and conditions. 02016 M Lighting, Inc. 3609 Swenson Ave., St. Charles, IL 60174 p. 800-900-1730 f. 630-889-8106 www.fclighting.com BB Rev. 216 PHILIPS (30 GARDCO Project_ QH3 Location: Cat.No Type SL-6 1 US Qty: CO Notes Philips Gardco 101 LED wall sconces feature a low -profile design that provides wide flexibility in high performance exterior wall illumination. Full cutoff performance, usable illumination patterns, and powerful wattages combine into a compact and architecturally pleasing design. 101L sconces are available in Type 2, 3, and 4 distributions, and provide output of up to 9500 lumens. Energy saving control options increase energy savings and offer California Title 24 compliance. Emergency Battery Backup option available for path of egress. Ordering guide example: 101L-32L-700-NW-Gl-3-120-IMRI2-BZ Number LEDColor- Controls Electrical Prefix of LEDs Ddve Current Generation Distribution Emergency Voltage FWsh 101L 16L 530 WW 4 0 UNV 0 TBD ML S30 530mA CW-G1 2 Type EBPC UNV 120-27N DD 0-10VDimmingDriver56 Fuzing Textured 6S0 650mA' LEE101L 101L LED 16 LEDs Cool White 3 Type 3 Emergency HW 347-480V DCC Dual Circuit Control18 F1 Single (120, 277.34NAC)'2 BK Black 700 700mA 5700K, 70CRI Generation ) Type 4 Battery Pack Cold 120 120V DynaDimmer: Automatic Profile Dimming - - o CS50 Safety 50%Dimming (7hours) F2 Double (208, 240, 480VAC)12 F3 Canadian Double Pull WH White BZ Bronze 1000 1000mA NW -GI Weather-1 208 208V CM50 Median 50% Dimming (8 hours)"' (208, 240, 480VAC)1} DGY Dark Gray 1200 1200mA Neutral White Leave blank 240 240V CESO Economy 50% Dimming (9 hours)1910 MGY Medium Gray 4000K,70CRI toomittan DA50 Ail Night 50%Dimming1 - Customer specified 32L 32LEDs 530 530mA Generation) emergency option 277 277V Photoelectrlc/Receptadesystems RAIL Specify optional Willy -GI (2 module) 650 650mA' 347 347V (Twist Lock Receptacle) color or RAL 700 700mA Warm White 480 480V PCB PhotocontrolButton510"v (ex:OC-LGPor 3000K, 70C TLRDS Twist Lock Receptacle 5-Pin" OC-RAL7024) 1000 1000mA Generation 1 TLRD7 Twist Lock Receptacle 7-Pin" CC Custom color TLRPC Twist Lock Receptacle w/Photocell"" (Must supply Infrared Motion Response systems color chip for -- ----- -- required factory IMRI2 Integral with #2lens9Q quote) IMR13 Integral with #41ens9Qu Network system (SKeWise) SW SW Integral module'" Wireless system LLC2 Integral module with #2lens'3915 LLC3 Integral module with #3lens""' 1. 650mA only available with Emergency Battery Pack Cold Rated (EBPC)option 2. 32L rated for 30°C at 1000mA 3. Available for use with 16L and 32L in 530mA or 650mA only. Rated for -20'C to 35' C. 4. Available in 120 or 277V only. 5. Not available with Dual Circuit Control(DCC)option. 6. 16L not available with Dimming Driver (DD) in following configurations 530,700 and 1200mA in 347 and 480V. 7. Not available with Dimming Driver (DD) option 8. Available in 32L with 530mA. Consult technical support center for use with photocell and CS/CM/CE/DA 9. Available in 120-277V (UNV) only 10 Not available with LLC, TLR and DCC. 11. Not available with480V. 12. Must specify input voltage. 13 TLRD5/7 option not available with I.I.C. PCB, DCC. Works with 3 or 5 pin NEMA photocell dimming. Dimming will not be connected to TLR if ordering with DD, CS/CM/CE/DA and IMRI. 14. Not available with DD, DCC or I.I.C. 15. LLC2/3 Not available with TLR, PCB, IMRI, CS/CM/CE/DA. Ships with WS accessory attached to wireless module. Not for use with LLCR accessory. 16. Not available with PCB, TLRD5/7, DCC, I.I.C. 17. SW option is not available with any other control options with the exception of IMRI2, IMRI3 motion response options 101L 06/17 page 1 of 7 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount Luminaire Accessories (order separately) Mounting accessories System accessories Wall Mount Wireless system remote mount module WS Wall Mounted Box for Surface Conduit LLCR2-(F) #2 tens -specify finish in place of (F) LLCR3-(F) #3 lens -specify finish in place of (F) Dimensions Motion Response rell NMNN�1/� (a W)reless Controls �_N Central Remote Motion Response (used connected to SiteWise main panel) MS2-A-FVR-3 MS2-A-FVR-7 Wireless system remote controller accessory Wireless system offers a remote radio/sensor module that allows to connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). Remote module can be mounted to wall or pole with j-box supplied. May be specified by choosing one of two different lenses to accommodate a variety of mounting heights/sensor detection ranges. Must specify option DD on luminaires that are planned to be used with remote mount controllers. See page 4 for Wireless system details. 7'I/4" (184 mm) It 1 16 '/e" j 9„ (415 mm) (229 mm) i 7'/4" (197mm) 16'/4" 9„ (413 mm) (229 mm) 4 V2" (114 mm) 19 '/4" (502 mm) Luminaire Weights LED Wall Sconce 101L Weight Luminaire 13.5 Ibs Luminaire - EBPC (EM battery pack) 17.0 lbs Luminaire - Integrated system controls 16.3 Ibs 8'/4" (222 mm) 101L 06/17 page 2 of 7 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount LED Wattage and Lumen Values Ordering Code LED Qty LED Current (mA) -- Cobr Temp. ----- Average System Watts' --------- Type 2 type 3 Type 4 Lumen Output'' BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) ,._ _ Lumen Output'' BUG Rating Efiacy (LPW) Lumen Output' BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) 1011.161,430-NW-Gi 16 530 4000K 28 2944 B1-1.10-GO 106 2687 1 B1-1.10-G1 97 1 2747 B1-UO-G1 99 101L-16L-700-NW-G1 16 700 4000K 101L-16L-1000-NW-G1 ! 16 1000 4000K 101L-161,1200-NW-Gt 16 1200 4600K 101L-32L-530-NW-G1 32 530 4000K 101L-32L-700-NW-G1 32 700 4000K 101L-32L-1000-NW-G1 32 1000 4000K 37 3789 81-UO-Gl 103 3458 BI-U0-G1 94 3535 BI-UO-GI 96 55 5050 81-UO-GI 92 4609 BI-UO-GI 84 4712 B1-UO-G1 86 65 5744 B2-UO-GI 89 5242 Bi-U0-G2 81 5359 81-1.10-152 83 52 5698 B2-UO-GI 110 5200 B1-UO-G2 100 5316 B1-UO-G2 102 70 7242 B2-U0-G1 103 6609 81-1.10-132 94 6757 1 81-UO-G2 96 107 9797 B2-U0-G1 92 8941 B2-1.10-132 84 9140 B2-UO-G2 86 LED Wattage and Lumen Values (Emergency Mode)3 Ordering Code LED Qty LED Current (mA) Color Temp. Ave. System Watts(charging mode) Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 1011.161.-NW-EBPC 16 N/A 4000K 14 1345 1228 1 1255 101L-32L-NW-EBPC 32 N/A 4000K 14 1754 1600 F1636 1. Wattage and lumen output may vary by +/- 8% due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification and ambient temperature. Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V Input. Actual wattage may vary by an additional +/-10% due to actual input voltage. 2. Lumen values based on photometric tests performed In compliance with IESNA LM-79. 3. For emergency EBPC option, publish values are based on initial lumens. Luminaire options DD: 0-10V dimming driver with leads supplied through back of luminaire (for secondary dimming controls by others). Dynadimmer Automatic Profile Dimming: Automatic dimming profiles (CS50/CM50/ CE50) offer safety, median, or economy settings, for shorter or longer duration. Dimming profiles provide flexibility towards energy savings goals while optimizing light levels during specific dark hours. 50% dimming is standard. DA50 offers 50% instantaneous dimming all night (during all dark hours). 75% and 25% dimming is also available if different light levels are required (contact Technical Support for details). 1 Economy 9 PM - 6 AM 9 hours 50% Median 10 PM - 6 AM 8 hours 50% Safety 11 PM - 6 AM 7 hours 50% Reactive 50 all night dynamic 50% TLRDS: Twist Lock Receptacle with 5 pins enabling dimming, can be used with a twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. TLRD7: Twist Lock Receptacle with 7 pins enabling dimming and additional functionality, can be used with twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. TLRDPC: Receptacle with twistlock photoelectric cell (must specify voltage). Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. IMRI2, IMRI3: Infrared Motion Response Integral (IMRI). IMRI module is mounted integral to the luminaire door and is available with two different sensor lens types to accommodate various mounting heights and occupancy detection ranges (see charts for approximate detection patterns). Motion response used in combination of Dynadimmer and SiteWise are not programmable and used to override controllers schedule when motion is detected. When used not combined with any controller, IMRI is set/operates in the following fashion: The motion sensor is set to a constant 25%. When motion is detected by the PIR sensor, the luminaire returns to 100% light output. Dimming on low is factory set to 25% with 5 minute default in "full power" prior to dimming back to low. When no motion is detected for 5 minutes, the motion response system reduces the wattage by 75%, to 25% of the normal constant wattage reducing the light level. IMRI can also be specified with automatic profile dimming for the added benefit of a combined dimming profile with sensor detection, where the PIR sensor will override the dimming profile when occupancy is detected. Passive infrared (PIR) motion sensor, WattStopper FSP-211, equipped with lens choice specified. Available from 120V to 277V input only. Motion sensor off state power is 0.0 watts. The FSP-211 can also be reprogrammed with WattStopper's FS1R-100 remote programming tool accessory. DCC: Dual Circuit Control permits separate switching of 32L models only, where a quantity of (2)16 LED modules are controlled independently by use of two sets of leads, one for each module. sW SiteWise option is a fully integrated controller that connects to Philips SiteWise system in order to offer a complete area lighting management system. The communication signal is based on Philips patented central dimming technology. SiteWise delivers it deliver optimal energy savings using your site's existing cabling. No additional wiring required, installation and commissioning are simple. An intuitive, mobile app makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes Wireless system:101L luminaires are available with optional wireless controllers ready to be connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). The system allows you to Wirelessly manage the entire site, independent lighting groups or individual luminaires while on -site or remotely. Based on a high density mesh network with an easy to use web -based portal, you can conveniently access, monitor and manage your lighting network remotely. Wireless System can be combined with site and area, pedestrian, and parking garage luminaires as well, for a completely connected outdoor. 1011 06/17 page 3 of 7 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount Luminaire options (continued) F1: Fusing Single (for 120, 277 or 347VAC) F2: Fusing Double (for 208, 240 or 480VAC) F3: Fusing Canadian Double Pull (for 208, 240 or 480VAC) EBPC: Emergency battery pack is cold weather rated down to -20C (-4F) and integral to the luminaire, allowing for a consistent look between emergency and non -emergency sconces. A separate surface mount accessory box is not required. Dual light engines (32L) are wired in parallel, both operating in emergency mode to meet various redundancy lamp Infrared Motion Response and Wireless system sensor coverage patterns LLC2/3 Luminaire mounted controller IMR12/LLC2/LLCR2 Controller attached to luminaire and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor with #2 or #3 lens for 8-20' mounting heights 0' 8' 24' 11' 7' 3' 0' 3' 7' 11' 24' IMR13/LLC3/LLCR3 Remote Mount Wireless Controller Used to extend the communication on site, to extend motion response and add other luminaires that are not pole mounted. Consult factory for more information. 101L 06/17 page 4 of 7 requirements. Also available with single light engine (16L). Secondary driver with relay immediately detects AC power loss and powers luminaire for a minimum of 90 minutes from the time power is lost. 20' 18' 15' 12' 9' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 20' Cnntrnllar Photocell - Ambient light photocell on every wireless radio that averages the light levels of up to 5 controllers for an accurate reading and optimal light harvesting activity. - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Fc. 30' 20' 10, 01 10' T - 2 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 10, 1a - 1 01 � I 10 20' 20' 10, 0' 10, 20' Wireless Radio - 1.8 Watts max (no load draw) - Operating voltage 120-277 VAC RMS - Communicates using the ZigBee protocol - Carries out dimming commands from Gateway - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Ft-Cd - Transmission Systems Operating within the band 2400-2483.5Mhz - ROHS Compliant Motion Response - Detects motion through passive infrared sensing technology with three different lens configurations - Motion sensor coverage can be adjusted from a narrow to a wide detection range, which helps reduce false triggers to further increase energy savings. - Sensing profiles can be updated to adapt to activity levels in the environment, such as occupancy level, wind, and mounting height 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount SiteWise system SiteWise is a complete area lighting management system including a luminaire integrated controller, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and locally accessible user interface. Installation and commissioning are simple. The cabinet communicates with the Philips luminaires using a patented central dimming technology. The control signal is embedded on the existing electrical line - no new cabling is required. An intuitive, locally accessible interface makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules in order to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. SiteWise system diagram LAN / MR SiteWise system interface • Parking lot • SiteWise has an intuitive user interface that makes it easy to plan, edit, and implement lighting schedules for your site. Authorized users can access the interface via a local app. To ensure that only authorized users can access your lighting, SiteWise offers two user types, each with different permissions. An advanced user, or administrator, can set and edit schedules using the ten pre-set scenes, assign those schedules to calendar days, and check system status. For everyday use, a basic user can manually override a schedule that is currently running but cannot create or edit schedules. SiteWise system specifications The SiteWise system includes both luminaires and controls. The controls used for SiteWise are circuit load dependent. Required for a complete installation are the following Philips SiteWise components: user interface, control kit, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and dimming signal receiver located in the Philips luminaire (SW option). Optional luminaire-integrated or external motion sensors may also be specified as required Within the electrical closet, the control kit and dimming signal transmitter cabinet are installed into the electrical system between the existing breaker panel and the site luminaires. New LED luminaires containing the dimming signal receiver are installed on the site. Once completed, use of the interface allows for scheduling and override capabilities. Wireless access point and tablet should be supplied by others. Complete information on the control system can be found on the SiteWise website at philips.com/sitewise 101L 06/17 page 5 of 7 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount Specifications Housing Main body cast housing and back plate made of a low copper die cast Aluminum alloy for a high resistance to corrosion, 0.100" (2.5mm) minimum thickness. Hinged door allows access to driver and LED compartment. Mounting Mounting is completed through integral back plate that features a separate recessed feature for hook and lock quick mount plate that secures with two set screws from bottom of Luminaire. Mounting plate is located in the center of the luminaire width and 3.5" above the luminaire bottom (lens down position). Luminaire ships fully assembled, ready to install. Light Engine Composed of 4 main components: Heat Sink/ LED Module / Optical System / Driver. Electrical components are RoHS compliant. IP66 sealed light engines. LEDs tested by ISO 17025-2005 accredited lab in accordance with IESNA LM-80 guidelines extrapolations in accordance with IESNA TM-21. Metal core board ensures greater heat transfer and longer lifespan. Heat Sink Integral door/heat sink design made of low copper die cast Aluminum alloy for a high resistance to corrosion. LED Module Composed of high performance white LEDs. Color temperature as per ANSI/NEMA bin Neutral White, 4000K nominal (+/- 275K), CRI 70 Min. Available in other color temperatures including Cool White, 5700K and Warm White, 3000K. SiteWise Network System SiteWise system includes a controller fully integrated in the luminaire that enables the luminaires to communicate with a dimming signal transmitter cabinet located on site using Philips patented central dimming technology. A locally accessible mobile app allows users to access the system and set functionalities such as ON/OFF, dimming levels and scheduling. SiteWise is available with motion response options in order to bring the light back to 100% when motion is detected. Additional functionalities are available such as communication with indoor lighting and connection to BMS systems. Hardware All exposed screws shall be stainless and/or corrosion resistant and captive. Optical System The advanced LED optical systems provide IES Types 2, 3, 4. Composed of high performance UV stabilized optical grade polymer refractor lenses to achieve desired distribution optimized to get maximum spacing, target lumens and a superior lighting uniformity. System is rated IP66. Performance shall be tested per LM-63, LM-79 and TM-15 (IESNA) certifying its photometric performance. Dark sky compliant with 0% uptight and UO per IESNA TM-15. Driver High power factor of 90% min. Electronic driver, operating range 50/60 Hz. Auto adjusting universal voltage input from 120 to 277 VAC or 347 to 480 VAC rated for both application line to line or line to neutral, Class I, THD of 20% max. The current supplying the LEDs will be reduced by the driver if the driver experiences internal overheating as a protection to the LEDs and the electrical components. Output is protected from short circuits, voltage overload and current overload. Automatic recovery after correction. Standard built in driver surge protection of 2.5kV (min). Surge Protection Each luminaire is provided as standard with surge protector (Philips designed SPl) tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.45 per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 Scenario I Category C High Exposure 10kV/5kA waveforms for Line Ground, Line Neutral and Neutral Ground, and in accordance with U.S. DOE (Department of Energy) MSSLC (Municipal Solid State Street Lighting Consortium) Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires Appendix D Electrical Immunity High Test Level 10kV / SkA. Wiring (supplied by others) Splices must be made in the junction box. Finish Five standard colors offered in textured black, white, bronze, dark gray and medium gray. Color in accordance with the AAMA 2604 standard. Application of polyester powder coat paint 2.5 mils minimum. The thermosetting resins provides a discoloration resistant finish in accordance with the ASTM D2244 standard, as well as luster retention in keeping with the ASTM D523 standard and humidity proof in accordance with the ASTM D2247 standard. RAL and custom color matching available. LED Products Manufacturing Standard The electronic components sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD) such as light emitting diodes (LEDs) are assembled in compliance with EC61340-5-1 and ANSI/ESD 520.20 standards so as to eliminate ESD events that could decrease the useful life of the product. LED Useful Life Luminaire Useful Life accounts for LED lumen maintenance. Refer to IES files for energy consumption and delivered lumens for each option. Based on ISTMT in situ thermal testing in accordance with UL1598 and UL8750, LED LM-80/TM-21, expected to reach 100,000 + hours with >L70 lumen maintenance @ 25°C. Certifications and Compliance cULus Listed for Canada and USA suitable for wet locations when mounted downward facing. cULus Listed for Canada and USA suitable for damp locations when inverted upward facing when mounted in covered ceiling application. Emergency Battery Pack option is tested and listed to UL924 and CSA C22.2 No.141-10 DesignLights Consortium qualified on models as listed on DLC QPL. Luminaire is rated for operation in ambient temperature of -40°C (-40°F) up to +40°C (+104°F). Limited Warranty 5-year limited warranty. See philips.com/ warranties for details and restrictions. Visit our eCatalog or contact your local sales representative for more information. 101L 06/17 page 6 of 7 101L Sconce LED Wall Mount LED Performance 1. Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions. 2. L70 is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70% of initial lumen output. 3. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L. hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. philips.com/luminaires Philips Lighting North America Corporation 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 Tel.855-486-2216 Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 Tel. 800-668-9008 1011 06/17 page 7 of 7 TYPE SL-1 PHILIPS ()p GARDCO Ordering guide .s r r rr/�irrsrt�.rrr �. •l�Ifrrrrr.�ry�". Project: WH3 Location: Cat.Nce Type: Qty: Notes: r� The Philips Gardco EcoForm Gen-2 combines economy with performance in an LED area luminaire. Capable of delivering up to 26,400 lumens or more in a compact, low profile LED luminaire, EcoForm offers a new level of customer value. EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit, simplifying site conversions to LED by eliminating the need to drill additional holes in most existing poles. Integral control systems available for further energy savings. example: ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-AR-5-120-HIS-MGY Number Drive LED Color - Prefix of LEDs Current Generation Mounting Distribution Voltage Controls Electrical Luminaire Finish ECF- ] 64L 1A WW-G2 AR 5W UNV DD 0 0 ECF-S 32L 530 WW-62 AR Type 120 120V DO 0-10VDimming Drfvers TB Terminal Block' RPA Textured EcoForm 32 LEDs 530mA Warm White Arm Mount 2 Type 2 --._-. 208 208V DCC Dual Circuit Controls Round Pole K Black Site and Area, (2 modules) 700 3000K, 70CRI (standard)' 2-f10 Rotated 240 240V photoelectric/Receptacle systems Fusing Adapter (fits Ada I White Small 700mA Generation 2 left 90° 277 277V (Twist Lock Receptacle) fl Single to 3"- 3.9" BZ Bronze 1A NW-G2 The following 2-270 Rotated 347 347V ---- -- PCB PhotocontrolButton" (120, 277, 347VAC) r F2 Double O.D pole)" DGY Dark Gray 1O50mA Neutral White kit,m must' kris must right 270° 480 480V UNV 120-277V TLRDS Twist Lock Receptacle 5 Pin P (208,240,480VAC) , HIS MGY Medium Gray 1.2A 1200mA 4000K70CRI Generation 2 be ordered sepomrely(see Type 3 (50/60Hz) TLRD7 Twist Lock Receptacle 7 Pin Pole Mount Fusing Internal Customer spectfied accessones) 3 Type 3 HVU 347-480V TLRPC Tt Lk Receptacle Ph Twist w/otocell' - FP1 House 4 — - RAL Specify 48L 900 CW-G2 SF 3-90 Rotated (50/60Hz) B DynaDimmer: Automatic Profile Dimming Single Side Shield optional 48 LEDs 900mA Coot White Slip Fitter left 90° C550 Safety 50%Dimming, 7 hours' (120, 277, 347VAC) , color or RAL (3 modules to SOOOK, 70CRI Mount" 3-270 Rotated CMSO Median 50%Dimming, 8 hours' FP2 Double 0, , ex: RAL7024 ( ) 10SOmA Generation 2 s (fitsto2/e" right 270° CE50 Economy50%Dimmin 9hours' FP3 Canadian Double Pull Canada Double CC color 1.2A O.D tenon) DA50 Ali Night SO% Dimming' (208, 240, 480VAC) (MustsCustom (Must su supply pPIY 120omA WS -- color chip 4 Type 4 Infrared Motion Response Systems Surge Protection for required NL 900 Wall mount with surface 4-90 Rotated IMR13 Integral with #3lens" SP1 Standard IOkA factory 64 LEDs (4 modules) 1A 1A conduit left 90° IMRI7 I Integral with #7 lens" SP2 Increased 20kA quote) 1050mA rear entry 4-270 Rotated Pole Mounted Infrared Motion Response permitted right 270° systems with DynaDimmer RAM Type CS50-IMRO with Safety 50%Dimming' s Retrofit arm S Type CM50-IMRO with Median 50% Dimming's mountkit9 CE50-IMRO with Economy 50%Dimmin 's SW Type SW DA50-IMRO with All Night 50%Dimminggs AFR Network system (SReWlse) Auto Front Row SW Integral module1" AFR-90 SW-IMRO Pole mounted motion Auto Front Row, response option Rotated left90° Wireless system AFR-270 LLC2 Integral module with #2 tens' 6 Auto Front Row, LLC3 Integral module with #3 tens's Rotated right270° LLC4 Integralmodulewith #4lens1° 11 I. Available only on 120, 208, 240, and 277 (or UNV) 2. Specify Voltage 3. Not available with 347 or 480 voltage 4. HIS not available with Type 5 or SW optics 5. DO is required for LLCR and pole mount motion sensor. Dimming leads are supplied through back of luminaire. Must be ordered separately (See accessories page) 6. DCC and LLC2/3/4 not available with any other controls 7. TB not available with DCC 8. ECF-IMRI equipped with out -boarded sensor housing when voltage is HVU (347-480V) 9. Mounts to a 4' round pole with adapter included for square poles. 10. Not available with SF and WS. RPAs provided with black finish standard 11. Limited to a maximum of 45 degrees aiming above horizontal 12. SW option is not available with any other control options with the exception of IMRI3, IMR17 and SW-IMRO motion response options 13. Available only on 120V and 277V ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 1 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area EcoForm Accessories (ordered separately, field installed) Controls Accessories ShkldingAccessories 0 Pole Mount Motion Sensor MS-A-12OV" 120V Input MS-A-277V" 277V Input Wireless systems Remote mount module LLCR2-(F)" #2lens LLCR3-(F)" #3lens LLCR4-(F)" #4lens Central Remote Motion Response (used connected to SlteWise ma)n panel) MS2-A-FVR-3 --- - --- MS2-A-FVR-7 11. DD option required 12. Not available with Type 5 or 5W optics House Side shield Standard orientation: HIS-32-HI Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HIS-48-H ° Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) HIS-64-H ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) At 90 or 270 orientation: HIS-32-V ° Internal House Side Shield for 32 LEDs (2 modules) HIS-48-V° Internal House Side Shield for 48 LEDs (3 modules) HIS-64-V ° Internal House Side Shield for 64 LEDs (4 modules) ECF-BD-G2 Bird deterrent PTF2-(F) Pole top fitter fits 2 3/8-2 1/2* OD x 4" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4 luminaires at 90" PTF3-(F) Pole top fitter fits 3-3 1/2" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4 luminaires at 90" PTF4-(F) Pole top fitter fits 31/2-4" OD x 6" depth tenon with 1, 2, 3 or 4luminaires at 90" ECF-SF-G2-(F) Slip Fitter Mount (fits to 2 3/8" O.D. tenon) ECF-RAM-G2-(F) Retrofit Arm mount kit ECF-WS-G2-(F) Wall mount with surface conduit rear entry permitted (F) = Specify finish Predicted Lumen Depreciation Data Predicted performance derived from LED manufacturer's data and engineering design estimates, based on IESNA LM-80 methodology. Actual experience may vary due to field application conditions.1-70Is the predicted time when LED performance depreciates to 70% of initial lumen output. Calculated per IESNA TM21-11. Published L70 hours limited to 6 times actual LED test hours 25"C I up to 1200 mA I >100,000 hours I >60,000 hours I >88% LED Wattage and Lumen Values Ordering Code ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-700-NW-G2-x ECF-S-32L-IA-NW-G2-x Total LEDs 32 32 32 LED Current (mA) Color Temp.' Average System Watts' TV" 2 Lumen Output'' Type 3 BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) 121 Type 4 Lumen BUG Efficacy Output" Rating (LPW) 7,025 4 B1 UO G2 126 9,062 BI UO-G2 124 12,757 B2 U0 G3 121 14,151 B2-UO-G3 116 Lumen Output'' BUG Rating Efficacy (LPW) 530 4000 56 6.864 B2-UO-G2 123 6,715 8,661 12,194 13.526 16,053 18,178 20,180 Bl-U0-G2 i B2-U0-G2 82-U0-G2 82-U0-G3 700 1050 1200 900 4000 73 8,853 B2-UO-G2 121 119 115 4000 106 12,464 133-1.10-0 118 ECF-5-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 ECF-S-48L-900 NW G2-x 48 -- ECF-S-48L-tA-NW-G2-x 48 ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 48 ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x 64 ECF-S-64L-1A NW-G2-x 64 4000 122 13,826 B3-UO-G3 114 111 4000 135 16,409 83 UO-G3 121 B2-UO-G3 B3-UO-G3 B3-UO-G41 119 _ 115 110 119 116 16,795 B2-UO-G3 124 - 19,018 B2-UO-G4 120 21,112 B3-UO-G4 116 22.228 B3-U0-G4 125 25,043 B3 UO-G4 122 1050 1200 900 1050 4000 159 18,581 B3-UO-G3 117 4000 183 20,627 -UO-G3 113 4000 178 21,717 -G3 IB3�-UO-G]ll 122 21,246 B3-UO-G4 4000 206 24.467 119 23,936 83-UO-G4 Total Ordering Code . LEDs _-. ECF-S-32L-530-NW-G2-x 32 ECF-S-32L-700-NW-G2-x 32 ECF-S-32L-IA-NW-G2-x 32 LED Current (mA) _ 530 700 1050 Color Temp.' 4000. 4000 4000 Average System Watts' 7Vpe5 Type5W Type AFR Lumen BUG Efficacy Rating Output" g (LPW) 7.111 62-UO-GI �, 128 9,172 B2-UO-GIt 126 12,912 B3-UO-G2 122 Lumen Output'' BUG Rating EBkacy (LPW) Lumen Output" P BUG Rating g Efficacy (LPW) 56 7,414 B3-UO-G2 133 7,175 B3-U0-G2 129 73 9,563 B3-UO-G2 131 9,255 B4-UO-G2 127 106 13.462 B4-UO-G2 127 13,030 B4-UO-G2 123 ECF-S-32L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 32 ECF S 48L-900-NW-G2-x 48 ECF-5-48L-IA-NW-G2-x 48 ECF-S-48L-1.2A-NW-G2-x 48 ECF-S-64L-900-NW-G2-x 64 ECF-S-64L-IA-NW-G2-x 64 1200 4000 122 14,933 B4-UO-G2 17,723 B4-UO-G2 20,069 1 B5-U0-G3''. 22,279 1 B5-UO-G3 23.456 B5-UO G31 26.427 - LBS UO_G3.L 123 131 126 ! 122 132 _ 128- 14,453 B4-UO-G2 17,154 ; B5-UO-G3 19.424 B5 UO-G3 21,563 i BS-UO G3 22,702 BS-UO-G3 25,577 .. BS UO-G4 119 14,322 B3-1JO-G2 118 B3-UO-G2 126 83-110-G2 121 B3-U0-G2 117 B3-UO-G2 127 B3-UO G21 123 900 4000 135 127 122 118 16,999 19,248 21,368 j 1050 4000 159 1200 4000 183 900 4000 178 128 22,497 1050 4000 206 1 124 25,346 1. Wattage and lumen output may vary due to LED manufacturer forward volt specification 2. Lumen values based on photometric tests performed in compliance with IESNA LM-79. and ambient temperature. 3. Warm white color temperature will result in decreased lumen output. Wattage shown is average for 120V through 277V input. Measured wattage may vary due Contact outdoorlighting.applications@philips.com for details or additional information, to variation in input voltage. ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 2 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S Site & Area Dimensions EcoForm small Standard Arm (AR) Weight: 22 Lbs (9.9 Kg) EPA 0 21ft' (019m') (12.7cm) 275"(697cm) - Retrofit Arm (RAM) Weight 24 Lbs (10.9 Kg) EPA: 0.24ft2 (.022m') 2.2" 1.3" - (32cm) t1/ 6CII1) 1cT ( 1- 6 5" (16 5cm7—, L_ 8.77".- Outboard IMR-HVU sensor 3.4" to C—N 3 .1" (7.9cm) (11.9cm) ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 3 of 9 Wall (WS) Weight: 27 Lbs. (12. 2Kg) EPA: 0.27ft' (.025m') 2.0= (51cm) L- 29 3" (74 5(rr ) 615„ (16 5cm) 29 3" (74 5cm; Slip fitter (SF) Weight: 27 Lbs (12.2 Kg) EPA: 0.33ft2 (.031m2) 5 4" (13 6cm) 9 7" (24 7cm) 15 4" (39.2cm) - 372"(944cm)-- - -- 37 2" (94 4(m) 50" 3=rC7 (12.7cm) (9 Standard Arm (AR) drill pattern 0 4" (104cm) 10" (25cm 1" (25;m) 10" 2 Sim) Ql m) 04'" (104cm) Retrofit Arm RAM; drill pattern TYPE SL-1 ECF-5 EcoForm small Site & Area Luminaire options Do: 0-10V dimming driver with leads supplied dimming profile with sensor detection, where DCC: Dual Circuit Control permits separate through back of luminaire (for secondary the PIR sensor will override the dimming profile switching of a specific number of LED dimming controls by others). when occupancy is detected. Passive infrared modules. Available as an option with 2 TLRDS: Twist Lock Receptacle with 5 pins enabling dimming, can be used with a twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRD7: Twist Lock Receptacle with 7 pins enabling dimming and additional functionality (by others), can be used with twistlock photoelectric cell or a shorting cap. Can also be used with Philips or third party control system. Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. TLRDPC: Receptacle with twistlock photoelectric cell (must specify voltage). Receptacle located on top of luminaire housing. Dynadimmer Automatic Profile Dimming: Automatic dimming profiles (CS50/CM50/ CE50) offer safety, median, or economy settings, for shorter or longer duration. Dimming profiles provide flexibility towards energy savings goals while optimizing light levels during specific dark hours. 50% dimming is standard. DA50 offers 50% instantaneous dimming all night (during all dark hours). 75% and 25% dimming is also available if different light levels are required (contact Technical Support for details). qlql�L Economy 50 % ,9 hours 9 PM - 6 AM Median 50% 8 hours 10 PM - 6 AM Safety 50% 7 hours 11 PM - 6 AM Reactive 50 50% I dynamic all night IMRI3, IMRI7: Infrared Motion Response Integral. IMRI module is mounted integral on driver door and is available with two different sensor lens types to accommodate various mounting heights and occupancy detection ranges (see charts for approximate detection patterns on page 7). Motion response used in combination of Dynadimmer and SiteWise are not programmable and used to override controllers schedule when motion is detected. When used not combined with any controller, IMRI is set/operates in the following fashion: The motion sensor is set to a constant 50%. When motion is detected by the PIR sensor, the luminaire returns to full power/light output. Dimming on low is factory set to 50% with 5 minute default in "full power" prior to dimming back to low. When no motion is detected for 5 minutes, the motion response system reduces the wattage by 50%, to 50% of the normal constant wattage reducing the light level. IMRI can also be specified with automatic profile dimming for the added benefit of a combined (PIR) motion sensor. IMRO: Infrared Motion Response Outboard pole mounted sensor, must be specified with an available automatic profile dimming option. Combines the benefits of both automatic profile dimming and motion response using the Philips DynaDimmer technology. PIR sensor features a pole mounted Wattstopper EW-200-120-W or the EW-200-277-W. One motion sensor per pole is required (order MS-A-120 or MS-A-277 separately). Available In 120 or 277V only, IMRO sensors require single voltage 120V or 277V input (see chart for approximate detection patterns). If motion is detected during the time that the luminaire is operating at profile dimming mode specified, the luminaire returns to 100% power and light output. The luminaire remains on high until no motion is detected for the duration period, after which the luminaire returns back to automatic profile dimming. Duration period is factory set at 15 minutes, and is field adjustable from 5 minutes up to 15 minutes. The area motion detector provides coverage equal to up to 6 times the sensor height above ground, 270" from the front -center of the sensor. Pole Details: IMRO requires that the pole include an additional hand hole 15 feet above the pole base, normally oriented 180" to the standard hand hole. For Philips Gardco poles, order the pole with the Motion Sensor 270" Front Coverage Distances are / approximate. 900 H = height above ground Height ��1 1H 3H 6H Mounting (MSM) option which includes the hand hole and a special hand hole cover plate for the sensor with a 1/2" NPT receptacle centered on the hand hole cover plate into which the motion sensor mounts. Once the motion sensor is connected to the hand hole cover plate, then wiring connections are completed in the pole. The plate (complete with motion sensor attached and wired) is then mounted to the hand hole. If poles are supplied by others, the customer is responsible for providing suitable mounting accommodations for the motion sensor in the pole (see Gardco Poles specification sheets for more information). through 4 modules. SW: SiteWise option is a fully integrated controller that connects to Philips SiteWise system in order to offer a complete area lighting management system. The communication signal is based on Philips patented central dimming technology. SiteWise delivers it deliver optimal energy savings using your site's existing cabling. No additional wiring required, installation and commissioning are simple. An intuitive, mobile app makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. Wireless systems: Controller radio/sensor module attached to luminaire arm and includes radio, photocell and motion sensor. Available with #2 lens (LLC2) for 8' to 15' mounting height" or #3 lens (LLC3) for 15-25' mounting heights or #4 lens (LLC4) for 25- 40' mounting heights. Also available with remote pod accessory where pod is mounted separate from luminaire to pole or wall (see accessories and wireless system information page 5-7). F7: Fusing Single (for 120,277 or 347VAC) F2: Fusing Double (for 208,240 or 480VAC) FP1: Fusing Pole Single (pole mounted near handhole, for 120, 277 or 347VAC) FP2: Fusing Pole Double (pole mounted near handhole, for 208, 240 or 480VAC). FP3: Fusing Pole Canadian Double Pull (pole mounted near handhole, for 208, 240 or 480VAC) SPI: Surge Protection, 10kW5kA, 120-277V or 347-480V SP2: Surge Protection, 20kW10kA , 120-277V or 347-480V HIS: Internal House Side Shield. Injection molded in black finish. Ships installed with 1 per 16 LED module. Also available shipped separately as an accessory for 2-4 LED modules. ECF-S-Gen2 06/17 page 4 of 9 TYPE SL-1 2S 20 15 8 II LLC2 I LLC3 }--- LL ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Wireless system - luminaire configuration information LLC2/LLC3/LLC4 Luminaire Mounted Controller LLCR2/LLCR3/LLCR4 Pole Mounted Controller Remote Mount Wireless Controller Controller pod attached to luminaire and Includes radio, photocell and motion sensor with #2, #3 or #4 lens for 8-40' mounting heights. Recommended Sensor by Pole Height 40' 35' 30' C4 +� Wireless system sensor In this configuration, the wireless controller will be mounted to the pole at a fifteen foot mounting height. The number of luminaires on each pole, as well as the specific wattage chosen, will determine how many controllers will be required. When using the wireless remote accessory option (LLCR-F) in a pole mount application, specify pole option (CL=Coupling Internal Thread, 3/4" size). Confirm required orientation of luminaire and wireless controller. Indicate height above pole base and orientation to hand hole. Recommended min pole height is 18ft, with option (CL)15ft above pole base. Other heights are possible when choosing the appropriate sensor lens type. See pole specification sheets for more information. 1. Photocell - Ambient light photocell on every wireless radio that averages the light levels of up to 5 controllers for an accurate reading and optimal light harvesting activity. - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Fc. 2. Motion Response - Detects motion through passive infrared sensing technology with three different lens configurations - Motion sensor coverage can be adjusted from a narrow to a wide detection range, which helps reduce false triggers to further increase energy savings. - Sensing profiles can be updated to adapt to activity levels in the environment, such as occupancy level, wind, and mounting height. Used to extend the communication on site, to extend motion response and add other luminaires that are not pole mounted. Consult factory for more information. 3. Wireless Radio - 1.8 Watts max (no load draw) - Operating voltage 120-277 VAC RMS - Communicates using the ZigBee protocol - Carries out dimming commands from Gateway - Reports ambient light readings to 1500 Ft-Cd - Transmission Systems Operating within the band 2400-2483.5Mhz - RoHS Compliant ECF-s Gen2 06/17 page 5 of 9 TYPE SL-1____a. _ ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Infrared Motion Response - Coverage Patterns LLC2/LLCR2 Luminaire or remote mount controller with #2 lens 0' "I 4*� , �] 24' 11' 7' 3' 0' 3' 7' 11' 24' IMRI3/LLC3/LLCR3 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #3 lens 20' 18' 15' 12' 9' 6' 3' 0 3' 6' 9' 12' 15' 18' 20' LLC4/LLCR4 Luminaire or Remote mount controller with #4 lens 1 2 3 IN E IN IN 3 %'MM' /J I I AMMI 1111 I � / 1 I 1_1., I ME IN 30' 20' 12' 6' 0 6' 12' 20' 30' 44 ft 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' zo' 10' - - I , o'� a' � I 10, 20, -i 20' 10' 0' 10' 20' 30' 27' — 20' I + r 12' 6' r 3' 0 60 3'' 6 i 12' 0' 1 30' 27' 20' 12' 6' 3' 0 TV 12' 20' 27' 30' IMRI7 Integral motion response with #7 lens 0, -------------------------------- 27 - ..--------A- T--T---T-- 0'T-r 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 0 10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 50' 25' t - -- + I I i I I 25' + ---- - t 50' - - 50' 25' 0' 25' 50' ECF-5_Gen2 06/17 page 6 of 9 TYPE SL-,1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area SiteWise system SiteWise is a complete area lighting management system including a tuminaire integrated controller, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and locally accessible user interface. Installation and commissioning are simple. The cabinet communicates with the Philips luminaires using a patented central dimming technology. The control signal is embedded on the existing electrical line — no new cabling is required. An intuitive, locally accessible interface makes it easy for authorized users to set schedules in order to meet site specific lighting needs, local regulations, and energy codes. SiteWise system diagram LAN / WiFi SiteWise system interface • 0 Pd1 • Parking lot • SiteWise has an intuitive user interface that makes it easy to plan, edit, and implement lighting schedules for your site. Authorized users can access the interface via a local app. To ensure that only authorized users can access your lighting, SiteWise offers two user types, each with different permissions. An advanced user, or administrator, can set and edit schedules using the ten pre-set scenes, assign those schedules to calendar days, and check system status. For everyday use, a basic user can manually override a schedule that is currently running but cannot create or edit schedules. SiteWise system specifications The SiteWise system includes both luminaires and controls. The controls used for SiteWise are circuit load dependent. Required for a complete installation are the following Philips SiteWise components: user interface, control kit, dimming signal transmitter cabinet, and dimming signal receiver located in the Philips tuminaire (SW option). Optional tuminaire-integrated or external motion sensors may also be specified as required. Within the electrical closet, the control kit and dimming signal transmitter cabinet are installed into the electrical system between the existing breaker panel and the site luminaires. New LED luminaires containing the dimming signal receiver are installed on the site. Once completed, use of the interface allows for scheduling and override capabilities. Wireless access point and tablet should be supplied by others. Complete information on the control system can be found on the SiteWise website at philips.com/sitewise ECF-5 Gen2 06/17 page 7 of 9 TYPE SL-1 ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Optical Orientation Information Standard Optic Position Optic Rotated Left (90') Optic Position Luminaires ordered with asymmetric optical systems in the standard Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Left (900) optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below: optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Left sidbtR,, Street SideRight side of poleof pole ,Curbline go^ 270' House Side 0° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Optic Rotated Right (270°) Optic Position Luminaires ordered with optical systems in the Optic Rotated Right (270°) optic position will have the optical system oriented as shown below (Type 5 and 5W optics are not available with factory set rotatable optics): Street Side Curbline House Side Left side of pole Right side of pole 0 0 90, 270' O O 0° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Street Side Curbline — House Side Left side of pole Right side of pole ��O O 90` 270' O O 0° Note: The hand hole will normally be located on the pole at the 0° point. Twin Luminaire Assemblies with Type-90/Type-270 Rotated Optical Systems Twin luminaire assemblies installed with rotated optical systems are an excellent way to direct light toward the interior of the site (Street Side) without additional equipment. It is important, however, that care be exercised to insure that luminaires are installed in the proper location. Street Side Curbline House Side Left side Right side of pole of pole 180° Luminaire with Type-270 Luminaires with Optic Rotated Right (270°) are installed on the LEFT Side of Pole • Note: The hand hole location will depend on the drilling configuration ordered for the pole. Luminaire with Type-90 Luminaires with Optic Rotated Left (90°) are installed on the RIGHT Side of Pole ECF-S Gen2 06/17 page 8 of 9 TYPE SLA ECF-S EcoForm small Site & Area Specifications Housing One piece die cast aluminum housing with integral arm and separate,self retained hinged, one piece die cast door frame. I Rating LED light engine rated I1366. Driver compartment rated to IP65. Vibration resistance EcoForm with Standard Arm carries a 3G vibration rating that conforms to standards set forth by ANSI C136.31. Testing includes vibration to 3G acceleration in three axes, all performed on the same luminaire. Electrical Driver efficiency (>90% standard).120-480V available (restrictions apply). Open/short circuit protection. Optional 0-10V dimming to 10% power. RoHS compliant. Surge protector standard. 10KA per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2, LED Board and Array 32, 48, or 64 LEDs. Color temperatures: 3000K +/-125K, 4000K, 5000K +/- 200K, Minimum CRI of 70. Aluminum metal clad board. RoHS compliant. LED Thermal management The housing design allows the one piece housing to provide excellent thermal management critical to long LED system life. Energy saving benefits System efficacy up to 1331ms/W with significant energy savings over Pulse Start Metal Halide luminaires. Optional control options provide added energy savings during unoccupied periods. SiteWise network system SiteWise system includes a controller fully integrated in the luminaire that enables the luminaires to communicate with a dimming signal transmitter cabinet located on site using Philips patented central dimming technology. A locally accessible mobile app allows users to access the system and set functionalities such as ON/OFF, dimming levels and scheduling. SiteWise is available with motion response options in order to bring the light back to 100% when motion is detected. Additional functionalities are available such as communication with indoor lighting and connection to BMS systems. Wireless system EcoForm luminaires are available with optional wireless controllers ready to be connected to a Limelight system (sold by other). The system allows you to wirelessly manage the entire site, independent lighting groups or individual luminaires while on -site or remotely. Based on a high density mesh network with an easy to use web -based portal, you can conveniently access, monitor and manage your lighting network remotely. Wireless controls can be combined with site and area, pedestrian, and parking garage luminaires as well, for a completely connected outdoor solution. Optical systems Type 2, 3, 4, 5, SW, and AFR distributions available. Internal Shield option mounts to LED optics and is available with Type 2, 3, 4, and AFR distributions to control backlight. Types 2, 3, 4, and AFR, when specified and used as rotated, are factory set only. Mounting Standard luminaire arm mounts to 4" round poles. Square pole adapter included with every luminaire. Round Pole Adapter (RPA) required for 3-3.9" poles. Retrofit Arm Mount EcoForm features an innovative retrofit arm kit. When specified with the retrofit arm (RAM) option, EcoForm seamlessly simplifies site conversions to LED by eliminating the need for additional pole drilling on most existing poles. RAM will be boxed separately. Listings UL/cUL listed to the UL 1598 standard, suitable for Wet Locations. Suitable for use in ambients from -40" to 40"C (-40" to 104°F). The quality systems of this facility have been registered by UL to the ISO 9001 series standards. Most EcoForm configurations are DesignLights Consortium" qualified. Consult DLC Qualified Products list for more details. Finish Each standard color luminaire receives a fade and abrasion resistant, electrostatically applied, thermally cured, triglycidal isocyanurate (TGIC) textured polyester powdercoat finish. Standard colors include bronze (BZ), black (BK), white (WH), dark gray (DGY), and medium gray (MGY). Consult factory for specs on optional or custom colors. Warranty EcoForm luminaires feature a 5 year limited warranty. Philips Gardco LED luminaires with LED arrays feature a 5 year limited warranty covering the LED arrays. LED Drivers also carry a 5 year limited warranty. Motion sensors are covered by warranty for 5 years by the motion sensor manufacturer. © 2017 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. All rights reserved. Philips Lighting North America Corporation Philips reserves the right to make changes in specifications 200 Franklin Square Drive, Somerset, NJ 08873 and/or to discontinue any product at any time without notice Tel. 855-486-2216 or obligation and will not be liable for any consequences resulting from the use of this publication. Philips Lighting Canada Ltd. philips.com/luminaires 281 Hillmount Rd, Markham, ON, Canada L6C 2S3 TeL800-668-9008 ECF-5_Gen2 06/17 page 9 of 9 Job: Type: Notes: Page I of 4 Poles Straight Round Steel The Philips Gardco SRS straight round steel pole consists of a one -section design fabricated steel tubing circumferentially welded to a structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate. The poles are finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. All poles include anchor bolts, full base cover, hand hole, ground lug and top cap. 0 PREFIX HEIGHT SIZE DRILLING FINISH OPTIONS SRS 20 4 Enter the order code into the appropriate box above. Note: Gardco reserves the right to refuse a conflguradon. Not all combinations and configurations are valid. Refer to notes below for exclusions and limitations. For questions or concerns, please consult the factory. PREFIX SRS FINISH HEIGHT 10, 14' 16' 20' 25', 25H' 30', 301H' I. Refers to relative strength based on wind load factors. H = Heavy. PP Prime Painted BRP Bronze Paint BLP Black Paint WP White Paint NP Natural Aluminum Paint GV Galvanized (No Paint) FPGV Finished Paint over Galvanized (specify color) OC Optional Color Paint Specify RAL designation ex: OGRAL7024. Sc Special Color Paint Specify. Must supply color chip. SIZE 3" 4" 5" DRILLING D I I Way D2 2 Way D2@90 2 Way at 90' D3 3 Way D3@ 120 3 Way at 120° D4 4 Way T2 2 3/8" ODTenon T4 4" ODTenon OPTIONS FES Festoon Outlet For festoon Outlets andAddrtiona/ Hand Holes, indicate height above AHH Additional Hand Hole base and orientation to original hand hole. See Pok Orientation Information on Page 4. Couplings Motion Response Provisions Indicate size (112", 314", 1", 1 114", 1 112".) Indicate GMR Provision for Gardco HID height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Motion Response System Pole Orientataion Information on Page 4. Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a 1 /2" coupling CL Coupling - Internal thread placed 180° to the hand hole, 12' above the pole base. Single Mount Bullhom Brackets Indicate height above base and orientation to hand hole. See Pole Orientation Information on Page 4. GM-080-19 Single - 1.9" OD GM-080-24 Single - 2.4" OD MSM Motion Sensor Mounting Provision for LED Luminaires available with Motion Response Minimum Pole Height is 18'. Includes a special hand hole with 112" coupling placed in the cover plate, 180" to the hand hole, 15' above the pole base. Refer to Steel Pole Accessories sheet 79415-26 for additional accessories. 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 PHILIPS (3ip GARDCO Poles Page 2 of 4 POLE DATA Straight Round Steel CATALOG NUMBER POLE SIZE MAXIMUM LUMINAIRE LOADING' ANCHOR BOLT DATA' PREFIX - HEIGHT - SIZE ACTUAL HEIGHT POLE SHAFT SIZE 100 MPH EPA -FT' 90 MPH EPA -FT' 80 MPH EPA -FT' BOLT SIZE (inches) BOLT CIRCLE (inches) SRS-10-3.0 10, 3" x 10' 6.0 7.7 1&0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-3.0 14' 3" x 14' 3.3 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-10-4.0 10, 4" x 10' 12.2 15.0 19.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-14-4.0 14' 4" x 14" 7.6 9.4 12.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-3.0 16' 3" x 16' 2.3 3.2 4.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-16-4.0 16' 4" x 16' 5.9 7.4 9.6 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-4.0 20' 4" x 20' 3.5 4.4 6.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-4.0 25' 4" x 25' 1.3 1.9 2.8 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-20-5.0 20' 5" x 20' 7.2 9.1 11.7 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-25-5.0 25' 5" x 25' 4.2 5.5 7.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-251-1-5.0' 25' 5" x 25' 7.4 9.4 12.1 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30-5.0 30' 5" x 30' 2.2 3.0 4.2 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 SRS-30H-5.0' 30' 5" x 30' 4.7 6.5 8.0 3/4 x 17 x 3 8.0 2. SRS-251-1-5.0 and SRS-30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of .I80" for increased wind loading. All other SRS poles have a wall thickness of .120". 3. Warning: Additional wind loading, in terms of EPA, from banners, cameras, floodlights and other accessories attached to the pole, must be added to the luminaire(s) EPA before selecting the pole with the appropriate wind load capability. 4. Factory supplied template must be used when setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardco will not honor any claim for incorrect anchorage placement resulting from failure to use factory supplied templates DIMENSIONS 10.5" 0.88" X I NOTE: Factory supplied template setting anchor bolts. Philips Gardc. :omposite iece Full Cover 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 201 1 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 2.50" X 5.00" Hand hole Rim with Cover .50" Nut Holder for Grounding .75" PHILIPS (> GARDCO 794 15-19/061 1 Poles Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATIONS POLE SHAFT: The pole shaft is a one -section cylindrical design fabricated from hot rolled welded steel tubing with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 42,000 PSI. Pole wall thickness is .120", except SRS-25H-5.0 and SRS- 30H-5.0 poles feature a wall thickness of. 180" . ANCHOR BASE: The anchor base is fabricated from structural quality hot rolled carbon steel plate conforming to ASTM A36. The base plate telescopes the pole shaft and is circumferentially welded on both top and bottom. ANCHOR BOLTS: Anchor bolts are fabricated from a commercial quality hot rolled carbon steel bar with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 36,000 PSI. Bolts have an " U' bend on one end and threaded on the opposite end. Anchor bolts are hot dipped galvanized a minimum length of 12" on the threaded end. Four (4) properly sized bolts, each furnished with two (2) regular hex nuts and two (2) flat washers, are provided per pole, unless otherwise specified. GENERAL POLE INFORMATION DESIGN: The poles as charted are designed to withstand dead loads and predicted dynamic loads developed by variable wind speeds with an additional 30% gust factor under the following conditions: The charted weights include luminaire(s) and/or mounting bracket(s) The wind velocities are based on 10 mph increments from 80 mph through 100 mph. Poles to be located in areas of known abnormal conditions may require special consideration. For example: coastal areas, airports and areas of special winds. Poles are designed for ground mounted applications. Poles mounted on structures (such as buildings and bridges) may also necessitate special consideration requiring Philips Gardco's recommendation. Height correction factors and drag coefficients are applied to the entire structure. An appropriate safety factor is maintained based on the minimum yield strength of the material incorporated in the pole. Straight Round Steel BASE COVER: A two-piece base cover completely seals the entire base plate and anchorage. The base cover is secured together with two (2) fasteners. HAND HOLE: The reinforced hand hole consists of a 2.5" x 5" rectangular tubing, steel attachment bar, steel cover and one round head zinc plated machine screw. A nut holder is welded to the hand hole and includes a .5" - 13 UNC hex head bolt and nut for grounding. The hand hole is welded in the pole shaft and located at 12" above the base of the pole. FINISH: The standard finish for pole and accessories is an electrostatically applied, thermally cured TGIC polyester powdercoat. Prime painted poles are also available. FASTENERS: All structural fasteners are galvanized high strength carbon steel. All other fasteners are galvanized or zinc plated carbon steel or stainless steel. WARNING: This design information is intended as a general guideline only. The customer is solely responsible for proper selection of pole, luminaire, accessory and foundation under the given site conditions and intended usage. The addition of any items to the pole, in addition to the luminaire, will dramatically impact the EPA load on that pole. It is strongly recommended that a qualified professional be consulted to analyze the loads given the user's specific needs to ensure proper selection of the pole, luminaire, accessories, and foundation. Philips Gardco assumes no responsibility for such proper analysis or product selections. Failure to insure proper site analysis, pole selection, loads and installation can result in pole failure, leading to serious injury or property damage. GENERAL INFORMATION: Mounting height is the vertical distance from the base of the lighting pole to the center of the luminaire arm at the point of luminaire attachment.Twin arms as charted are oriented at 180' with respect to each other. For applications of two (2) arms at 90° or other multiple arm applications, consult the factory. WARRANTY: Philips Gardco poles feature a I year limited warranty. See Warranty Information on www.sitelighting.com for complete details and exclusions. 161 1 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX: (512) 7S3-7855 sitelighting.com © 201 1 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. PHILIPS ()I GARDCO 79415-19/0611 Poles Page 4 of 4 ORIENTATION INFORMATION FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 180* O 90° ' ' 270° ,,• HAND HOLE O, Orientation is measured clockwise from the Hand Hole Center. For Factory Installed Options andAccessories, Specify Orientation from Hand Hole and Height Above Pole Base Where Required. STANDARD ARM MOUNT LUMINAIRE ORIENTATION DI Drilled for Single Luminaire 180° 180° Luminaire D I location D2 O O, 90*'-270° OHAND HOLE O .00 . D4 Drilled for 4 Luminaires at 90' D4 O O D4 D4 270° OHAND HOLE O D4 0° O O 0` ' 270' OHAND HOLE O D2 0° D2@90 Drilled for 2 Luminaires at 90' 180° D2@90 O O . DHAND HOLE O ..Do_ 1611 Clovis Barker Road, San Marcos,TX 78666 (800) 227-0758 (512) 753-1000 FAX:(512) 753-7855 sitelighting.com © 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All Rights Reserved. Philips Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. 79415-19/0611 Straight Round Steel Height Above Pole Base D3 Drilled for 3 Luminaires @ 90° D3 D3 1270" O HAN�O ---o; D3@120 Drilled for 3 Luminaires at 120` 60- from Hand Hole PHILIPS O , 270" 300- from Hand Hole ()p GARDCO ��T I, I ea 34,480 s.f. 'arking 28,530 s.f 82.7% aped Islands 5,950 s.f. 17.3% ME Krebs 8 Lansing Conwltirp Engineers, Inc. 1 E4 Mein Street, Suite 201 Cdtlrester, VT 054/fi L T (802) 87"375 F(802)878-9818 .-uIQkrebw1d1..hV.— KL PROJECT NO.: 13234 / 13234 OH3 Ske�hes.dvg Rev. Date Comment 1 12/8/17 Revise layout 2 3/21/18 Revise layout ISSUED: 9/11 /17 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlin ton T-4 Parking Lot Landscape Requirements Permitting Only SK-8 L w.a a Cgnu Itft Eggkg 'I rc' 18cll M6 Ie 8b3WPot Cdd1rM, VT OSMB T:(8oY)8TBJ73T8 F: I.)$78-ogle NL PROJECT NO.: 13234113234 CM SkeWhwdwg Rev. Date Comment 1 1/24/18 Revise pavement edges 2 3/21/18 Revise per SBFD ISSUED: 1110/18 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlington Fire Dept. Turning Requirements Permitting Only SK-9 Lamoureux St Dickinson Engineers Surveyors Planners Wetland 8 Soil Scientists September 7, 2017 Ralph Deslauriers, II Cupola Golf Course, Inc. 270 Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05403 RE: Proposed QHC Lot 3 Development Traffic Impacts Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington Dear Ralph, As requested, we have examined the potential trip generation of the proposed development of QHC Lot #3 of the Quarry Hill planned unit development. The proposed land -uses on Lot #3 include: • 88 apartment units (in two buildings of 40 and 48 apt. each) • 5,000 sf retail (in a third building) • 2,000 sf restaurant (also in the third building) The above development will add to the 202 apartment units and the 120 bed assisted living facility that have been constructed to date in the Quarry Hill PUD. The traffic impacts of the Quarry Hill PUD were last analyzed in a Traffic Impact Assessment (TIA) prepared by this office dated January 8, 2013. That TIA examined the impact of a build -out scenario that generated 169 and 218 vehicle trip ends per hour (vte/hr), respectively, during the morning and afternoon peak hours. The introduction on Lot #3 of a mix of residential, restaurant and retail land -uses into the Quarry Hill PUD will generate "internal capture trips"; which in turn reduces the number of external vehicular trips entering and exiting via Spear St. The ITE has developed a methodology' for estimating the internal capture of pm peak hour trips between differing land -uses. The same methodology also incorporates modal -split calculations to account for non -vehicular travel. Far this Project, it wds estimated that 5% of the residential trips would be non -motorized trips, and that all retail and restaurant trips would be vehicular trips. Tables 1 and 2 present updated trip generation calculations' for this Project. Table 2, in particular, incorporates the above internal capture trip calculations. Detailed calculations are also enclosed. 1 Trip Generation Handbook, Institute of Transportation Engineers, 3`d Edition 2 Trip Generation, Institute of Transportation Engineers, 9th Edition 14 Morse Drive, Essex, VT 05452 802 878,4450 www.LDengineering.com ♦ Innovative Solutions ♦ Quality Service Ralph Deslauriers, II September 7, 2017 Page 2 Table 1 - Existing Peak Hour Trips ITE Land -Use Category AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total Existing #220 - Apartments (202 units) 21 82 103 84 45 129 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 Total 36 89 125 101 63 164 Table 2 - Proposed Peak Hour Trips AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total ITE Land -Use Category Proposed #220 - Apartments (290 units) 25 101 126 101 54 155 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 #826 - Specialty Retail Center (5,000 sf) 0 0 0 6 8 14 #932 - Restaurant -High Turnover (2,000 sf) 12 10 22 12 8 20 Total 56 134 190 150 96 246 Internal Capture Vehicle Trips 2 1 3 9 9 1 18 External Non -Motorized Trips 1 6 7 6 3 9 Total External Vehicle Trips 53 126 180 135 84 219 The results of the above analyses indicate that the proposed development on Lot 3 will cause the peak hour trip generation to exceed the 2013 TIA estimated trips by one (1) vehicle trip end (219 vs. 218) during the critical pm peak hour. The 2013 TIA also included intersection capacity analyses that utilized background traffic volumes projected out to the year 2020. At the time the TIA was prepared, VTrans was projecting zero growth in urban area background traffic volumes from 2013 to 2020. Table 2 presents the AADT's (annual average daily traffic volumes) recorded at Station D086 on Spear St (south of Quarry Hill Rd). The data indicates that traffic volumes on this section of Spear St actually declined from 2013 to 2016. Table 2 - Spear St. Traffic Volumes Year I AADT (vpd) 2009 4,900 2013 5,100 2016 4,900 Ralph Deslauriers, II September 7, 2017 Page 3 In its most recent traffic projections3, Wrans estimates a 2.0% traffic growth rate from 2016 to 2020. Applying that to the 2016 AADT shown in Table 2 results in a projected 2020 AADT of 5,000 vpd: still less than the observed 2013 AADT. More importantly, comparing the existing (2016) peak hour volumes on Spear St indicate that they are considerably less than the year 2020 design hour volumes used in the 2013 Quarry Hill PUD TIA. This will be true even after the proposed additional trips generated by the development of Lot #3 are added. In conclusion, it is our opinion that the proposed development on Lot #3 will not alter the analyses and conclusions of the 2013 TIA for the Quarry Hill PUD. Should you have any questions concerning the above, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, Rog r Dickinson, PE, PTOE P:\2012\12103\QHC Lot 3 traffic.wpd 3 Continuous Traffic Counter Report, Vermont Agency of Transportation, August 2017 NCHRP 684 Internal Trip Capture Estimation Tool Project Name: Quarry Hill PUD Organization: L&D Project Location: South Burlington _ Performed By:Roger Drolunson Scenario Description: Lot 3 Dater 9/6/2017 Analysis Year: Checked By: Analysis Period: AM Street Peak Hour Date: r Table 1-A: Base Vehicle -Trip Generation Estimates (Single -Use Site Estimate) Land Use Development Data (For Information Only) Estimated Vehicle -Trips' ITE LUCs' Quantity Units Total Entering Exiting Office — 0 Retail 826 5,000 0 0 0 Restaurant 932 2,000 22 12 10 Cinema/Entertainment _ 0 Residential 220 290 146 29 Hotel _ 0 :—:17 AIl Other Land Uses2 254 120 - - 22 15 190 56 _ Table 2-A: Mode Split and Vehicle Occupancy Estimates Land Use _ _. Entering Trips — Exiting Trips Veh. OCC 4 % Transit % Non -Motorized Veh. OCC.4 % Transit % Non -Motorized Office Retail 100 0% 0% 1.00 0% 0% Restaurant 1.00 0% 0% 1.00 0% 0% Cinema/Entertainment Residential 1.00 0% 5% 1.00 0% 5% Hotel All Other Land Uses' Table 3-A: Average Land Use Interchange Distances (Feet Walking Distance) Origin (From) Destination To ( ) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office Retail Restaurant k Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Table 4-A: Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix' Origin (From) _ Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 Restaurant 0 .. 0 0 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment T 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 0 0 2 0 t 0 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 Table 5-A: Computations Summary Total Entering Exiting All Person -Trips Internal Capture Percentage 190 2% 56 4% 134 _ 1% External Vehicle-Trips6 179 53 126 External Transit-Trips6 0 0 0 External Non -Motorized Trios' 1 7 1 6 Table 6-A: Internal Trip Capture Percentages by Land Use Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Trips Office NIA NIA Retail N/A N/A Restaurant 17% 0% Cinema/Entertainment N/A N/A Residential 0% 2% Hotel N/A NIA 'Land Use Codes (LUCs) from Trip Generation Manual, published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers. ZTotal estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator. 'Enter trips assuming no transit or non -motorized trips (as assumed in ITE Trip Generation Manual) °Enter vehicle occupancy assumed in Table 1-A vehicle trips If vehicle occupancy changes for proposed mixed -use project, manual adjustments must be made to Tables 5-A, 9-A (0 and D). Enter transit, non -motorized percentages that will result with proposed mixed -use project complete. sVehicle-trips computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-A 6Person-Trips — - "indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. Estimation Tool Developed by the Texas A&M Transportation Institute - Version 2013.1 Project Name: ( Quarry Hill PUD Analysis Period: AM Street Peak Hour Table 7-A: Conversion of Vehicle -Trip Ends to Person -Trip Ends Land Use Table 7-A (D). Entering Trips Table 7-A (0), Exiting Trips Veh Occ. Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips' Veh Occ Vehicle -Trips Person -Trips` Office 1.00 0 0 100 0 0 Retail 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Restaurant 1.00 12 12 1.00 10 10 Cinema/Entertainment 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 -6 Residential 1.00 29 29 1 1.00 117 117 Hotel 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Table 8-A (0): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Origin) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant ( Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0 0 ( 0 0 0 Retail 0 k ::: 0 ( 0 0 0 Restaurant 3 I 1 0 0 0 CinemalEntertainment 0 _ I- 0 0 ---- 0 Residential Hotel 2 0 �( 1( 0 �23 ( ( 0 (.:. 0 -- ( o 0 Table 8-A (D): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Destination) Origin (From) Destination To ( ) Office Retail ( Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 0 3 0 Retail 0 _ 6 0 1 --. 0 Restaurant 0 0 0 -_ Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 1 0 -- - - Residential 0 0 2 0 0 0 —_ Hotel 0 ( 0 ( 1 0 0 0 Table 9-A (D): Internal and External Trips Summary (Entering Trips) Destination Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode` Intemal External Total Vehicles' Transit2 Non•Motorized2 Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 0 0 0 0 0 0 Restaurant 2 10 12 10 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 0 29 29 28 0 1 Hotel p 0 0 0 0 0 All Other Land Uses' 0 15 15 15 0 0 Table 9-A (0): Internal and External Trips Summary (Exiting Trips) Origin Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode' Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit2 Non -Motorized' Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 0 0 0 p 0 0 Restaurant 0 10 10 10 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential ? 115 117 109 0 6 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 0 All Other Land Uses' 0 7 7 7 0 0 JVeh+cle-tri s computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-A `Person -Trips 1Olal estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator 'indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. NCHRP 684 Internal Trip Capture Estimation Tool Project Name: Quarry HiII PUD Organization: L&D — Project Location: ----South Burlington --� Performed By: Roger Dickinson Scenario Description: i Lot 3 —� Date: 9/6/2017 Analysis Year: Checked By: Analysis Period: PM Street Peak Hour Date: Table 1-P: Base Vehicle -Trip Generation Estimates (Single -Use Site Estimate) Land Use Development Data (For Information Only) Estimated Vehicle-Trips3 ITE LUCs' Quantity _ Units Total Entering Exiting Office _ sf 0 Retail 826 5,000 sf 14 6 6 Restaurant 932 2,000 sf 20 12 8 Cinema/Entertainment 0 Residential 220 290 units 177 115 62 Hotel 0 All Other Land Uses` 254 120 beds 35 17 18 246 150 96 Table 2-P: Mode Split and Vehicle Occupancy Estimates Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Trips Veh. Occ.' % Transit % Non -Motorized Veh. Occ.' % Transit % Non -Motorized Office Retail 1.00 0% 0°% 1.00 0% 0% Restaurant 1.00 0% 0% 1.00 0% 0% Cinema/Entertainment Residential 1.00 0°% 5% 7.00 0% 5% Hotel All Other Land Usesz Table 3-P: Average Land Use Interchange Distances (Feet Walking Distance) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential Hotel Office 500 500 _ 1000 Retail 1000 Restaurant 1000 Cinema/Entertainment Residential j 1000 1000 k Hotel Table 4-P: internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix* Origin (From) —_ Destination (To) _ Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Office 0 0 0 Retail 0 2Restaurant 03 0Cinema/Entertainment W'O 0 0 0 Residential 0 0 1I0 Hotel 0 0 0 0 0 Table 5-P: Computations Summary Total Entering Exiting All Person -Trips 246 150 96 Internal Capture Percentage 7% 6% 9% External Vehicle-Tri s5 219 135 84 External Transit -Trips' 0 0 0 External Non -Motorized Trips6 9 6 3 Table 6-P: Internal Trip Capture Percentages by Land Use Land Use Entering Trips Exiting Irlps Office N/A N/A Retail 50% 50% Restaurant 25% 50% Cinema/Entertainment N/A N/A Residential 3% 2% Hotel N/A N/A 'Land Use Codes (LUCs) from Trip Generation Manual, published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers. `Total estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to Internal trip capture computations in this estimator. 3Enter trips assuming no transit or non -motorized trips (as assumed in ITE Trip Generation Manual). 'Enter vehicle occupancy assumed in Table 1-P vehicle trips If vehicle occupancy changes for proposed mixed -use project, manual adjustments must be made `'Vehicle -trips computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-P. 6Person-Trips 'Indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number. Estimation Tool Developed by the Texas A&M Transportation Institute - Version 2013.1 P:Q012\12103\ITF Mixed I law Trine am., nmi , Project Name: I Quarry Hill PUD Analysis Period: I PM Street Peak Hour Table 7-P: Conversion of Vehicle -Trip Ends to Person -Trip Ends Land Use Table 7-P (D): Entering Trips Table 7-P O Exiting Trips ( )� 9 P Veh Occ, Vehicle -Trips I Person -Trips' Veh. Occ Vehicle -Trips I Person -Trips` Offce 1.00 0 0 1.00 0 0 Retail 1.00 6 I 6 1.00 8 8 Restaurant 1.00 12 I 12 1.00 I 8 8 Cinema/Entertainment 1.00 I 0 1 0 100 0 I 0 Residential 1.00 115 I 115 —_.r 1.00 62 62 Hotel 1.00 I 0 0 1.00 0 0 Table 8-P (0): Internal Person -Trip Origin-Destinatlon Matrix (Computed at Origin) Origin (From) _ Destination (To) Office I Retail Restaurant I Cinema/Entertainment I Residential I Hotel Office 0 0 0 I 0 0 Retail p I 2 p 2 0 Restaurant 0 I 3 1 1 I 1 Cinema/Entertainment 0 I 0 0 — I p I 0 Residential 2 I 20 10 — 0 2 Hotel 0 0 I 0 I 0 p ... Table 8-P (D): Internal Person -Trip Origin -Destination Matrix (Computed at Destination) Origin (From) Destination (To) Office Retail Restaurant Cinema/Entertainment Residential I Hotel Office 0 0 0 5 I 0 Retail 0 L. 3 0 53 0 Restaurant 0 I 3 0 I 18 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 I 0 5 I 0 Residential 0 I 0 I 1 0 0 Hotel 0 0 1 0 I 0 Table 9-P (D): Internal and External Trips Summary (Entering Trips) Destination Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode' Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit Non -Motorized' Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 3 3 6 3 0 0 Restaurant 3 9 12 9 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 0 0 0 0 0 Residential 3 112 115 106 0 6 Hotel 0 1 0 0 0 p 0 0 All Other Land Uses3 0 17 17 0 0 Table 9-P (0): Internal and External Trips Summary (Exiting Trips) Origin Land Use Person -Trip Estimates External Trips by Mode' Internal External Total Vehicles' Transit Non -Motorized' Office 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail 4 4 8 4 0 0 Restaurant 4 4 8 4 0 0 Cinema/Entertainment 0 p p 0 0 0 Residential 1 61 62 58 0 3 Hotel _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 All Other Land Uses3 0 1 18 1 18 16 0 0 'Vehicle -trips computed using the mode split and vehicle occupancy values provided in Table 2-P 2Person-Trips - 'Total estimate for all other land uses at mixed -use development site is not subject to internal trip capture computations in this estimator 'Indicates computation that has been rounded to the nearest whole number Table 7.1a Adjusted Internal Trip Capture Rates for Trip Origins within a Multi -Use Development Land Use Pairs Weekday AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour From OFFICE To Office 0.0% 0.0% To Retail 28.0% 18.2% To Restaurant 63.0% 3.6% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 1.0% 1.9% To Hotel 0.0% 0.0% From RETAIL To Office 29.0% 2.0% To Retail 0.0% 0.0% To Restaurant 13.0% 29.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% To Residential 14,0% 24.2% To Hotel 0.0% 5.0% From RESTAURANT To Office 31.0% 3.0% To Retail 14.0% 41.0% To Restaurant 0.0% 0.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 8.0% To Residential 4.0% 16.7% To Hotel 3.0% 7.0% From CINEMA/ENTERTAINMENT To Office 0.0% 2.0% To Retail 0.0% 21.0% To Restaurant 0.0% 31.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 8.0% To Hotel 0.0% 2.0% From RESIDENTIAL To Office 2.0% 4.0% To Retail 1.0% 31.9% To Restaurant 20.0% 16.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 0.0% To Hotel 0.0% 3.0% From HOTEL To Office 75.0% 0.0% To Retail 14.0% 16.0% To Restaurant 9.0% 68.0% To Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% To Residential 0.0% 2.0% To Hotel 0.0% 0.0% Table 7.2a Adjusted Internal Trip Capture Rates for Trip Destinations within a Multi -Use Development Land Use Pairs Weekday AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour To OFFICE From Office 0.0% 0.0% From Retail 4.0% 31.0% From Restaurant 14.0% 30.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 6.0% From Residential 3.0% 57.0% From Hotel 3.0% 0.0% To RETAIL From Office 32.0% 7.3% From Retail 0.0% 0.0% From Restaurant 8.0% 50.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% From Residential 17.0% 7.6% From Hotel 4.0% 2.0% To RESTAURANT From Office 23.0% 1.8% From Retail 50.0% 29.0% From Restaurant 0.0% 0.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 3.0% From Residential 20.0% 10.6% From Hotel 6.0% 5.0% To CINEMA/ENTERTAINMENT From Office 0.0% 1.0% From Retail 0.0% 26.0% From Restaurant 0.0% 32.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 0.0% From Residential 0.0% 0.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% To RESIDENTIAL From Office 0.0% 4.0% From Retail 2.0% 46.0% From Restaurant 5.0% 16.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 4.0% From Residential 0.0% 0.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% To HOTEL From Office 0.0% 0.0% From Retail 0.0% 17.0% From Restaurant 4.0% 71.0% From Cinema/Entertainment 0.0% 1.0% From Residential 0.0% 12.0% From Hotel 0.0% 0.0% Lamoureux &t Dickinson Engineers Surveyors January 3, 2018 Ralph Deslauriers, II Cupola Golf Course, Inc. 270 Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05403 RE: QHC Lot 3 & Traffic Signal Warrants Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington Dear Ralph, Planners Wetland & Soil Scientists As requested, we have examined the peak hour traffic that will result upon completion of the proposed development of QHC Lot #3 of the Quarry Hill planned unit development with regards to Warrant 2 - Four -Hour Vehicular Volume and Warrant 3 - Peak Hour of the warrants for signalization at the Spear St/Quarry Hill Rd intersection. Traffic volumes on Spear Street south of Quarry Hill Rd were counted in 2013 and again in 2016 by VTrans at Automatic Traffic Recorder Count D086. The observed maximum peak hour volumes shown in Table 1 increased by approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. Table 1 - Spear St Volumes Year I AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour 2013 652 I 669 2016 672 I 688 The most recent available turning movement counts at the Spear St/Quarry Hill Rd intersection were performed by this office on December 10-11, 2012. Turning movement counts typically better capture peak hour volumes than do automatic traffic recorder counts because the data is collected in 15-minute intervals instead of 60 minute intervals. The results of the December 10-11, 2012 turning movement counts reflect this, as peak hour volumes of 713 vph and 630 vph were observed on Spear Street south of Quarry Hill Rd during the am and pm peak hours, respectively. There were 77 units in Horizon Heights plus 96 units in Quarry Hill, for a total of 173 residential units on Quarry Hill Rd at the time of the above turning movement count. Table 2 shows that the observed am and pm peak hour traffic entering and exiting Quarry Hill Rd closely matched the estimated trips for those units from the ITE Trip Generation manual. 14 Morse Drive, Essex, VT 05452 802.878.4450 www.LDengineenng.com ♦ Innovative Solutions ♦ Quality Service Ralph Deslauriers, II January 3, 2018 Page 2 Table 2 - Quarry Hill Rd Volume Comparison Peak Hour Count ITE Estimate AM 86 (68 exit) 88 (70 exit) PM 123 (44 exit) 113 (40 exit) To examine the two above -referenced signal warrants at this intersection, we first increased the maximum peak hour volume of through traffic on Spear Street by 5% to approximately 750 vph. Secondly, we calculated the future peak hour volumes exiting Quarry Hill Rd shown in Table 3 using ITE trip generation rates. Table 3 - Future Quarry Hill Rd Peak Hour Trips AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour Horizon Heights 39 (31 exit) 50 (18 exit) Quarry Hill Club' 180 (126 exit) 219 (84 exit) Total 219 (157 exit) 269 (102 exit) From the above, the worst case volume scenario is 750 vph through traffic on Spear St and 157 vph exiting Quarry Hill Rd. Those volumes were used to examine the attached signal warrant figures, whereupon it is evident that: a) While the foregoing volumes come close to satisfying one hour of Warrant 2 -Four Hour Vehicular Volume, traffic volumes fall off sharply during other hours; thus the required number of hours will be insufficient to satisfy this warrant. b) The foregoing volumes fall considerably short of satisfying Warrant 3 - Peak Hour. Should you have any questions concerning the above, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, Ro r Dickinson PE PTOE enclosures P:\2012\12103\QHC Lot 3 signal warrant letter.wpd 1 from Table 2 of the September 7, 2017 Traffic Impact letter prepared by this office Page 440 500 400 MINOR STREET 300 HIGHER - VOLUME APPROACH- 200 VPH 100 Figure 4C-1. Warrant 2, Four -Hour Vehicular Volume T 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES 2 OR MORE LANES & 1 LANE ,1 LANE & 1'LANE 2009 Edition 115" 80' 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) `Note: 115 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 80 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Figure 4C-2. Warrant 2, Four -Hour Vehicular Volume (70% Factor) (COMMUNITY LESSTHAN 10,000 POPULATION OR ABOVE 40 MPH ON MAJOR STREET) 400 1 1 , , , 300 MINOR STREET HIGHER- 200 VOLUME APPROACH- VPH 100 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES I >< 1 � � I 2 OR MORE LANES & 1 LANE __Z ,1 LANE & 1 LAIN 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 80 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 60 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Sect. 4C.04 December2009 2009 Edition 600 500 MINOR STREET 400 HIGHER- VOLUME 300 APPROACH- VPH 200 161 100 Figure 4C-3. Warrant 3, Peak Hour 0021010i�_ I I I I E Page 441 150' 100* 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 150 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 100 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Figure 4C-4. Warrant 3, Peak Hour (70% Factor) (COMMUNITY LESS THAN 10,000 POPULATION OR ABOVE 40 MPH ON MAJOR STREET) 400 MINOR STREET 300 HIGHER - VOLUME APPROACH- 200 VPH 100 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 lIOR MORE LANES — /2 O I MORE LANES & 1 LAINE ,1 LANE & 1 LANE 100* 75' 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 100 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 75 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. December 2009 Sect. 4C.04 ELEV. 34L ELEV. I I I I I I 34LI I I I — — — — ELEV 34L I I ( o BLDG ELEV 342 --- -- --- - - B - ------------ I _ i BtDCT A ELEV. 344 / V BLDG B \s/ u ELEV- 346 ELEV- / \ 346 / / 33 W 02/2=344 AVE. GRADE STORAGE F.FL - 341.8 AVE - 34L ELEV DIFF= I.8' / I ELEV- 344 ELEV- 344 / / L88/2=344 eve. grade FTL - 341.8 AVE-AV340.15 j ELEV DIFF= 3.8' BLD4 A ELEV / 331.5 j j BLDG A i j ELEV- 331.5 / ELEV- 344 / / 681.5/2=340.15 F.FL - 344.5 AVE - 340.15 AVE. GRADE / ELEV DIFF= 3.15' 34 BIKE STI INC. 2- COMM" / j ;' 03-21—I8 COORDINATION OF CONNECTOR BETWEEN BUILDING AtB 01-10-18 MISC PARKING COORDINATION Dal. 12/19/1'1 Project Name: QHC RAMP LOT BUILDING "C„ South Burlington, Vermont Sc,Mai/8" =I,—o° One- By. R. Name: Sheet TIN.: PRE -CONSTRUCTION GRADE- REV INNOVATIVE DESIGN, INC. 8 CARMICHAEL STREET, SUITE 104 I2i08i11 Propat Na— RAMP LOT TRASH ENCLOSURE g "t Nanb— sodaQHC 1�8• =1,—�• Drawn By:South IDIESSEX JCT., VT. 05452 Burlington, Vermont D 2 0 PNOM (802) 972-a{.70 e FAX e72-e.7�7 Fnwk nnA.w..e-.n Flw Nano 9hwwl TM. ELEVATIONS COMPOSITE TRIM CEMENT BOARD SIDING TOP PLATE SLAB 1090 0/H DOOR 1090 0/H DOOR 4090 0/H DOOR FRONT ELEVATION va• = r-o• 1'-0• X 8.-0. OPENING FOR — VENTING. PROVIDE SCREEN IN OPENING %O� TRASH SIDE ELEV ON GRADE Product DoubleUp Single Sided Rack Model: 543-4010 Materials and Benefits: 11 gauge steel 1/4" x 2" flat steel hook mounts 3/4" solid steel locking bar 7/16" holes to accommodate 3/8" bolt 2" x 2" square support bars Finishes: Powder Coat Our powder coat finish assures a high level of adhesion and durability by following these steps: 1. Sanded Down 2. Washed and Dried 3. Zinc Primer 4. Powder Coat 5. UV Clear Topcoat Size Options: 2 Rack / 4 Bike (41" Span, Approx 55" w/bikes) 3 Rack / 6 Bike (67" Span, Approx 81" w/bikes) 4 Rack / 8 Bike (93" Span, Approx 108" w/bikes) 5 Rack / 10 Bike (119" Span, Approx 134" w/bikes) Color Options: Standard Color Black Mount Options: Free Standing Space Recommendations: Distance from ground to bottom of rack: 42" Ceiling height: Minimum 95" Side wall to rack center: Minimum 20", recommended 24" Distance between racks center to center: Minimum 28", recommended 31" thep;rk..., T A L O G M 2 Rack / 4 Bike wNA.. N- Lh L L 41- Lanplh Swn J 951, Minimum Height Clearance 3 Rack / 6 Bike M43.6' A —go Mph wNM.. L 3T Npl L sr La.pm sw. 4 Rack / 8 Bike u.r Awrp• o.pM Ir wMM.. I 3e o.qn L L 93" Length Spa 5 Rack 10 Bike FitI�liil -- hil -- 1 119" Length Span 3350 NW Boca Raton Blvd., Boca Raton, FL 33431 1-866-280-9894 1 sales@theparkcatalog.com COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: Construction Site: Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05401 Building Area 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Deslauriers Property CIHC Lot #3- Building A South Burlington, Vermont 6a New Construction 21% Owner/Agent: Ralph Deslaurier Floor Area Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. 1-Multifamily : Nonresidential 35376 Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations - Envelope Assemblies Assembly Roof 1: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] NORTH Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 2: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 5: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] FAST Exterior Wall 3: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 4: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 2: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] SOUTH Exterior Wall 2: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 3: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 1: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] WEST Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 1: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 3: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Door 4: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(s) Perimeter 8844 --- 38.0 0.026 0.032 8844 38.0 0.0 0.032 0.032 2829 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 220 --- --- 0.220 0.430 180 --- --- 0.290 0.100 4510 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 1248 --- --- 0.220 0.430 360 --- --- 0.290 0.100 2829 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 569 --- --- 0.220 0.430 20 --- --- 0.210 0.100 5617 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 1293 --- --- 0.220 0.430 100 --- --- 0.210 0.100 360 - --- 0.290 0.100 Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding A.cck Page 1 of 13 (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation. Envelope Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requiremer$s J sted in the Ir,►sppction Checklist. r l ?— Date/ Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding A.cck Page 2 of 13 COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Construction Site: Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05401 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A South Burlington, Vermont 6a New Construction Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description Owner/Agent: Ralph Deslaurier HVAC System 1 (Single Zone w/ PerimeterSystem): Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity - 399 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 120 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Pump Proposed Efficiency: 85.00 % Et, Required Efficiency: 80.00 % Et Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement. The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in �thelpec ion Checklist. Name Title Si n t re Date2 (AV,Ytd VOU44 i0,11umj m j Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building A Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding A.cck Page 3 of 13 COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: Construction Site: Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05401 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B South Burlington, Vermont 6a New Construction 20% Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Building Area Floor Area 1-Multifamily : Nonresidential 47736 Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Envelope Assemblies Assembly Owner/Agent: Ralph Deslaurier Roof 1: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] N98TH Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) Window 2: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) (b) EAST Exterior Wall 3: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) Window 4: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 2: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] SOUTH Exterior Wall 2: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Window 3: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 1: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] WEST Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily) Window 1: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] (b) Door 3: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Door 4: Upward -acting, sectional, [Bldg. Use 1 - Multifamily] Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor,.) Perimeter 11934 --- 38.0 0.026 0.032 11934 38.0 0.0 0.032 0.032 3000 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 184 --- --- 0.220 0.430 7493 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 1677 --- --- 0.220 0.430 180 --- --- 0.530 0.100 3000 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 569 - --- 0.220 0.430 20 --- 0.210 0.100 7493 21.0 9.6 0.037 0.051 1835 --- -- 0.220 0.430 100 --- --- 0.210 0.100 100 --- 0.530 0.100 Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding B.cck Page 1 of 13 (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation. Envelope Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspectipn Checklist. 1,... ., ,- , r n . .. / \ ame- Z Date vrolect i me: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding B.cck Page 2 of 13 nY COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Construction Site: Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05401 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B South Burlington, Vermont 6a New Construction Owner/Agent: Ralph Deslaurier Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description HVAC System 1 (Single Zone w/ PerimeterSystem): Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity = 399 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 120 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Pump Proposed Efficiency: 85.00 % Et, Required Efficiency: 80.00 % Et Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the I ecti Checklist. II plum" N me itle ---l—Z S 10,q la ure Date o�'� � � l��ll �aucuw►-i) rroject i itie: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building B Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding B.cck Page 3 of 13 COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Location: South Burlington, Vermont Climate Zone: 6a Project Type: New Construction Vertical Glazing / Wall Area: 23% Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Quarry Hill Road Designer/Contractor: Ralph Deslaurier South Burlington, VT 05401 Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Building Area Floor Area 1-Retail : Nonresidential 6964 Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor., Perimeter Roof 1: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 6964 --- 38.0 Floor 1: Steel Joist, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 0.026 0.032 6964 38.0 0.0 0.032 0.032 NORTH Exterior Wall 1: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 1610 23.0 0.0 Window 2: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID 292 0.059 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- 0.220 0.430 EAST Exterior Wall 3: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 966 23.0 0.0 0.059 0.051 Window 4: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Perf. Specs.: Product ID 132 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- 0.220 0.430 Door 2: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Pert. 129 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44, SHGC 0.27, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- --- 0.530 0.770 SOUTH Exterior Wall 2: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] 1610 23.0 0.0 0.059 Door 1: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Perf. 424 0.051 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44, SHGC 0.27, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) 0.530 0.770 WEST Exterior Wall 4: Wood -Framed, 16" o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail) 966 23.0 0.0 0.059 Window 1: Vinyl/Fiberglass Frame:Operable, Pert. Specs.: Product ID 66 0.051 MAR-N-433-00296-00001, SHGC 0.22, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- --- 0.220 0.430 Door 3: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, Perf. 129 Specs.: Product ID AGA-K-44, SHGC 0.27, [Bldg. Use 1 - Retail] (b) --- --- 0.530 0.770 (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding C.cck Page 1 of 13 Envelope Compliance Statement Compliance Statement. The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspctioq Checklist. NaW—e► 17, o� _ Date Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding C.cck Page 2 of 13 COMcheck Software Version 4.0.7.2 Review Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: Project Title: Location: Climate Zone: Project Type: Construction Site: Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05401 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C South Burlington, Vermont 6a New Construction Designer/Contractor: Michelle Dufresne Innovative Design Inc. Additional Efficiency Package Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type & Description Owner/Agent: Ralph Deslaurier HVAC System 1 (Single Zone w/ PerimeterSystem): Heating: 2 each - Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water, Capacity = 160 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None Water Heater 1: Gas Storage Water Heater, Capacity: 0 gallons, Input Rating: 180 kBtu/h w/ Circulation Pump No minimum efficiency requirement applies Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 Vermont Commercial Building Energy Standards requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.7.2 Review and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the In ect' n Checklist. ame- Title — Z !J� Sin u Date � of f3 tv,1l *1� Project Title: Deslauriers Property QHC Lot #3- Building C Report date: 12/08/17 Data filename: C:\Users\Michelle\Documents\Projects\Deslauriers\Ramp Lot\City permits\Buiilding C.cck Page 3 of 13 13 T 3 1/7) 1 .•, w o c rn N CD O (hD v � 00 n M a o I h I HN, Primary Build -to Zone Secondary Build -to Zone Primary Build -to Zone Secondary Build -to Zone 0' 40' 80' 120' I Bar Scale 1" = 40 Krebs d Lansing Conwi iN Engineers, Inc. 164 Mein Seee6 Suite 201 Colchester. VT 05448 T'. (802) 87."' L F(802)878-9618 L.malt@knsbsandlensing.com KL PROJECT NO.'. 13234 / IW34 OH3 Slte [EIRWAN Rev. Date Comment 1 8/24117 Notations ISSUED: 8/21/17 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlington T-4 Zone Calculations Permitting Only SK-1 April 6, 2018 Re: #SP-17-82 Dear Applicant: Enclosed, please find a copy of the Findings of Fact and Decision rendered by the Administrative Officer concerning the above referenced application. Please note the conditions of approval including that a zoning permit must be obtained within six (6) months. If you have any questions, please contact me. Sincerel f aymond J. Belair Administrative Officer Encl. 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 tel 802.846.4106 fax 802.846.4101 www.sburi.com KkEBS & LANSING Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone (802) 878-0375, Fax 878-9618 email(r()krebsandlansing.com January 15, 2018 Mr Ray Belair South Burlington City Hall 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT Re: Quarry Hill Subdivision — QH3 Resubmit File: 13234 Dear Ray, In response to the City's request for additional information for the FBC Site Plan application, we offer the following. Concerning an email on 12/12/17 from your office: There will be 7,200 s.f. of Commercial space in Bldg C. Concerning an email also on 12/12/17 from your office: • The underground parking layout has been shown on a plan by IDI entitled "Parking & Bike Garage Plan", rev. 1-10-18, attached. • Snow storage areas have been added to the Site Plan (attached). • Details and Specifications of the long term bicycle storage facilities have been included by IDI on the drawing mentioned above and a manufacturers specification page entitled "DoubleUp Single Sided Rack" attached. Details of the outside loops have been shown on drawings by Wagner Hodgson entitled "Overall Site Plan + Precedent Images" attached. Also in that email you identified an "issue" with the rubble walls in the IHO District. We responded in an email on 12/13/17 pointing out a previous email (10/17/17) from your office indicating there could be some "flexibility" in that requirement. It would be very difficult to remove those stones from the plan due to the required fill slope. We feel that those rows of boulders are simply relocating material already on site. We have not heard anything on this subject since and have not changed the rubble walls. Concerning an email on 12/13/17 from your office: • IDI states that there will be no equipment on the roofs. • The Lighting Plan (attached) has been revised to show doorway lights, deck lights and bollards. The Lighting Schedule indicates the correct number of lamps. • As stated above, all building mounted lights have been included on the Lighting Plan. • Gas meters have been shown on the buildings in three places. Screening will be provided by decorative attachments to the buildings and vegetative material. Electric meters will be located in the mechanical room inside the structure. Page 1 of 3 Mr. Ray Belair 1/15/18 Concerning an email on 12/13/17 from Craig Lambert: Sheet CD-4, Construction note #12 has been revised to explain tree protection procedures. The three Honey Locusts mentioned by Craig have not been changed and will remain proposed in that location. Concerning an email on 12/18/17 from your office: 1. The note concerning the encumbered area has been revised as requested. 2. Stub Road has been revised as per your email of 1/5/18 as stated below. 3. Building C has been revised to indicate two more doors along the front facade. See sheet C2.0 by IDI 4. Building breaks are dimensioned on sheet C2.0 5. Materials noted on Elevation C2.0. Materials used are the same as on the other two buildings. 6. The shrubs labelled "SS" are 4' high. 7. The trash storage enclosure will be placed on a heavy duty, reinforced, concrete slab, not on a pervious material. 8. No additional easement appears to be required. The current 20' wide recreation path easement running along the 1-89 property line terminates at the north property line of QH3. When the adjoining Staples property is improved, a City street will be required along that line. That City street right-of-way will intersect with the existing recreation path easement and provide access at that point. The Site Plans have not been changed to show any additional easements. 9. Please see letter from Lamoureaux and Dickinson indicating no light will be required. Concerning an email on 12/20/17 from Chief Francis: A request was made to clarify that the appropriate turning movement requirements are met. Please find attached SK-9 showing the radii of the largest truck in the City of South Burlington's garage overlayed on the Site Plan. As Chief Francis pointed out, the west side of Bldg A faces an abutting property. The City will require a street to be constructed along that face providing access at that time. The property owner has indicated a willingness to develop that lot in the style of this project. It is hoped that their project will be constructed at or near the time of Bldg A construction. Concerning emails on 12/21/17 and 1/5/18 from your office: As per our telephone conversations and email correspondence we have revised "Stub Road" to show 15' radii on both sides of the intersection. The roadway section has been revised to show 28' of pavement / 6" concrete curbing / 5' green strip / 10' recreation path / 2' grass strip to the property line on the east side of the existing 60' right-of-way. The west side is the remainder and shows no improvements. Sheet SK-8 (Parking Landscape Study) has been revised to show the current site and revised calculations. Pre -Construction Grade — Rev, rev. 1-10-18 has been updated to show the current garage layout. Documents included with this letter: K&L SP-1, Civil Overall Site Plan, revised 1/10/18 Page 2 of 3 Mr. Ray Belair 1/15/18 K&L SP-2, Civil Site Plan — Full Build, revised 1/10/18 K&L SP-6, Water Main Relocation Site Plan, revised 1/10/18 K&L SP-7, Civil Site Plan and Profile, revised 1/10/18 K&L CD-4, Civil Details, revised 12/18/17 K&L SK-8, Parking Lot Landscape Requirements, rev. 12/8/17 K&L SK-9, So. Burlington Fire Dept. Turning Requirements, dated 1/10/18 WH Overall Site Plan + Precedent Images WH Enlargement Plans WH Landscape Plan, L100, dated 12/21/17 IDI C1.0 QHC Ramp Lot Building "C", Schematic First Floor Plan, rev. 12-18-17 IDI C2.0 QHC Ramp Lot Building "C", Elevations, rev. 12-18-17 IDI P-1 QHC Ramp Lot Building "B", Park'g & Bike Plan, rev. 1-10-18 IDI QHC Ramp Lot Building "C", Pre -Construction Grade -Rev, rev. 1-10-18+ IDI DoubleUp Single Sided Rack IDI Trash Enclosure, D2.0, dated 12/08/17 APEX Lighting Plan, SL-1, dated 1/11/18 APEX Lighting - Lighting Specifications L&D Letter re: Traffic Signal Warrents, dated 1/3/18 We feel we have addressed all concerns of the City Site Plan application process and intend to move forward with State permitting. Thank you and your Staff for the time spent on the project review. Please call/write if you have questions or require additional information. Sincerely, KREBS & LANSING CONSULTING ENGINEERS Sk p WCWla w Skip McClellan Encl. \13234...\SB Permit App\QH3 Resubmit Narrative. doc Page 3 of 3 CITY CLERK- S QFFICE Received Nov 260014 01:16P Recorded in VOL: 1244 PG: lit S� OF So. Burlington Land Records Attest: Donna Y,inville City Clerk, 00032928 EXHIBIT A WARRANTY DEED Quarry Hill Road Dedication and Temporary Cul-de-Sac Easement V: 1244 PG 71:1 JOHN LARKIN, of South Burlington in the County of Chittenden and State of Vermont ("Larkin") and CUPOLA GOLF COURSE, INC., a Vermont corporation hav'.ng a place of business in South Burlington in the County of Chittenden and State of Vermont ("Cupola"; together Larkin and, Cupola are referred to as the "Grantors") in consideration of TEN AND MORE DOLLARS paid to the Grantors' full satisfaction by the CITY OF SOUTH BURLINGTON, a Vermont municipality having a place of business in South Burlington in the County of Chittenden and State of Vermont (the "Grantee"), and its successors and assigns forever, by these presents, does freely GIVE, GRANT, SELL, CONVEY AND CONFIRM unto the Grantee, CITY OF SOUTH BURLINGTON, a strip of land, over, on and through Grantors' property in the City of SOL-th Burlington, County of Chittenden and State of Vermont, for public road purposes, motor vehicle �.nd pedestrian use and for utilities; such strip of land being identified as "Quarry Hill Road", "55' Right of Way to be Dedicated to the the City of South Burlington", "ROW to City, 178, 531 S.F., 4.1 acres" and a "5 Radius Temporary Right of Way/ Easement to be Dedicated to the City of South Burlington" and as shown and depicted on a plan entitled: Quarry Hill Subdivision Cupola Golf Course, Inc. Volume 66, Page 386 John Larkin, Volume 944, Page 188 Quarry Hill Senior Living, LLC Volume 944, Page 198 Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington, VT dated October, 2010, last revised 11/12/2010, prepared by Button Professional Land Surveyors, PC, recorded in Plat Slide 550, Pages 1 and 2 of the Land Records of the City of South Burlington (the "Plat"). The herein conveyed lands and premises being a portion of the lands and premises conveyed to: 1. Cupola Golf Course, Inc. by Warranty Deed of Roland J. DesLauriers and Evangeline S. DesLauriers dated May 13, 1964 and recorded in Volume 66 at Page 386 of the City of South Burlington Land Records; 2. Larkin by Warranty Deed of Cupola Golf Course, Inc. dated December 21, 2002, from Cupola, recorded in Volume 586, Page 1,82 of the Land Records of the City of South Burlington. Further reference is made to a Corrective Deed of John Larkin and Cupola Golf Course, Inc. dated July 15, 2010 and recorded July 16, 2010 in Volume 944 at Page 188 of the City of South Burlington Land Records; and 00032928 V: 1244 PG: 71 By this deed, the Grantors hereby convey to the Grantee, and its successors and assigns, ownership of and title to all utility lines, pipes, catch basins, manholes and appurtenances located wi 'Ain the right of way. Reference is hereby made to the aforementioned instruments, the records thereof and the references therein in further aid of this description. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above granted rights and privileges in, upon and over said premises unto Grantee, its successors and assigns forever; and Grantors do, for themselves and their successors and assigns, covenant with Grantee and its successors and assigns, that the Grantors are lawfully seized in fee simple of the aforesaid premises, that they are free from all encumbrances, that the Grantors have good right and title to sell and convey the rights as aforesaid and that Grantors, and their successors and assigns shall warrant and defend the same to Grantee and its successors and assigns forever against the lawful claims and demands of all persons, except as aforesaid. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, John Larkin has executed this deed this 4 day ofM 011. IN THE PRESENCE OF: 0 J Larkin STATE OF VERMONT CHITTENDEN COUNTY, SS. At Burlington in said County and State on this Tday of MOVA , 201? personally appeared John Larkin, and he acknowledged this instrument by him signed and sealed :o be his free act and deed. n Before me P tary Public. IN WITNLSS WHEREOF, the Cupola Golf Course, Inc. has executed this deed this l day ofA* 2011. CUPO G LF CO SE NC. By: 7_Kul Authori gent STATE OF VERMONT CHITTENDEN COUNTY, SS. At Burlington in said County and State on this �_day of tZrGh , 2011, personally appeared Ralph DesLauriers, duly authorized agent of Cupola Golf Course, L-c., and he acknowledged this instrument by him signed and sealed to his free act and deed and the free act ands, deed of Cupola Golf Course, Inc. :r Vermont Property Tronafer Tax 32 V-S-A. C.hQp 231 Before me —AC KNOWLEDGEMENt t -- RETURN REC'D-TAX PAID BOARD OF HEALTH CERT. REC'D. VT LAND USE d DEVEL(InUT PLANS ACT. CERT. REC'D , Return No. ------------------------ Donna itinville i.i�y Cierk dL.E (bUY <DrZii14 END OF DOCUMENT KREBS & LANSING Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone (802) 878-0375, Fax 878-9618 email a,krebsandlansing.com Site plan application #SP-17-82 of Cupola Golf Course, Inc. January 22, 2018 Northeast Quarry, LLC 410 Shelburne Road South Burlington, VT 05403 89-2 Realty Co LLC c/o Ellen Greene 19 Farmstead Lane Brookville, NY 11545 South Burlington Opco LLC c/o Edward J. SanClemente 3 Edgewater Drive, Suite 101 Norwood, Ma 02062 Vermont Agency of Transportation One National Live Drive Montpelier, VT 05633-5001 Site plan application #SP-17-82 of Cupola Golf Course, Inc. to construct three (3) buildings connected by an underground parking structure consisting of the following: 1) 40 dwelling units in building "A", 2) 48 dwelling units in building "B", and 3) a 7,200 sq. ft. commercial building with undetermined uses, 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road". As required by the City of South Burlington, and as an adjoining property owner you are invited to a meeting at 255 Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington, VT, Unit #440 on Monday January 29, 2018 at 6:00pm for a discussion of the proposed development. Project Description: QH3 will consist of three buildings, (2) four story apartment buildings and (1) one story commercial building. Each building will be connected with a parking garage. The apartment buildings will have a total of 88 Residential Units. 48 Units in B Building and 40 units in A Building. There are (7) units in Building B and in (6) units in Building A that are affordable. This project will be built in 3 phases. Phase 1 will be Building B. Phase 2 will be Building A and phase 3 will be Building C. The project will have 59 underground parking spaces and 66 surface parking spaces. The open space and landscape plans offer a variety of outdoor areas for residents to enjoy at both the street level and the parking lot level. Along the streetscape there are 2 niche spaces between buildings that offer some bike parking and seating. At the parking level a large entry plaza provides seating and planting near the entrance to building B. The majority of the 24 bike parking spaces are located at this level as well. Plant materials selected are drought tolerant and chosen for their suitability to urban conditions. Municipal sewer, stormwater and water supply facilities and Vermont Gas, Green Mountain Power and other private utilities, will serve the project. Cupola Golf Course, Inc., R. DeSLOGi tiers Ralph Deslauriers, Jr. Page 1 of 1 Random Laframboise From: Randy Laframboise Sent Wednesday, January 03, 2018 3:26 PM To: 'quarryhillclub@aol.com' Cc: Scott Ireland; Wayne St. John Subject: building b Ralph, I have completed a budget/preliminary estimate for the sitework associated with building b project. This is based on limited and incomplete plans and is not a bid or a quote. Just rough budget pricing. a. City roadway extension $ 85,000.00 b. 12" waterline relocation c. Ledge blasting, handling, and remova d. Foundation excavation and backfill e. Remainder of lot sitework Please contact me if you would like to discuss this. Thanks Randy Laframboise Vice President S.D. Ireland Brothers Corporation Phone: 802-863-6222 Ext. 229 1 nip-INUM C Consulting Engineers, Inc 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, VT 05446 Telephone (802) 878-0375, Fax 878-9618 email@krebsandlansing.com Quarry Hill Subdivision Lot #3 Public Review Meeting Location: Office of Ralph Deslauriers 255 Quarry Hill Road, Unit 440 South Burlington, Vermont Date: January 291h, 2018 6:00pm Present: Name Address Contact Info Rebecca Betz 210 Spear Street (802) 862-7330 Alex Betz Ken Bean 36 E. Terrace Dave Treston 39 E. Terrace (804) 347-3885 Tim & Jennifer Meyer 40 East Terrace (802) 310-9426 Lee Nelson 22 Quarry Hill Rd. (802) 864-3614 Neil & Adrianne Carr 88 Spear St (802) 863-6184 Hiltraut Damm 43 East Terrace (802) 864-5288 Ralph Deslauriers Skip McClellan (K&L) Notable: None of the abutting property owners invited to the meeting attended. Meeting was attended by residents of the East Terrace, Spear Street and Quarry Hill Road (none are adjoining properties). The following items were discussed: • East Terrace resident's concerns about traffic — Jug handle am peak is slow and backs up. Takes several lights to get out to Williston Rd — East Terr/Spear intersection dangerous • East Terrace resident asked about elevation of old folks building compared to this proposal? Owner responded that we did not know but it is in the public record. Estimated an elevation somewhat similar. • East Terrace residents feel the new City FBC process has very poor notification of East Terrace neighbors. • FBC process questions. What is it and why/when did the City change things? Owner responded that City Planning Commission made this decision. • East Terrace residents asked if Owner can shave off a floor? Owner responded that the money numbers won't work. • Resident from 40 East Terrace is opposed to project because of traffic • Can City do something to improve pedestrians/traffic through QHC/East Terrace/Spear Street? Can the City build sidewalks on Spear Street? Owner suggested question should be directed to City Staff. • East Terrace neighbors think the Police can't ticket illegal travel on emergency access / rec path to East Terrace. 1 I' a g C QH3 Public Meeting 1/29/18 Can the City install a RF controlled gate at emergency access entrance? Owner suggested the DPW and the Fire Chief has objected to any kind of barrier on the emergency / rec path entrance but the question must be directed to the City Staff. Does the City have a general plan for evacuation routes? Owner did not know. Submitted by Skip McClellan 13234: Meeting Minutes 01.29.18 Krebs & Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 2 111 a o e Quarry Hill Subdivision Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, Vermont Traffic Impact Assessment Introduction This traffic impact assessment (TIA) presents an updated examination of the potential traffic congestion and safety impacts of the Quarry Hill Subdivision (Project). The original permitting for this Project, as described in the April 2004 TIA prepared by Wilbur Smith Associates, was based on a projected build -out of 281 residential units. As development of the Project has progressed, it now appears that the original estimated build -out number will be exceeded. This TIA will also update the traffic analyses prepared by this office for Lot #4, as presented in a Technical Memorandum dated January 29, 2010. In addition, the 2004 TIA analyzed future traffic congestion conditions in two design years: 2008 and 2013. The later Lot #4 analyses extended those to a 2015 design year. With the pace of development being slower than originally anticipated, those future design years also need to be updated. The scope and study area of this traffic impact assessment will be the same as originally examined, and will include: ► Estimates of background design hour volumes at the following intersections: Main Street, Spear Street 8 East Ave just north of the city line in Burlington, Spear Street Er. Quarry Hill Rd, and Spear Street & Swift Street; ► Estimates of the weekday morning and afternoon peak hour vehicular trip generation of this Project; ► Analyses of peak hour traffic congestion conditions at the aforementioned intersections; and ► An examination of existing traffic safety conditions in the immediate vicinity of the Project. Project -Generated Trips Anticipated peak hour trips for this Project were calculated using published trip generation rates' for the proposed residential land -uses. The proposed land -uses include Apartments (ITE Land Use Category #220), Congregate Care Facility (#253) and Assisted Living (#254). The ITE data for the first two ' Trip Generation, Institute of Transportation Engineers, 91h Edition Lamoureux Et Dickinson January 8, 2013 Emmmw Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 1 categories is based on the number of units. For Assisted Living, ITE uses the number of beds as the independent variable. This Project's build -out is now estimated to include 288 apartment units, a 40-unit congregate care facility and a 100 unit/120 bed assisted living facility; for a total of 428 units. As of this date, four multi -unit buildings have been constructed totaling 128 apartment units. Design and permitting are underway for an additional 32 apartment units, the congregate care facility and the assisted living facility. Table 1 presents the estimated build -out trip generation of this Project. Table 1 - Weekday Peak Hour Trip Generation Updated TIA (428 units) Congregate Assisted Original TIA (281 units) Apartment Care Living Total AM Peak Hour 20 29 1 15 45 Enter Exit 105 116 1 7 124 Total 125 145 2 22 169 PM Peak Hour 105 114 4 17 135 Enter Exit 50 62 3 18 83 Total 155 176 7 35 218 The directional distribution of new project -generated trips were estimated by analogy to the existing peak hour traffic patterns entering and exiting at the Spear Street/Quarry Hill Road intersection (see below). New project -generated trips were similarly distributed using existing traffic patterns at the Swift Street and Main Street intersections. Figure 1 illustrates the resulting directional distribution of project -generated pm peak hour trips. Background Traffic Volumes Background traffic volumes are typically calculated from a combination of intersection turning movement counts, longer duration roadway automatic traffic recorder counts and full-time continuous traffic counters. A check of the Vermont Agency of Transportation (VTrans) and Chittenden County Regional Planning Commission (CCRPC) traffic count data bases indicated little in the way of available traffic counts since 2009 at the desired intersections. There was one week-long automatic traffic recorder count performed in 2012 by VTrans on Main Street in Burlington west of the Spear Street/East Ave (Jughandte) intersection (D058). Table 2 shows the results of that count and compares it with other recent counts from that same location. Lamoureux Et Dickinson January 8, 2013 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 2 �e ,�P 0 co 0 I - I 1 "`111 1 1. t— 52 Y �-- 12 Main St ♦— 0 0 —► 0 —► I 21 r N r i �. NOTE: The numbers of new project generated trips between the Main St and Swift St intersections and the Quarry Hill Rd intersection are different because of when the turning movement counts at each intersection were performed. The more recent Quarry Hill Rd counts included trips from a existing Quarry Hill units. LO N Ln N 6 0 —► 0 24 15 Quarry Hill Rd 4 ♦- 0 Swift St I 0 co 0 N LDLamoureux & Dickinson Figure ? - PM Peak Hour 01-08-13 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Project Trip Distribution page 3 Table 2 - Main Street Daily Traffic Volumes Year AADT (vpd) 2008 27,300 2010 25,700 2012 23,700 The trend of daily traffic volumes on Main Street parallels the same downward trend seen in recent years throughout Vermont and in Chittenden County. For traffic impact studies such as this, accepted practice is to project traffic volumes to five (5) years in the future. For this TIA, this would result in traffic volumes being projected out to the year 2018. Currently, however, VTrans is projecting zero traffic growth on urban highways in Vermont2 from 2012 to 2020 and beyond. For the purpose of this TIA, 2020 has been selected as the future design year. The foregoing traffic counts are used to calculate design hour traffic volumes (DHV's) at each intersection. The DHV is defined as the 30`h highest hourly traffic volume that occur on a roadway in a given year, and is an accepted design standard used to evaluate traffic congestion conditions. DHV's for Main and Spear Streets were calculated using average annual daily traffic (AADT) data and DHV calculation procedures published by the Vermont Agency of Transportation (VTrans). For the purpose of updating the capacity analyses at the Spear Street/Swift Street intersection, the most recent available turning movement data is a CCMPO count that was performed on July 30, 2009. Peak hour volumes from that count were adjusted to a DHV in the 2010 Lot #4 analyses prepared by this office for the year 2015 using data from continuous count stations D099 (1-189) and D277 (US 7 north of Shelburne village). and VTrans projected growth rates (in 2010 VTrans was projecting a 2% urban growth rate from 2010 to 2015). The Main Street/Spear Street/East Avenue intersections (aka the Jughandle) were most recently analyzed in a scoping report prepared for Williston Rd Exit 14 southbound on -ramp. The raw turning movement count data at these locations were obtained from traffic counts performed by CATMA on April 17, 2008. The Scoping Report adjusted that count data to a year 2013 DHV, which was further increased by 1% in the 2010 Lot #4 analyses prepared by this office to the year 2015. With no traffic growth projected to 2020, the above 2015 No -Build DHV's have been extended to the year 2020 for the purpose of this TIA. The resulting 2020 No -Build DHV's are shown in Figure 2. Adding the estimated project -generated pm peak hour trips provides the 2010 Build DHV's shown in Figure 3. Z Continuous Traffic Counter Grouping Study and Regression Analysis Based on 2011 Traffic Data, VTrans, March 2012 3 US 2/1-89 Southbound On -Ramp Scoping Report, CCMPO/Stantec, June 26, 2009 Lamoureux s* Dickinson January 8, 2013 Smaw Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 4 �e N CO W W W W 'Ia IW l - 623 1 "`►►► /--1305 Main St 4 —1255 131 a� F- m w i N Q N 00 O U-) U7 27 17 Quarry Hill Rd 0 N h L w QJ Q O U7 CO CO C CO 37 �— 153 134 a/J Swift St 52 225 —� 247 N N Lamoureux & Dickinson Figure 2 - 2020 No -Build DHVLD 01 08 13 Consulting Engineers, Inc. (PM Peak Hour) page 5 '\ �e P CA— M OD CD 00 in CO (+-1317 t 675 Main St 4--1255 1 1909 152 M a� e m w M cn a o M Iw 51 1 32 Quarry Hill Rd o co ti cr) a� n CO r CO CO 41 a--- 153 134 Swift St 58 225 --► 247 C ^ o N N Lamoureux & Dickinson Figure 3 - 2020 Build DHV 01-08-13 LUConsulting Engineers, Inc. (PM Peak Hour) Page 6 Traffic Congestion Levels of service (LOS) at intersections are determined by the average control delay; measured in seconds per vehicle. The methodology for analyzing LOS is established by the Highway Capacity Manual (HCM)4. Table 3 summarizes the LOS/delay criteria for unsignalized intersections. Table 3 - Level of Service/Delav Criteria LOS Delay (sec/veh) LOS Delay (sec/veh) Signalized Unsignalized Signalized Unsignalized A <10 <10 D <55 s35 B _<20 <15 E <80 <50 C <35 <25 F >80 >50 This Project's impact on future levels of service and average delays was analyzed by performing both no -build and build capacity analyses, and comparing the results of the two sets of analyses. All analyses were performed using existing geometric conditions. The following presents the results of the capacity analyses at each intersection. Spear Street Et Quarry Hill Road This intersection operates under stop sign control. The original TIA for this Project recommended widening Spear Street to add a southbound left -turn to accommodate the increased left -turning traffic entering this Project. Construction of that left -turn lane was completed in 2010. Table 4 presents the results of the updated capacity analyses performed at the intersection of Spear Street and Quarry Hill Road. Detailed analyses are included as Appendix A. Table 4 - Spear Street Et Quarry Hill Road Intersection Capacity Analvsis Results Approach Et Lane Group 2020 No -Build 2020 Build LOS Delay* v/C** LOS Delay v/C Spear St SB LT A 8 0.04 A 8 0.07 Swift St WB LT/RT I B 13 0.09 C 16 0.20 F average delay in seconds/vehicle x volume to capacity ratio The original TIA also examined the Peak Hour Warrant for signalizing this intersection and determined that the warrant would not be satisfied by future traffic volumes. A reexamination of that warrant with the newly proposed higher pm peak hour trips reaches the same conclusion. 4 Highway Capacity Manual, Transportation Research Board, 2010 Lamoureux Et Dickinson January 8, 2013 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 7 I Main Street/Spear Street/East Avenue Table 5 presents the results of updated level of service analyses at the Main Street/East Avenue/Spear Street intersection. Detailed analyses are included as Appendix B. Table 5 - Main Street 8t East Avenue/Spear Street Intersection Capacity Analvsis Results Approach Ft 2020 No -Build 2020 Build LOS Delay v/C LOS Delay WC Lane Group Main St EB TH C 24 0.77 C 28 0.81 EB RT B 12 0.10 B 14 0.12 WB TH B 18 0.76 C 22 0.81 East Ave SB LT D 40 0.81 C 34 0.74 SB TH D 45 0.83 D 50 0.89 SB RT C 25 0.13 C 23 0.12 Overall C 27 0.79 C 30 0.85 Main St EB TH A 8 0.81 A 7 0.82 WB TH A 4 0.51 A 5 0.52 WB RT A 4 0.48 A 5 0.54 Spear St NB LT D 49 0.32 D 48 0.35 NB TH D 52 0.54 D 52 0.59 NB RT D 49 0.35 D 49 0.42 Overall A 9 0.77 A 9 0.79 While the above results show acceptable levels of service, eastbound traffic presently backs up from Exit 14 through the Jughandle intersections during the pm peak period. This is caused by the dropped eastbound right -turn lane in front of Staples Plaza. That bottleneck will be removed in 2014 by a City roadway widening project that will provide an additional eastbound through lane in front of Staples Plaza to the southbound on -ramp onto 1-89 at Exit 14. Spear Street 8 Swift Street Table 6 presents the results of the updated capacity analyses performed at the intersection of Spear and Swift Streets. Both analyses were performed using existing lane geometry and signal phasing. Detailed analyses are included as Appendix C. Lamoureux Et Dickinson January 8, 2013 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 8 Table 6 - Spear Street £t Swift Street Intersection Capacity Analvsis Results Approach Et 2020 No -Build 2020 Build LOS Delay v/C LOS Delay v/C Lane Group Swift St EB LT/TH C 25 0.69 C 25 0.69 EB RT B 18 0.17 B 17 0.17 Swift St WB LT C 31 0.69 C 28 0.67 WB TH/RT B 19 0.40 B 18 0.40 Spear St NB LT A 8 0.55 A 10 0.59 NB TH/RT B 12 0.43 B 14 0.49 Swift St SB LT A 9 0.17 A 9 0.19 SB TH/RT B 18 0.62 C 21 0.68 Overall B 17 0.69 B 18 0.73 The above capacity analyses results indicate that this intersection also has sufficient capacity to maintain acceptable levels of service with this Project. Traffic Safety The posted speed limit on Spear Street in the immediate vicinity of Quarry Hill Road 25 mph. Quarry Hill Road is also posted at 25 mph. The VTrans 2006-2010 High Crash Location Report does not identify any high crash intersections within the study area of this traffic impact assessment. It does identify two high crash segments: a 0.30 mile segment on US Route 2 (mm 0.69 - 0.16) beginning just west of the Jughandle (mm 0.754 on Main St in Burlington) to just west of the southbound 1-89 on -ramps (mm 0.176 on Williston Rd in South Burlington), and the second a 0.30 mile segment on Spear St (mm 1.80 - 2.10) beginning just south of Swift St (mm 1.88) and extending north. Since both of the above segments include major signalized intersections, they are not true segments and thus, in our opinion, should not be identified as high crash segments. This is reinforced, for example, by the more recent (2007-2011) crash history of Spear St where 15 of the 21 crashes on the same HCL segment occurred at the Swift St intersection. Similarly, on the US Route 2 HCL segment identified above, the overwhelming majority of crashes occurred within the operational areas of the three major signalized intersections located within this segment. LDLamoureux 8t Dickinson January 8, 2013 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 9 Cond usion We conclude, based on the foregoing analyses, that the proposed increased pm peak trips to be generated by the Quarry Hill Subdivision will not create or experience adverse traffic congestion or unsafe conditions on the surrounding roads and intersections. LDLamoureux Et Dickinson January 8, 2013 Consulting Engineers, Inc. Page 10 AoDendix A Spear Street / Quarry Hill Road Intersection Capacity Analyses HCS+: UJ finalized Intersections Relea..) 5.6 TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SUMMARY Analyst: R. Dickinson Agency/Co.: Date Performed: 1/8/2013 Analysis Time Period: PM Intersection: Jurisdiction: South Burlington Units: U. S. Customary Analysis Year: 2020 No -Build DHV Project ID: 12103 East/West Street: Quarry Hill Rd North/South Street: Spear St Intersection Orientation: NS Study period (hrs): Vehicle Volumes and Adjustments Major Street: Approach Northbound Southbound Movement 1 2 3 4 5 6 L T R L T R 1.00 Volume 170 21 58 504 Peak -Hour Factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Hourly Flow Rate, HFR 170 21 58 504 Percent Heavy Vehicles -- -- 2 -- -- Median Type/Storage Undivided / RT Channelized? Lanes 1 0 1 1 Configuration TR L T Upstream Signal? No No Minor Street: Approach Westbound Eastbound Movement 7 8 9 10 11 12 L T R L T R Volume 17 27 Peak Hour Factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 Hourly Flow Rate, HFR 17 27 Percent Heavy Vehicles 2 2 Percent Grade M 4 0 Flared Approach: Exists?/Storage No Lanes 0 0 Configuration LR Approach Movement Lane Config v (vph) C (m) (vph) v/c 95% queue length Control Delay LOS Approach Delay Approach LOS Delay, Queue Length, and Level of Service NB SB Westbound Eastbound 1 4 17 8 9 10 11 L LR 58 44 1383 479 0.04 0.09 0.13 0.30 7.7 13.3 A B 13.3 B 12 HCS+: ..Aignalized Intersections Rele-1 5.6 TWO-WAY STOP CONTROL SUMMARY Analyst: R. Dickinson Agency/Co.: Date Performed: 1/8/2013 Analysis Time Period: PM Intersection: Jurisdiction: South Burlington Units: U. S. Customary Analysis Year: 2020 Build DHV Project ID: 12103 East/West Street: Quarry Hill Rd North/South Street: Spear St Intersection Orientation: NS Study period (hrs): 1.00 Vehicle Volumes and Adjustments Major Street: Approach Northbound Southbound Movement 1 2 3 4 5 6 L T R I L T R Volume 170 36 99 504 Peak -Hour Factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Hourly Flow Rate, HFR 170 36 99 504 Percent Heavy Vehicles -- -- 2 -- Median Type/Storage Undivided / RT Channelized? Lanes Configuration Upstream Signal? 1 0 TR No 1 1 L T No Minor Street: Approach Movement Westbound 7 8 L T 9 R Eastbound 10 11 12 I L T R Volume 32 51 Peak Hour Factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 Hourly Flow Rate, HFR 32 51 Percent Heavy Vehicles 2 2 Percent Grade (%) 4 0 Flared Approach: Exists?/Storage No Lanes 0 0 Configuration LR Approach Movement Lane Config Delay, Queue Length, and Level of Service NB SB Westbound Eastbound 1 4 17 8 9 10 11 L I LR I v (vph) 99 83 C (m) (vph) 1365 425 v/c 0.07 0.20 95% queue length 0.23 0.72 Control Delay 7.8 15.5 LOS A C Approach Delay 15.5 Approach LOS C 12 Main Street/East Avenue/Spear Street Intersection Capacity Analyses 2020 No -Build DHV 3: Williston Rd & East Ave Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt r tt �i t r Ideal Flow (vphpl) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Grade (%) -2% 2% 0% 4% Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor *0.90 1.00 0.95 *0.77 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 0.85 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 Flt Protected 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 2929 1383 3031 2310 1579 1342 Flt Permitted 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 2929 1383 3031 2310 1579 1342 Volume (vph) 0 1270 131 0 1305 0 0 0 0 685 483 82 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 0 1270 131 0 1305 0 0 0 0 685 483 82 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 1270 78 0 1305 0 0 0 0 685 483 62 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 6 Permitted Phases 4 6 6 Actuated Green, G (s) 65.9 65.9 65.9 42.1 42.1 42.1 Effective Green, g (s) 67.9 67.9 67.9 44.1 44.1 44.1 Actuated g/C Ratio 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.37 0.37 0.37 Clearance Time (s) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Vehicle Extension (s) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 1657 783 1715 849 580 493 v/s Ratio Prot c0.43 0.43 c0.31 v/s Ratio Perm 0.06 0.30 0.05 v/c Ratio 0.77 0.10 0.76 0.81 0.83 0.13 Uniform Delay, d1 20.0 12.0 19.9 34.1 34.6 25.2 Progression Factor 1.00 1.00 0.83 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 3.5 0.3 1.8 5.9 10.9 0.1 Delay (s) 23.5 12.2 18.4 40.0 45.4 25.3 Level of Service C B B D D C Approach Delay (s) 22.5 18.4 0.0 41.2 Approach LOS C B A D Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 27.0 HCM Level of Service C HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.79 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 120.0 Sum of lost time (s) 8.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 117.6% ICU Level of Service H Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 No -Build DHV 3: Williston Rd & East Ave Lane Group EBT EBR WBT SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt r tt t r Volume (vph) 1270 131 1305 685 483 82 Lane Group Flow (vph) 1270 131 1305 685 483 82 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 6 Permitted Phases 4 6 6 Detector Phases 4 4 8 6 6 6 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 64.0 64.0 64.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 Total Split (%) 53.3% 53.3% 53.3% 46.7% 46.7% 46.7% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Recall Mode C-Min C-Min Min None None None v/c Ratio 0.77 0.16 0.76 0.81 0.83 0.16 Control Delay 25.6 3.7 21.3 42.2 48.8 15.0 Queue Delay 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 26.6 3.7 21.4 42.2 48.8 15.0 Queue Length 50th (ft) 410 3 411 301 332 25 Queue Length 95th (ft) #768 46 #742 428 516 63 Internal Link Dist (ft) 1431 266 1030 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 1659 836 1716 1001 684 600 Starvation Cap Reductn 0 0 13 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 172 0 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.85 0.16 0.77 0.68 0.71 0.14 Intersection Summa Cycle Length: 120 Actuated Cycle Length: 120 Offset: 119 (99%), Referenced to phase 4:EBT, Start of Green Natural Cycle: 60 Control Type: Actuated -Coordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer. Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. Splits and Phases: 3: Williston Rd & East Ave 04 - 1M 06 08 Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 No -Build DHV 6: Williston Rd & SDear St -A __* "Ir- *-- - 4\ I ° \ Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt tt r '� t if Ideal Flow (vphpl) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Grade (%) -2% 2% -4% 0% Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor *0.90 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 1.00 0.85 1.00 1.00 0.85 Fit Protected 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 2929 3031 1356 1561 1643 1397 Fit Permitted 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 2929 3031 1356 1561 1643 1397 Volume (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 623 65 114 93 0 0 0 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 623 65 114 93 0 0 0 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 0 0 0 96 0 0 31 0 0 0 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 527 65 114 62 0 0 0 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 2 Permitted Phases 8 2 2 Actuated Green, G (s) 94.6 94.6 94.6 13.4 13.4 13.4 Effective Green, g (s) 96.6 96.6 96.6 15.4 15.4 15.4 Actuated g/C Ratio 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.13 0.13 0.13 Clearance Time (s) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Vehicle Extension (s) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 2358 2440 1092 200 211 179 v/s Ratio Prot c0.65 0.41 c0.07 v/s Ratio Perm 0.39 0.04 0.04 v/c Ratio 0.81 0.51 0.48 0.32 0.54 0.35 Uniform Delay, d1 6.6 3.9 3.7 47.6 49.0 47.7 Progression Factor 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 1.9 0.2 0.3 1.0 2.8 1.2 Delay (s) 7.9 4.1 4.1 48.5 51.8 48.9 Level of Service A A A D D D Approach Delay (s) 7.9 4.1 50.0 0.0 Approach LOS A A D A Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 8.9 HCM Level of Service A HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.77 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 120.0 Sum of lost time (s) 8.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 117.6% ICU Level of Service H Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 No -Build DHV 6: Williston Rd & Spear St Lane Group EBT WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR Lane Configurations tt tt r T r Volume (vph) 1909 1255 623 65 114 93 Lane Group Flow (vph) 1909 1255 623 65 114 93 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 2 Permitted Phases 8 2 2 Detector Phases 4 8 8 2 2 2 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 94.0 94.0 94.0 26.0 26.0 26.0 Total Split (%) 78.3% 78.3% 78.3% 21.7% 21.7% 21.7% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Recall Mode C-Min Min Min None None None v/c Ratio 0.81 0.51 0.52 0.32 0.54 0.44 Control Delay 9.1 5.1 2.6 50.6 58.1 36.7 Queue Delay 1.5 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 10.5 5.2 2.6 50.6 58.1 36.7 Queue Length 50th (ft) 146 136 18 46 84 41 Queue Length 95th (ft) #1068 273 97 98 156 106 Internal Link Dist (ft) 266 1377 1141 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 2358 2440 1187 286 301 285 Starvation Cap Reductn 250 0 0 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 0 161 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.91 0.55 0.52 0.23 0.38 0.33 Intersection Summary Cycle Length: 120 Actuated Cycle Length: 120 Offset: 0 (0%), Referenced to phase 4:EBT, Start of Green, Master Intersection Natural Cycle: 80 Control Type: Actuated -Coordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer. Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 Build DHV 3: Williston Rd & East Ave Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt r tt M t r Ideal Flow (vphpl) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Grade (%) -2% 2% 0% 4% Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor *0.90 1.00 0.95 *0.77 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 0.85 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 Fit Protected 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 2929 1383 3031 2310 1579 1342 Fit Permitted 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 2929 1383 3031 2310 1579 1342 Volume (vph) 0 1270 152 0 1317 0 0 0 0 685 561 82 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 0 1270 152 0 1317 0 0 0 0 685 561 82 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 1270 86 0 1317 0 0 0 0 685 561 63 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 6 Permitted Phases 4 6 6 Actuated Green, G (s) 62.0 62.0 62.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 Effective Green, g (s) 64.0 64.0 64.0 48.0 48.0 48.0 Actuated g/C Ratio 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.40 0.40 0.40 Clearance Time (s) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Vehicle Extension (s) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 1562 738 1617 924 632 537 v/s Ratio Prot 0.43 c0.43 c0.36 v/s Ratio Perm 0.06 0.30 0.05 v/c Ratio 0.81 0.12 0.81 0.74 0.89 0.12 Uniform Delay, d1 23.1 13.9 23.1 30.7 33.5 22.7 Progression Factor 1.00 1.00 0.83 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 4.9 0.3 2.9 3.3 16.8 0.1 Delay (s) 28.0 14.3 22.0 34.0 50.3 22.8 Level of Service C B C C D C Approach Delay (s) 26.5 22.0 0.0 40.2 Approach LOS C C A D Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 29.5 HCM Level of Service C HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.85 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 120.0 Sum of lost time (s) 8.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 125.6% ICU Level of Service H Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\wiliiston 2020 build.sy7 2020 Build DHV 3: Williston Rd & East Ave Lane Group EBT EBR WBT SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt r tt' r Volume (vph) 1270 152 1317 685 561 82 Lane Group Flow (vph) 1270 152 1317 685 561 82 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 6 Permitted Phases 4 6 6 Detector Phases 4 4 8 6 6 6 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 64.0 64.0 64.0 56.0 56.0 56.0 Total Split (%) 53.3% 53.3% 53.3% 46.7% 46.7% 46.7% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Recall Mode C-Min C-Min Min None None None v/c Ratio 0.81 0.19 0.81 0.74 0.89 0.15 Control Delay 29.6 3.7 24.9 36.0 54.1 14.2 Queue Delay 1.4 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 31.0 3.7 24.9 36.0 54.1 14.2 Queue Length 50th (ft) 467 4 470 272 375 23 Queue Length 95th (ft) #768 50 #754 428 #696 64 Internal Link Dist (ft) 1431 266 1030 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 1563 804 1617 1001 684 599 Starvation Cap Reductn 0 0 11 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 129 0 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.89 0.19 0.82 0.68 0.82 0.14 Intersection Summary Cycle Length: 120 Actuated Cycle Length: 120 Offset: 113 (94%), Referenced to phase 4:EBT, Start of Green Natural Cycle: 75 Control Type: Actuated -Coordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. SDlits and Phases: 3: Williston Rd & East Ave 41 06 m4 00 :JO J!kiS '4 Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 build.sy7 2020 Build DHV 6: Williston Rd & Saear St '-* -," �t "r 4- A` 4 I "0. � '/ Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations tt tt r t r Ideal Flow (vphpi) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Grade (%) -2% 2% -4% 0% Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor "0.90 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 1.00 0.85 1.00 1.00 0.85 Fit Protected 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 2929 3031 1356 1561 1643 1397 Fit Permitted 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 2929 3031 1356 1561 1643 1397 Volume (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 675 77 136 111 0 0 0 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 675 77 136 111 0 0 0 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 0 0 0 94 0 0 27 0 0 0 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 1909 0 0 1255 581 77 136 84 0 0 0 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 2 Permitted Phases 8 2 2 Actuated Green, G (s) 93.1 93.1 93.1 14.9 14.9 14.9 Effective Green, g (s) 95.1 95.1 95.1 16.9 16.9 16.9 Actuated g/C Ratio 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.14 0.14 0.14 Clearance Time (s) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Vehicle Extension (s) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 2321 2402 1075 220 231 197 v/s Ratio Prot c0.65 0.41 c0.08 v/s Ratio Perm 0.43 0.05 0.06 v/c Ratio 0.82 0.52 0.54 0.35 0.59 0.42 Uniform Delay, d1 7.4 4.4 4.5 46.6 48.3 47.1 Progression Factor 0.67 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 2.1 0.2 0.6 1.0 3.9 1.5 Delay (s) 7.1 4.6 5.1 47.6 52.2 48.6 Level of Service A A A D D D Approach Delay (s) 7.1 4.8 49.8 0.0 Approach LOS A A D A Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 9.3 HCM Level of Service A HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.79 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 120.0 Sum of lost time (s) 8.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 125.6% ICU Level of Service H Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\20121121031synchrolwilliston 2020 build.sy7 2020 Build DHV 6: Williston Rd & Spear St Lane Group EBT WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR Lane Configurations tt tt r ' t r Volume (vph) 1909 1255 675 77 136 111 Lane Group Flow (vph) 1909 1255 675 77 136 111 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm Protected Phases 4 8 2 Permitted Phases 8 2 2 Detector Phases 4 8 8 2 2 2 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 92.0 92.0 92.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 Total Split (%) 76.7% 76.7% 76.7% 23.3% 23.3% 23.3% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4,0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Recall Mode C-Min Min Min None None None v/c Ratio 0.82 0.52 0.58 0.35 0.59 0.50 Control Delay 8.2 5.8 3.7 49.7 58.4 40.4 Queue Delay 2.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 10.6 5.9 3.7 49.7 58.4 40.4 Queue Length 50th (ft) 107 147 35 55 100 56 Queue Length 95th (ft) #1091 297 180 110 179 128 Internal Link Dist (ft) 266 1377 1141 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 2321 2402 1169 312 329 305 Starvation Cap Reductn 272 0 0 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 0 214 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.93 0.57 0.58 0.25 0.41 0.36 Intersection Sum Cycle Length: 120 Actuated Cycle Length: 120 Offset: 0 (0%), Referenced to phase 4:EBT, Start of Green, Master Intersection Natural Cycle: 80 Control Type: Actuated -Coordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer. Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. Splits and Phases: 6: Williston Rd & Spear St ,2 o4 08 Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\williston 2020 build.sy7 Appendix C Spear Street I Swift Street Intersection Capacity Analyses 2020 No -Build DHV 1: Swift St & Spear St Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations 4' r T I T T Ideal Flow (vphpl) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.97 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.97 Fit Protected 0.99 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 1700 1458 1630 1666 1630 1638 1630 1668 Fit Permitted 0.90 1.00 0.43 1.00 0.31 1.00 0.55 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 1549 1458 745 1666 533 1638 944 1668 Volume (vph) 52 225 247 134 153 37 256 245 106 84 355 80 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 52 225 247 134 153 37 256 245 106 84 355 80 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 183 0 16 0 0 23 0 0 12 0 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 277 64 134 174 0 256 328 0 84 423 0 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm pm+pt pm+pt Protected Phases 4 8 5 2 1 6 Permitted Phases 4 4 8 2 6 Actuated Green, G (s) 13.6 13.6 13.6 13.6 32.3 26.3 24.9 22.6 Effective Green, g (s) 15.6 15.6 15.6 15.6 36.3 28.3 28.9 24.6 Actuated g/C Ratio 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.60 0.47 0.48 0.41 Clearance Time (s) 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Vehicle Extension (s) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 401 378 193 432 467 770 502 682 v/s Ratio Prot 0.10 c0.07 0.20 0.01 c0.25 v/s Ratio Perm 0.18 0.04 c0.18 0.26 0.07 v/c Ratio 0.69 0.17 0.69 0.40 0.55 0.43 0.17 0.62 Uniform Delay, d1 20.1 17.3 20.1 18.5 7.1 10.6 8.6 14.1 Progression Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 5.2 0.2 10.9 0.6 1.3 1.7 0.2 4.3 Delay (s) 25.3 17.5 31.0 19.1 8.4 12.3 8.7 18.4 Level of Service C B C B A B A B Approach Delay (s) 21.6 24.0 10.7 16.8 Approach LOS C C B B Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 17.4 HCM Level of Service B HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.69 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 60.2 Sum of lost time (s) 16.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 81.5% ICU Level of Service D Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\swift 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 No -Build DHV 1: Swift St & Spear St Lane Group EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT NBL NBT SBL SBT Lane Configurations +T r T T T Volume (vph) 52 225 247 134 153 256 245 84 355 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 277 247 134 190 256 351 84 435 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm pm+pt pm+pt Protected Phases 4 8 5 2 1 6 Permitted Phases 4 4 8 2 6 Detector Phases 4 4 4 8 8 5 2 1 6 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 10.0 22.0 10.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 12.0 28.0 10.0 26.0 Total Split (%) 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 20.0% 46.7% 16.7% 43.3% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead Lag Lead Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Yes Yes Yes Yes Recall Mode None None None None None None Max None Max v/c Ratio 0.66 0.43 0.61 0.41 0.58 0.43 0.18 0.67 Control Delay 27.1 5.3 32.5 17.9 12.3 12.4 7.6 21.2 Queue Delay 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 27.1 5.3 32.5 17.9 12.3 12.4 7.6 21.2 Queue Length 50th (ft) 84 0 40 47 41 78 12 121 Queue Length 95th (ft) #199 58 #125 109 #110 176 32 #299 Internal Link Dist (ft) 2472 2488 2672 2752 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 467 610 242 515 445 824 455 650 Starvation Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0' 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.59 0.40 0.55 0.37 0.58 0.43 0.18 0.67 Intersection Summary Cycle Length: 60 Actuated Cycle Length: 57.8 Natural Cycle: 60 Control Type: Actuated -Uncoordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. Splits and Phases: 1: Swift St & Spear St 01 o2 o4 F OJ'<:. 06 LD {{ Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\swift 2020 nobuild.sy7 2020 Build DHV 1: Swift St & Spear St -'t -4- t # Movement EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT WBR NBL NBT NBR SBL SBT SBR Lane Configurations 4 r T T T+ Ideal Flow (vphpl) 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 Total Lost time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Lane Util. Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Frt 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.97 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.97 Fit Protected 0.99 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 Satd. Flow (prot) 1698 1458 1630 1661 1630 1643 1630 1668 Fit Permitted 0.89 1.00 0.43 1.00 0.28 1.00 0.50 1.00 Satd. Flow (perm) 1530 1458 746 1661 486 1643 851 1668 Volume (vph) 58 225 247 134 153 41 256 271 106 89 377 85 Peak -hour factor, PHF 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Adj. Flow (vph) 58 225 247 134 153 41 256 271 106 89 377 85 RTOR Reduction (vph) 0 0 181 0 17 0 0 22 0 0 13 0 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 283 66 134 177 0 256 355 0 89 449 0 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm pm+pt pm+pt Protected Phases Permitted Phases 4 Actuated Green, G (s) Effective Green, g (s) Actuated g/C Ratio Clearance Time (s) Vehicle Extension (s) 4 13.8 15.8 0.27 6.0 3.0 4 13.8 15.8 0.27 6.0 3.0 8 13.8 15.8 0.27 6.0 3.0 8 13.8 15.8 0.27 6.0 3.0 5 2 30.2 34.2 0.58 6.0 3.0 2 24.2 26.2 0.44 6.0 3.0 1 6 24.4 28.4 0.48 6.0 3.0 6 21.3 23.3 0.39 6.0 3.0 Lane Grp Cap (vph) 409 390 199 444 436 728 476 658 v/s Ratio Prot 0.11 c0.08 0.22 0.02 c0.27 v/s Ratio Perm c0.18 0.05 0.18 0.26 0.07 v/c Ratio 0.69 0.17 0.67 0.40 0.59 0.49 0.19 0.68 Uniform Delay, d1 19.5 16.6 19.3 17.8 7.8 11.7 8.5 14.8 Progression Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Incremental Delay, d2 5.1 0.2 9.0 0.6 2.0 2.4 0.2 5.8 Delay (s) 24.6 16.8 28.4 18.3 9.8 14.0 8.7 20.7 Level of Service C B C B A B A C Approach Delay (s) 21.0 22.4 12.3 18.7 Approach LOS C C B B Intersection Summary HCM Average Control Delay 17.9 HCM Level of Service B HCM Volume to Capacity ratio 0.73 Actuated Cycle Length (s) 59.1 Sum of lost time (s) 16.0 Intersection Capacity Utilization 83.7% ICU Level of Service E Analysis Period (min) 60 c Critical Lane Group Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\swift 2020 build.sy7 2020 Build DHV 1: Swift St & Spear St Lane Group EBL EBT EBR WBL WBT NBL NBT SBL SBT Lane Configurations +' r T % T Volume (vph) 58 225 247 134 153 256 271 89 377 Lane Group Flow (vph) 0 283 247 134 194 256 377 89 462 Turn Type Perm Perm Perm pm+pt pm+pt Protected Phases 4 8 5 2 1 6 Permitted Phases 4 4 8 2 6 Detector Phases 4 4 4 8 8 5 2 1 6 Minimum Initial (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Minimum Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 10.0 22.0 10.0 22.0 Total Split (s) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 12.0 28.0 10.0 26.0 Total Split (%) 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 36.7% 20.0% 46.7% 16.7% 43.3% Yellow Time (s) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 All -Red Time (s) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Lead/Lag Lead Lag Lead Lag Lead -Lag Optimize? Yes Yes Yes Yes Recall Mode None None None None None None Max None Max v/c Ratio 0.67 0.43 0.62 0.41 0.61 0.49 0.20 0.71 Control Delay 27.9 5.3 33.3 17.9 14.1 14.4 7.4 23.4 Queue Delay 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Delay 27.9 5.3 33.3 17.9 14.1 14.4 7.4 23.4 Queue Length 50th (ft) 87 0 40 48 42 89 13 134 Queue Length 95th (ft) #207 58 #127 111 #128 194 33 #327 Internal Link Dist (ft) 2472 2488 2672 2752 Turn Bay Length (ft) Base Capacity (vph) 461 610 237 514 419 766 448 648 Starvation Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Spillback Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Storage Cap Reductn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reduced v/c Ratio 0.61 0.40 0.57 0.38 0.61 0.49 0.20 0.71 Intersection Summary Cycle Length: 60 Actuated Cycle Length: 57.9 Natural Cycle: 60 Control Type: Actuated -Uncoordinated # 95th percentile volume exceeds capacity, queue may be longer Queue shown is maximum after two cycles. Splits and Phases: 1: Swift St & Spear St 01 0" .4 1 o'1 0 O' Lamoureux & Dickinson 1/8/2013 P:\2012\12103\synchro\swift 2020 build.sy7 ray From: Roger Dickinson <roger@Idengineering.com> Sent: Thursday, December 14, 2017 8:50 AM To: ray Subject: Quarry Hill Lot 3 Attachments: 9-7-2017 Letter Corrected Table 2.pdf Good nm ming Ray, Attached is a revised pg. 2 of the letter with corrections to Table 2. My apologies for the bad math. Breaking down the internal capture and walking trips by use: • Existing Apartments - The 202 existing units will generate 123 of the 177 total apt. trips. Subtract from that 3 of the internal capture trips and 6 of the walking trips. The resulting total # of external trips equals 114 vte/hr. • New Apartments —The 88 new units will generate 54 of the 177 total apt. trips. Subtract from that 1 of the internal capture trips and 3 of the walking trips. The resulting total # of external trips equals 50 vte/hr. • Assisted Living — No internal capture or non -motorized trips. Their trips remain at 35 vte/hr • Retail — Subtract 7 internal capture trips from retail's 14 total trips for a total of 7 vte/hr. • Restaurant — Subtract 7 internal capture trips from the restaurant's 20 total trips for a total of 13 vte/hr. 114 + 50 + 35 + 7 + 13 = 219 total external trips. Roger Roger Dickinson, PE, PTOE Lamoureux & Dickinson Consulting Engineers, Inc. 14 Morse Drive Essex, VT 05452 T: 802-878-4450 C: 802-373-7135 roger@Idengineering.com .1 Ralph Deslauriers, II September 7, 2017 (corrected) Page 2 Table 1 - Existing Peak Hour Trips ITE Land -Use Category AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total Existing #220 - Apartments (202 units) 21 82 103 84 45 129 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 Total 36 89 125 101 63 164 Table 2 - Proposed Peak Hour Trips AM Peak Hour (vte/hr) PM Peak Hour (vte/hr) ITE Land -Use Category Enter Exit Total Enter Exit Total Proposed #220 - Apartments (290 units) 29 117 146 115 62 177 #254 - Assisted Living (120 beds) 15 7 22 17 18 35 #826 - Specialty Retail Center (5,000 sf) 0 0 0 6 8 14 #932 - Restaurant -High Turnover (2,000 sf) 12 10 22 12 8 20 Total 56 134 190 150 96 246 Internal Capture,Vehicle Trips 2 1 3 9 9 18 External Non -Motorized Trips 1 6 7 6 3 9 Total External Vehicle Trips 53 126 180 135 84 219 The results of the above analyses indicate that the proposed development on Lot 3 will cause the peak hour trip generation to exceed the 2013 TIA estimated trips by one (1) vehicle trip end (219 vs. 218) during the critical pm peak hour. The 2013 TIA also included intersection capacity analyses that utilized background traffic volumes projected out to the year 2020. At the time the TIA was prepared, VTrans was projecting zero growth in urban area background traffic volumes from 2013 to 2020. Table 2 presents the AADT's (annual average daily traffic volumes) recorded at Station D086 on Spear St (south of Quarry Hill Rd). The data indicates that traffic volumes on this section of Spear St actually declined from 2013 to 2016. Table 2 - Spear St. Traffic Volumes Year AADT (vpd) 2009 4,900 2013 5,100 2016 4,900 Lamoureux 8t Dickinson Engineers Surveyors January 3, 2018 Ralph Deslauriers, II Cupola Golf Course, Inc. 270 Quarry Hill Road South Burlington, VT 05403 RE: QHC Lot 3 & Traffic Signal Warrants Quarry Hill Road, South Burlington Dear Ralph, Planners Wetland & Soil Scientists As requested, we have examined the peak hour traffic that will result upon completion of the proposed development of QHC Lot #3 of the Quarry Hill planned unit development with regards to Warrant 2 - Four -Hour Vehicular Volume and Warrant 3 - Peak Hour of the warrants for signalization at the Spear St/Quarry Hill Rd intersection. Traffic volumes on Spear Street south of Quarry Hill Rd were counted in 2013 and again in 2016 by VTrans at Automatic Traffic Recorder Count D086. The observed maximum peak hour volumes shown in Table 1 increased by approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. Table 1 - Spear St Volumes Year I AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour 2013 652 I 669 2016 672 I 688 The most recent available turning movement counts at the Spear St/Quarry Hill Rd intersection were performed by this office on December 10-11, 2012. Turning movement counts typically better capture peak hour volumes than do automatic traffic recorder counts because the data is collected in 15-minute intervals instead of 60 minute intervals. The results of the December 10-11, 2012 turning movement counts reflect this, as peak hour volumes of 713 vph and 630 vph were observed on Spear Street south of Quarry Hill Rd during the am and pm peak hours, respectively. There were 77 units in Horizon Heights plus 96 units in Quarry Hill, for a total of 173 residential units on Quarry Hill Rd at the time of the above turning movement count. Table 2 shows that the observed am and pm peak hour traffic entering and exiting Quarry Hill Rd closely matched the estimated trips for those units from the ITE Trip Generation manual. 14 Morse Drive, Essex, VT 05452 802.878.4450 ♦ Innovative Solutions ♦ Quality Service www.LDengineering.com Ralph Deslauriers, II January 3, 2018 Page 2 Table 2 - Quarry Hill Rd Volume Comparison Peak Hour Count ITE Estimate AM I 86 (68 exit) I 88 (70 exit) PM I 123 (44 exit) 113 (40 exit) To examine the two above -referenced signal warrants at this intersection, we first increased the maximum peak hour volume of through traffic on Spear Street by 5% to approximately 750 vph. Secondly, we calculated the future peak hour volumes exiting Quarry Hill Rd shown in Table 3 using ITE trip generation rates. Table 3 - Future Quarry Hill Rd Peak Hour Trips AM Peak Hour I PM Peak Hour Horizon Heights 39 (31 exit) I 50 (18 exit) Quarry Hill Club' 180 (126 exit) I 219 (84 exit) Total 219 (157 exit) I 269 (102 exit) From the above, the worst case volume scenario is 750 vph through traffic on Spear St and 157 vph exiting Quarry Hill Rd. Those volumes were used to examine the attached signal warrant figures, whereupon it is evident that: a) While the foregoing volumes come close to satisfying one hour of Warrant 2 -Four Hour Vehicular Volume, traffic volumes fall off sharply during other hours; thus the required number of hours will be insufficient to satisfy this warrant. b) The foregoing volumes fall considerably short of satisfying Warrant 3 - Peak Hour. Should you have any questions concerning the above, please feel free to contact us. Sincerely, Roger Dickinson, PE, PTOE enclosures P:\2012\12103\QHC Lot 3 signal warrant letter.wpd 1 from Table 2 of the September 7, 2017 Traffic Impact letter prepared by this office Page 440 500 400 MINOR STREET Soo HIGHER - VOLUME APPROACH- 200 VPH m Figure 4C-1. Warrant 2, Four -Hour Vehicular Volume 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES 2 OA MORE LANES & 1 LANE ,,1 LANE & 1ILANE 2009 Edition 115" 80` 300 400 500 600 70 7 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 115 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 80 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Figure 4C-2. Warrant 2, Four -Hour Vehicular Volume (70% Factor) (COMMUNITY LESSTHAN 10,000 POPULATION OR ABOVE 40 MPH ON MAJOR STREET) 400 1 1 1 , 300 MINOR STREET HIGHER- 200 VOLUME APPROACH- VPH 100 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES I >< 1 2 OR MORE LANES & 1 LANE .1 LANE & 1 LANE 30' 30" 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 80 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 60 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Sect. 4C.04 December 2009 2009 Edition 600 500 MINOR STREET 400 HIGHER - VOLUME 300 APPROACH- VPH 200 15'1 100 Figure 4C-3. Warrant 3, Peak Hour 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES 2 OR MORE LANES & 1 LANE \ \ \ i1 LANE & 1 LANE Page 441 150' 100* 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 ry5t) MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 150 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 100 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. Figure 4C-4. Warrant 3, Peak Hour (70% Factor) (COMMUNITY LESS THAN 10,000 POPULATION OR ABOVE 40 MPH ON MAJOR STREET) 400 MINOR STREET 300 HIGHER - VOLUME APPROACH- 200 VPH 100 2 OR MORE LANES & 2 OR MORE LANES — 2 O I MOR I LANE I& 1 LAINE I i1 LANE & 1 LANE 100* 75' 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 13M MAJOR STREET —TOTAL OF BOTH APPROACHES — VEHICLES PER HOUR (VPH) 'Note: 100 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with two or more lanes and 75 vph applies as the lower threshold volume for a minor -street approach with one lane. December 2009 Sect. 4C.04 i�ioail� Aa}ct rb�« QHC RAMP LOT saa INNOVATIVE DESIGN, INC. TRASH ENCLOSURE STREET, SUITE 104 Dram B)c M4�X JCT�05452 IDIB SEX JCT., V South Burlington, Vermont D 2 0 FAX Wn—AM7 N_ pit ELEVATIONS COMPOSITE TRIM - CEMENT BOARD SIDING 1 TOP 1090 0/H DOOR SLAB 1090 0/H DOOR 6090 O/H DOOR FRONT ELEVATION va• = F-o- P-0" X 8'-0" OPENING FOR VENTING. PROVIDE SCREEN IN OPENING TRASH SIDE ELEV va• = r-o• IN PLATE 0 N GRADE w ELEV 331.5 I IUI I I ELEV. 34L� I I I I I —.—.—.— — I — — — ——.--1---.---—.F.—.—.-T._.— _ — BL1DG B ® 344 i l l I ' I I I I I G) I BLDG B ELEV- 34L ELEV- 34L I I I 642/2-34L AVE- GRADE i1 F.FL - 341.8 AVE - 341 'yam+ ELEV DIFF- 1.8' `�BLD/6 A BLDG A J; ELEV- 331.5 ELEV- 344 / 481.5/2-340.15 AVE. GRADE / J F.FL - 344.5 AVE - 340.15 ELEV DIFF- 3.15' / 01-10-18 MISC PARKING COORDINATION ELEV 34L Bt9Ca A BLDGI,/A 1 ELEV- 346 / ELEV- 342 / 6 88/2-344 .— grade F.FL - 341.8 AVE- 340.15 ELEV DIFF- 3.8' °°"lziwin QHC RAMP LOT BUILDING "C" South Burlington, Vermont S"'1/8• =1'-0• D -^ 8► `"N— sham rue: PRE —CONSTRUCTION GRADE— REV ray From: Skip McClellan <skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com> Sent: Tuesday, March 27, 2018 7:44 AM To: ray; Paul Conner; Marla Keene; Ralph DesLauriers, Jr.; Michelle Dufresne Subject: Fwd: QH3 City comments Hi, We're forwarding an email from Ted (Wagner Hodgson) with the breakdown of Open Space per Phase. We have not calculated the appropriate sizes as we do not have the gross square footage right at hand. We think Marla worked with Jeff H. on this plan and may have that data in her files. If not, we can contact Michelle at IDI (copied) for the specifics. Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip.mcclellan a,krebsandlansin Jim ---------- Forwarded message ---------- From: Edward Adams <eadamsawa neg rhodgson.com> Date: Fri, Mar 23, 2018 at 1:47 PM Subject: RE: QH3 City comments To: Skip McClellan <skip.mcclelIan a krebsandlansing com>, "Ralph DesLauriers, Jr." <quarryhillclub(cr�aol.com>, Jeff Hodgson <jhodgson(a wagnerhodPson.com> Skip and Ralph, We noted the open space on the plans as Phase 1 open space and the total open space because those are the two minimum requirements we understood needed to be met. If you want we can break out the phasing plan and open space calculations to include phase 1, 2 and 3 open space. Are we all set meeting the requirements? Currently the numbers are: Phase 1: 3,115 sf Phase 2: 874 sf Phase 3: 1,761 sf Total: 5,750 sf Minimum Phase 1: 2,880 sf Minimum Total: 5,700 sf Thanks, Ted WAGNERHODGSON LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 7 Marble Avenue, Burlington, VT 05401 430 Warren Street, Hudson, NY 12534 VT 802.864.0010 NY 518.567.1791 W www.wagnerhodgson.com 2 ray From: Skip McClellan <skip.mcclelIan@krebsandlansing.com> Sent: Friday, March 09, 2018 9:37 AM To: Paul Conner; ray; Ralph DesLauriers, Jr.; Marla Keene Subject: QH3 Phasing Plans Attachments: QHC QH3 Site Plan SP-3 to SB Conner 3-9-18.pdf, QHC QH3 Site Plan SP-4 to SB Conner 3-9-18.pdf; QHC QH3 Site Plan SP-5 to SB Conner 3-9-18.pdf Hi Paul, As requested, please find attached the Phasing Plans for the QH3 development. Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip. mcclellan(cr-)krebsandlansin gcom ray From: Dave Wheeler Sent: Tuesday, March 06, 2018 7:31 AM To: ray Subject: RE: Quarry Hill Road DesLauriers Project Attachments: DETAIL SHEET.PDF Ray, The Stormwater Section has reviewed the "Quarry Hill Subdivision Lot #Y site plan prepared by Krebs & Lansing, dated 12/8/17, including supplemental "Pond 1 Outlet Structure Modification" Sketch prepared by Ruggiano Engineering, dated 2/21/18. We would like to offer the following comment: The DRB should include a condition requiring the applicant to regularly maintain all stormwater treatment and conveyance infrastructure. Thank you for the opportunity to comment, Dave Dai,) P_ Wheeker sistant Stonnwater Superintendent epartment ofPublnc 'tk`orkK „ . E 1tv of South B r mgt4n (362) 6 9- 9651 t- 611 W� Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City bUISlnCss, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request Unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify its immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. From: ray Sent: Monday, March 05, 2018 3:04 PM To: Dave Wheeler <dwheeler@sburl.com> Subject: Quarry Hill Road DesLauriers Project Dave, I'm told you have everything you need for the Quarry Hill Road DesLauriers Project. Is this correct? If so, when might you be able to send me your comments? Thanks. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburl.com www.sbpathtosustainabilitV.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify its immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. ray From: Skip McClellan <skip.mcclelIan @krebsandlansing.com> Sent: Tuesday, February 20, 2018 11:23 AM To: ray; Marla Keene Cc: Ralph DesLauriers, Jr. Subject: Re: QH3 Fire Dept Comments Hi Ray, Marla, Please thank the Fire Chief for his time and patience. We will specify that the curb in that area is reduced as requested and that the parking lot base will be extended 2' more to support any vehicle that might stray over the curb in that area. Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip.mcclellan a,krebsandlansin .com On Thu, Feb 15, 2018 at 8:13 AM, ray <ray(a�sburl.com> wrote: Skip, We have met with the Fire Marshall and he is now proposing the following modifications: 1. Designate compact car parking (with signage) for the three (3) spaces immediately south of the trash building. 2. Install a 1.5" rounded mountable curb (or flush curb) on the inside radius of the left turn in the parking lot, with two feet of sloped structural grass behind the mountable curb Let me know if you are willing and able to make these modifications to your plan. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 1 ray From: Terry Francis Sent: Wednesday, February 14, 2018 2:08 PM To: ray Subject: RE: QH3 Fire Dept Comments Ray: To memorialize our conversation. Compact car parking (with signage) at the designated location(s). 1.5 rounded mountable curb (or flush curb) on the inside radius of the left turn in the parking lot, with two feet of sloped structural grass behind the mountable curb From: ray Sent: Tuesday, February 13, 2018 10:20 AM To: Terry Francis <tfrancis@sburl.com>; Paul Conner <pconner@sburl.com> Subject: FW: QH3 Fire Dept Comments Hi Terry, See response below. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburl.com www.sbpathtosustainabilitV.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared.for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City gfficial or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. /f you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you.for your cooperation. From: Skip McClellan [mailto:skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com) Sent: Tuesday, February 13, 2018 10:00 AM To: ray <rav@sburl.com>; Ralph DesLauriers, Jr. <guarryhillclub@aol.com> Subject: QH3 Fire Dept Comments Hi Ray, In response to the request to relocate the trash building in order to give even more room to the Fire truck, we are unable to comply. The trash structure must line up with the travel lane in order to access the front doors. Moving the building will eliminate that possibility and make the trash inaccessible. Please appeal to the Chief to accept our proposal as last submitted. We have provided suitable access and turning movements for the City's biggest vehicle and have responded to the all of the Chiefs previous requests. } D Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip.mcclellan(a krebsandlansing.com ray From: Justin Rabidoux Sent: Wednesday, February 14, 2018 3:29 PM To: ray Subject: RE: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Hello Ray, I have reviewed the attached and find it to be appropriate and the unit prices provided are within the normal for this region. Justin From: ray Sent: Wednesday, February 14, 2018 11:05 AM To: Justin Rabidoux <jrabidoux@sburl.com> Subject: FW: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Justin, Please review the attached and let me know if this amount is sufficient to construct this street. Thanks. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburi.com www.sbpathtosustainability.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of'documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. From: Skip McClellan [mailto:skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com] Sent: Wednesday, February 14, 2018 10:29 AM To: ray <rav@sburl.com> Cc: Ralph DesLauriers, Jr. <quarrvhillclub@aol.com>; Randy Laframboise <randy@sdireland.com> Subject: Re: 422, 432 & 442 Quarry Hill Road Hi Ray, Please find attached a detailed cost estimate for the Stub Road construction. We are assuming that the water main relocation (that has to take place long before Stub Road is constructed) IS NOT to be included in this cost estimate. Skip McClellan i 444 S 0 0. hrj,,,, n d 802-863-6222 - Fax: 802-860-1528 vmmsdi ref and.com Brothers Corporation Quarry Hill Road Extension Sitework Proposal February 13, 2018 Reconstruct intersection and construct approx. 190 If of new city roadway and rec path as per drawing SP-9 dated 1/17/18 noted Not for Construction. a) Demo existing walk, curb, and roadway $ 4,150.00 b) Cuts and fills $ 4,000.00 c) Storm 2 catch basins $ 5,000.00 70 If of 12" pipe $ 2,800.00 Core and boot existing manhole $ 1,000.00 d) Erosion control $ 1,500.00 e) 10' wide rec path prep subgrade $ 690.00 fabric $ 307.00 12" gravel base 130cy $ 5, 200.00 2" asphalt 36 tons $ 7,200.00 f) Reconstruct existing intersection and new road Prep subgrade $ 1,250.00 Fabric $ 1,113.00 24" gravel 773 cy $24,740.00 3" asphalt 160 tons $14,400.00 Line striping $ 500.00 g) Curb 520 If $10,400.00 h) Concrete bench pads $ 800.00 i) Furnish and place topsoil 110cy $ 4,400.00 j) Seed and mulch $ 600.00 k) General conditions $ 5,000.00 Total $ 95, 050.00 Randy Laframboise P. O. Box 2286, South BurlifIgton, W 05407 - 193 Industrial AvellUe, vVilliston, Vr 05495 S.D. Ireland is an Equal Opportunity E111pkOyer ray From: Skip McClellan <skip.mcclelIan @krebsandlansing.com> Sent: Tuesday, February 13, 2018 10:00 AM To: ray; Ralph DesLauriers, Jr. Subject: QH3 Fire Dept Comments Hi Ray, In response to the request to relocate the trash building in order to give even more room to the Fire truck, we are unable to comply. The trash structure must line up with the travel lane in order to access the front doors. Moving the building will eliminate that possibility and make the trash inaccessible. Please appeal to the Chief to accept our proposal as last submitted. We have provided suitable access and turning movements for the City's biggest vehicle and have responded to the all of the Chief s previous requests. Skip McClellan Krebs and Lansing Consulting Engineers, Inc. 164 Main Street, Suite 201 Colchester, Vermont 05446 T:(802) 878-0375 skip.mcclellan(2krebsandlansing com ray From: Marla Keene Sent: Friday, January 26, 2018 11:26 AM To: ray Subject: SP-17-82 QH3 open space Ray, I've reviewed the submitted materials for Quarry Hill 3 (Ramp Lot) as it pertains to open space. They are in the T4 which is required to provide open space as follows: 6% of 7,200 sf non-residential space = 432 sf 60 sf/unit for 88 units of residential = 5280 sf Total = 5,712 sf They are proposing open space in 3 general areas distributed between the 3 buildings with a total area of 5,800 sf. These areas are shown on the plan entitled Quarry Hill Enlargement Plans, prepared by Wagner Hodgson Landscape Architecture and dated 12/8/2017. Therefore the open space meets the requirements of the standards for the district. Marla Keene, PE Development Review Planner City of South Burlington 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 (802) 846-4106 www.southburlingtonvt.gov Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-nutil, a-nmil attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. tfyou have received this ni ssage in error, please notify its immediately by return email, Thank you for your cooperation. ray From: quarryhiIIclub@aol.com Sent: Wednesday, January 24, 2018 1:29 PM To: Marla Keene Cc: ray Subject: Affordable units Marla. Affordable Housing restrictive Covenant Buildina B 7 Affordable units 3 units at 80% of median income ( studios ) 2 units at 100% of median income. (one bedroom) 2 units at 120% of median income Building A 6 Affordable units 2 units at 80% of median income. ( studios ) 2 units at 100% of (one bedroom) 2 units at 120 % of " Building C No housing . n/a. 1 ray From: Justin Rabidoux Sent: Monday, January 22, 2018 3:24 PM To: ray Cc: Marla Keene Subject: RE: Traffic Signal Warrants Analysis Hello Ray, I have reviewed Roger's work and verified his numbers via the VTrans traffic count database. The methodology used conforms to MUTCD standards and the volumes cited are correct and appropriately applied, so in conclusion I agree with Roger's findings that this intersection does not meet MUTCD warrants for a new traffic signal. Additionally, I reviewed the other six possible signal warrants and none of them are applicable to this location. Justin -----Original Message ----- From: ray Sent: Thursday, January 18, 2018 2:05 PM To: Justin Rabidoux <jrabidoux@sburl.com> Cc: Marla Keene <mkeene@sburl.com> Subject: Traffic Signal Warrants Analysis Justin, Would you please review the attached Traffic Signal Warrants Analysis and let me know whether you agree with the findings or not. Thanks. Ray Belair Administrative Officer City of So. Burlington 575 Dorset Street So. Burlington, VT 05403 802-846-4106 www.sburi.com www.sbpathtosustainability.com Notice - Under Vermont's Public Records Act, all e-mail, e-mail attachments as well as paper copies of documents received or prepared for use in matters concerning City business, concerning a City official or staff, or containing information relating to City business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by return email. Thank you for your cooperation. I".,4 , I ' Krebs 8 Lensing " CS EnpkiInc. 1B1 Mal" — Street. Sulte 201 coomater, Vr 05446 L T: (802) 878-0375 F (802)878-8818 emel I®krebaendl®roln0.wm KL PROJECT NO.: 13234 / 13234 OM3 Sk9Wms, Wq Rev. Date Comment ISSUED: 1/10/18 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlington Fire ------------ Dept- Turning Requirements Permitting Only SK-9 C p , --------------00, - 1 3lands 34,100 s.f. 27,657 s.f 6,443 s.f. 81.1% 18.9% L Krebs a 164sing Conwt, S ite 201 ere, inc. 180 Meln Street. Suite Z01 CddteeWe VT 05448 L 7 (802)8760375 F:(802)878-9618 ernell@krebserldlananp.cem Ki-PROJECT NO.: 13234 / 13234 OR3 sketches.', Rev. Date Comment 1 12/8/17 Revise layout ISSUED 9/11/17 DESLAURIERS PROPERTY QUARRY HILL SUBDIVISION LOT #3 South Burlington T-4 Parking Lot Landscape Requirements Permitting Only SK-8 Product DoubleUp Single Sided Rack Model: 543-4010 Materials and Benefits: 11 gauge steel 1/4" x 2" flat steel hook mounts 3/4" solid steel locking bar 7/16" holes to accommodate 3/8" bolt 2" x 2" square support bars Finishes: Powder Coat Our powder coat finish assures a high level of adhesion and durability by following these steps: 1. Sanded Down 2. Washed and Dried 3. Zinc Primer 4. Powder Coat 5. UV Clear Topcoat Size Options: 2 Rack / 4 Bike (41" Span, Approx 55" w/bikes) 3 Rack / 6 Bike (67" Span, Approx 81" w/bikes) 4 Rack / 8 Bike (93" Span, Approx 108" w/bikes) 5 Rack / 10 Bike (119" Span, Approx 134" w/bikes) Color Options: Standard Color Black Mount Options: Free Standing Space Recommendations: Distance from ground to bottom of rack: 42" Ceiling height: Minimum 95" Side wall to rack center: Minimum 20", recommended 24" Distance between racks center to center: Minimum 28", recommended 31" ihep;rk..., T A L O G FM 2 Rack / 4 Bike •3.5' Aver•Oe Deptn wAlea• 3c �m I— �r• �emm� span 4 Rack / 8 Bike 95" Minimum Height Clearance 3 Rack / 6 Bike W 1�-j- 5 Rack / 10 Bike LiII'L'i�IiIIII -� "ij'i J "; j II-- `- �-- If- -- l- -- III 3350 NW Boca Raton Blvd., Boca Raton, FL 33431 1-866-280-9894 1 sales@theparkcatalog.com CITY OF SOUTH BURLINGTON CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that on this 22 day of January, 20 18, a copy of the foregoing public notice for QH Lot #3 _[type of application] # SP-17-82 [application number], was sent by U.S. mail, postage prepaid to the owners of all properties adjoining the subject property to development, without regard to any public right-of-way, and including the description of the property and accompanying information provided by the City of South Burlington. I further certify that this notification was provided to the following parties in accordance with 24 V.S.A. §4464(a) and Section 17.06(B) of the South Burlington Land Development Regulations: List of recipients: (full names and addresses) Northeast Quarry LLC 410 Shelburne Road South Burlington, VT 05403 South Burlington Opco LLC 3 Edgewater Drive Suite 101 South Burlington, VT 054%. 89-2 Realty Co LLC c/o Ellen Greene 19 Farmstead Lane Brookville, NY 116, Vermont Agency of Trans% One National Live Drive Montpelier, VT 05633-5001 Dated at Colchester[town/city], Vermont, this 9 —day of February , 2018 Printed Name: Sk' McClellan Phone number and email: 8 -878- ki _ p@krebsandlansing.com Signature: ___ Date: `` 219118 Remit to: City of South Burlington Department of Planning & Zoning 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 South Burlington Sample Certificate of Service Form. Rev. 1-2012 CITY OF SOUTH BURLINGTON CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that on this 30 day of January , 2018 , a copy of the foregoing public notice for QH3 Residential [type of application] # SP-17-82 [application number], was sent by U.S. mail, postage prepaid to the owners of all properties adjoining the subject property to development, without regard to any public right-of-way, and including the description of the property and accompanying information provided by the City of South Burlington. I further certify that this notification was provided to the following parties in accordance with 24 V.S.A. §4464(a) and Section 17.06(B) of the South Burlington Land Development Regulations: List of recipients: (full names and addresses) Northeast Quarry, LLC South Burlington Opco LLC 89-2 Realty Co LLC 410 Shelburne Road South, Burlington, VT 05403 3 Edgewater Drive, Suite 101, Norwood, Ma 02062 19 Farmstead Lane, Brookville, NY 11545 Vermont Agency of Trans One National Live Drive, Montpelier, VT 05633-5001 Dated at Colchester[town/city], Vermont, this 30 day of January , 2018 Printed Name: §kip McClellan Phone number and email: 802-878-Q375 skip.mcclellan@krebsandlansing.com Signature:t Date: Remit to: City of South Burlington Department of Planning & Zoning 575 Dorset Street South Burlington, VT 05403 South Burlington Sample Certificate of Service Form. Rev. 1-2012 )N BARRIER PANELS -LASHING (VYCOR) =LOW 'J' BEAD WITH SEALANT SEE STR. FOR HDR INSULATE AROUND, WINDOW W/ LOW EXPANSION FOAM CAULKING WINDOW HEADER AIR BARRIER FIBER CEMENT BOARD PANELS �7 HORIZONTAL TRIM PIECE - - EASY TRIM OR SIM. IX BORAL TRIM TAPE OVER TOP OF FLASHING EXT. SHEATHING FIBER CEMENT PANELS P.T. WOOD SHIM- SLOPED 1/4'/FT, MTL. FLASHING A -INFILTRATION BARRIER 12)2X4 BLOCKING P.T. SEE 5TRU. FOR ATTACHMENT Ln 1 X ORBORAL TRIM SIM. RIPPED BORAL TRIM OR SIM. LEAVE 1/4' GAP FOR DRAINAGE AND AIR FLOW SELF-ADHESIVE FLASHING BY OTHERS, OVER NAIL FLANGE WINDOW HEAD FLASHING (VYCOR) SCALE: 3" = 1`0" INSULATE AROUND WINDOW ROUGH OPENING W1 LOW EXPANSION FOAM VNYL'X BEAD TRIM WITH SEALANT SIDE FLASHING (VYCOR) CAULK IX BORAL TRIM (2) 2X4 BLOCKING P.T..SEE NOTE: INSULATE BETWEEN WINDOW FRAME It ROUGH OPENING WITH LOW EXPAN51ON FOAM. BE SURE FOAM WILL NOT EXERT PRESSURE AGAINST FRAME. NOTE: CONSULT WITH OWNER ON TYPE OF TRIM MATERIAL - CEMENT BOARD, BORAL, COMPOSITE OR SIM.